The Project Gutenberg eBook of The Blind Spot



This ebook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
of the Project Gutenberg License included with this ebook or online
at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States,
you will have to check the laws of the country where you are located
before using this eBook.


Title: The Blind Spot



Author: Austin Hall


Homer Eon Flint



Release date: January 1, 2004 [eBook #4920]

Most recently updated: August 10, 2018



Language: English



Credits: Text file produced by Charles Franks and the Online Distributed

Proofreading Team



HTML file produced by David Widger




*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK THE BLIND SPOT ***













THE BLIND SPOT



By Austin Hall and Homer Eon Flint















CONTENTS



INTRODUCTION



PROLOGUE



I. — RHAMDA AVEC



II. — THE PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY



III. — “NOW THERE ARE TWO”



IV. — GONE



V. — FRIENDS



VI. — CHICK WATSON



VII. — THE RING



VIII. — THE NERVINA



IX. — “NOW THERE ARE THREE”



X. — MAN OR PHANTOM



XI. — BAFFLED



XII. — A DEAL IN PROPERTY



XIII. — ALBERT JEROME



XIV. — A NEW ELEMENT



XV. — AGAIN THE NERVINA



XVI. — CHARLOTTE



XVII. — THE SHEPHERD



XVIII. — CHARLOTTE'S STORY



XIX. — HOBART FENTON TAKES UP THE TALE



XX. — THE HOUSE OF MIRACLES



XXI. — OUT OF THIN AIR



XXII. — THE ROUSING OF A MIND



XXIII. — THE RHAMDA AGAIN



XXIV. — THE LIVING DEATH



XXV. — AT THE ELEVENTH HOUR



XXVI. — DIRECT FROM PARADISE



XXVII. — SOLVED



XXVIII. — THE MAN FROM SPACE



XXIX. — THE OCCULT WORLD



XXX. — THE PLUNGE



XXXI. — UP FOR BREATH



XXXII. — THROUGH UNKNOWN WATERS



XXXIII. — A LONG WAY FROM SHORE



XXXIV. — THE BAR SENESTRO



XXXV. — THE PERFECT IMPOSTOR



XXXVI. — AN ALLY, AND SOLID GROUND



XXXVII. — LOOKING DOWN



XXXVIII. — THE VOICE FROM THE VOID



XXXIX. — WHO IS THE JARADOS?



XL. — THE TEMPLE OF THE BELL



XLI. — THE PROPHECY



XLII. — PAT MACPHERSON'S STORY



XLIII. — THE HOME OF THE JARADOS



XLIV. — DR. HOLCOMB'S STORY



XLV. — THE ARADNA



XLVI. — OUT OF THE OCCULT



XLVII. — THE LAST LEAF



XLVIII. — THE UNACCOUNTABLE




















INTRODUCTION



THE LURE AND LORE OF “THE BLIND SPOT”



BY FORREST J ACKERMAN



The Blind Spot opens with the words: “Perhaps it were just as well to
start at the beginning. A mere matter of news.” Suppose I use them in the
same sense:



A mere matter of news: The first instalment of this fabulous novel was
featured in Argosy-All-Story-Weekly for May 14, 1921. Described as a
“different” serial, it was introduced by a cover by Modest Stein. In the
foreground was the profile of a girl of another dimension—ethereal,
sensuous, the eternal feminine—the Nervina of the story. Filmy
crystalline earrings swept back over her bare shoulders. Dominating the
background was a huge flaming yellow ball, like our Sun as seen from the
hypothetical Vulcan—splotched with murky, mysterious globii vitonae.
There was an ancient quay, and emerging from the ultramarine waters about
it a silhouetted metropolis of spires, domes, and minarets. It was 1921,
and that generation thus received its first glimpse of the alien landscape
of The Blind Spot and the baroque beauty of an immortal woman of fantasy
fiction.



The authors? Homer Eon Flint was already a reigning favourite with
post-World-War-I enthusiasts of imaginative literature, who had eagerly
devoured his QUEEN OF LIFE and LORD OF DEATH, his KING OF CONSERVE ISLAND
and THE PLANETEER. Austin Hall was well known and popular for his ALMOST
IMMORTAL, REBEL SOUL, and INTO THE INFINITE.



Then came this epoch-making collaboration. When Mary Gnaedinger launched
Famous Fantastic Mysteries magazine she early presented THE BLIND SPOT,
and printed it again in that magazine's companion Fantastic Novels. These
reprints are now collectors' items, almost unobtainable, and otherwise the
story has long been out of print. Rumour says an unauthorised German
version of THE BLIND SPOT, has been published in book form. There is
another book called THE BLIND SPOT, and also a magazine story, and a major
movie studio was to produce a film of the same title. However, here is
presented the only hard-cover version of the only BLIND SPOT of
consequence to lovers of fantasy.



Who wrote the story? When I first looked into the question, as a 15 year
old boy, Homer Eon Flint (he originally spelled his name with a “d”) was
already dead of a fall into a canyon. In 1949 his widow told me: “I think
Homer's father contributed that middle name”—the same name (with
slightly different spelling) that the Irish poet George Russell took as
his pen-name, which became known by its abbreviation AE. Mrs. Flindt said
of Flint's father: “He was a very deep thinker, and enjoyed reading heavy
material.” Like father, like son. “Homer always talked over his ideas with
me, and although I couldn't always follow his thoughts it seemed to help
him to express them to another—it made some things come more clearly
to him.”



Flint was a great admirer of H. G. Wells (this little
grandmother-schoolteacher told me) and had probably read all his works up
to the time when he (Flint) died in 1924. He had read Doyle and Haggard,
but: “Wells was his favourite—the real thinker.”



Flint found a fellow-thinker in Austin Hall, whom he met in San Jose,
California, while working at a shop where shoes were repaired electrically—“a
rather new concept at the time.” Hall, learning that Flint lived in the
same city, sought him out, and they became fast friends. Each stimulated
the other. As Hall told me twenty years ago of the origin of THE BLIND
SPOT:



“One day after we had lunched together, I held my finger up in front of
one of my eyes and said: 'Homer, couldn't a story be written about that
blind spot in the eye?' Not much was said about it at the time, but four
days later, again at lunch, I outlined the whole story to him. I wrote the
first eighteen chapters; Homer took up the tale as 'Hobart Fenton' and
wrote the chapters about the house of miracles, the living death, the
rousing of Aradna's mind, and so forth, up to 'The Man from Space,' where
once again I took over.”



To THE BLIND SPOT Hall contributed a great knowledge of history and
anthropology, while Flint's fortes were physics and medicine. Both had a
great fund of philosophy at their command.



When I met Hall (about four years older than Flint) he was in his fifties:
a devil-may-care old codger (old to a fifteen-year-old, that is) full of
good humour and indulgence for a youthful admirer who had journeyed far to
meet him. He casually referred to his 600 published stories, and I carried
away the impression of one who resembled both in output and in looks that
other fiction-factory of the time, Edgar Wallace.



Finally: Several years ago, before I knew anything about the present
volume, I had an unusual experience. (At that time I had no reason to
think THE BLIND SPOT would ever become available as a book, for the
location of the heirs proved a Herculean task by itself; publishers had
long wanted to present this amazing novel but could not do so until I
located Mrs. Mae Hall and Mrs. Mabel Flindt.) While, unfortunately, I did
not take careful notes at the time, the gist of the occurrence was this:



I visited a friend whose hobby (besides reading fantasy) was the occult,
who volunteered to entertain me with automatic writing and the
ouija-board. Now, I share Lovecraft's scepticism towards the supernatural,
regarding it as at best a means of amusement. When the question arose of
what spirits we should try to lure to our planchette, the names of
Lovecraft, Merritt, Hall, and Flint popped into my pixilated mind. So I
set my fingers on the wooden heart and, since my host was also a Flint
admirer, we asked about Flint's fatal accident. The ouija spelled out:



N-O A-C-C-I-D-E-N-T—R-O-B-B-E-R-Y



There followed something about being held up by a hitch-hiker. Then Hall
(or at least some energy-source other than my own conscious mind) came
through too, and when I asked if he had left any work behind he replied:



Y-E-S—T-H-E L-A-S-T G-O-D-L-I-N-G



Later I asked his son about this (without revealing the title) and Javen
Hall told me of the story his father had been plotting when he died: THE
HIDDEN EMPIRE, or THE CHILD OF THE SOUTHWIND. Whatever was pushing the
planchette failed to inform me that when I found Austin Hall's son and
widow, they would put into my hands an unknown, unpublished fantasy novel
by Hall: THE HOUSE OF DAWN! Some day it may appear in print.



Meanwhile you are getting understandably impatient to explore that unknown
realm of the Blind Spot. Be on your way, and bon voyage!



FORREST J ACKERMAN, Beverley Hills, Calif.




















PROLOGUE



Perhaps it were just as well to start at the beginning. A mere matter of
news.



All the world at the time knew the story; but for the benefit of those who
have forgotten I shall repeat it. I am merely giving it as I have taken it
from the papers with no elaboration and no opinion—a mere statement
of facts. It was a celebrated case at the time and stirred the world to
wonder. Indeed, it still is celebrated, though to the layman it is
forgotten.



It has been labelled and indexed and filed away in the archives of the
profession. To those who wish to look it up it will be spoken of as one of
the great unsolved mysteries of the century. A crime that leads two ways,
one into murder—sordid, cold and calculating; and the other into the
nebulous screen that thwarts us from the occult.



Perhaps it is the character of Dr. Holcomb that gives the latter. He was a
great man and a splendid thinker. That he should have been led into a maze
of cheap necromancy is, on the face, improbable. He had a wonderful mind.
For years he had been battering down the scepticism that had bulwarked
itself in the material.



He was a psychologist, and up to the day the greatest, perhaps, that we
have known. He had a way of going out before his fellows—it is the
way of genius—and he had gone far, indeed, before them. If we would
trust Dr. Holcomb we have much to live for; our religion is not all
hearsay and there is a great deal in science still unthought of. It is an
unfortunate case; but there is much to be learned in the circumstance that
led the great doctor into the Blind Spot.




















I. — RHAMDA AVEC



On a certain foggy morning in September, 1905, a tall man wearing a black
overcoat and bearing in one hand a small satchel of dark-reddish leather
descended from a Geary Street tram at the foot of Market Street, San
Francisco. It was a damp morning; a mist was brooding over the city
blurring all distinctness.



The man glanced about him; a tall man of trim lines and distinctness and a
quick, decided step and bearing. In the shuffle of descending passengers
he was outstanding, with a certain inborn grace that without the blood
will never come from training. Men noticed and women out of instinct cast
curious furtive glances and then turned away; which was natural, inasmuch
as the man was plainly old. But for all that many ventured a second glance—and
wondered.



An old man with the poise of twenty, a strange face of remarkable
features, swarthy, of an Eastern cast, perhaps Indian; whatever the
certainty of the man's age there was still a lingering suggestion of
splendid youth. If one persisted in a third or fourth look this suggestion
took an almost certain tone, the man's age dwindled, years dropped from
him, and the quizzical smile that played on the lips seemed a foreboding
of boyish laughter.



We say foreboding because in this case it is not mistaken diction.
Foreboding suggests coming evil; the laughter of boys is wholehearted. It
was merely that things were not exactly as they should be; it was not
natural that age should be so youthful. The fates were playing, and in
this case for once in the world's history their play was crosswise.



It is a remarkable case from the beginning and we are starting from facts.
The man crossed to the window of the Key Route ferry and purchased a
ticket for Berkeley, after which, with the throng, he passed the turnstile
and on to the boat that was waiting. He took the lower deck, not from
choice, apparently, but more because the majority of his fellow
passengers, being men, were bound in this direction. The same chance
brought him to the cigar-stand. The men about him purchased cigars and
cigarettes, and as is the habit of all smokers, strolled off with
delighted relish. The man watched them. Had anyone noticed his eyes he
would have noted a peculiar colour and a light of surprise. With the prim
step that made him so distinctive he advanced to the news-stand.



“Pardon me; but I would like to purchase one of those.” Though he spoke
perfect English it was in a strange manner, after the fashion of one who
has found something that he has just learned how to use. At the same time
he made a suggestion with his tapered fingers indicating the tobacco in
the case. The clerk looked up.



“A cigar, sir? Yes, sir. What will it be?”



“A cigar?” Again the strange articulation. “Ah, yes, that is it. Now I
remember. And it has a little sister, the cigarette. I think I shall take
a cigarette, if—if—if you will show me how to use it.”



It was a strange request. The clerk was accustomed to all manner of men
and their brands of humour; he was about to answer in kind when he looked
up and into the man's eyes. He started.



“You mean,” he asked, “that you have never seen a cigar or cigarette; that
you do not know how to use them? A man as old as you are.”



The stranger laughed. It was rather resentful, but for all that of a
hearty taint of humour.



“So old? Would you say that I am as old as that; if you will look again—”



The young man did and what he beheld is something that he could not quite
account for: the strange conviction of this remarkable man; of age melting
into youth, of an uncertain freshness, the smile, not of sixty, but of
twenty. The young man was not one to argue, whatever his wonder; he was
first of all a lad of business; he could merely acquiesce.



“The first time! This is the first time you have ever seen a cigar or
cigarette?”



The stranger nodded.



“The first time. I have never beheld one of them before this morning. If
you will allow me?” He indicated a package. “I think I shall take one of
these.”



The clerk took up the package, opened the end, and shook out a single
cigarette. The man lit it and, as the smoke poured out of his mouth, held
the cigarette tentatively in his fingers.



“Like it?” It was the clerk who asked.



The other did not answer, his whole face was the expression of having just
discovered one of the senses. He was a splendid man and, if the word may
be employed of the sterner sex, one of beauty. His features were even;
that is to be noted, his nose chiselled straight and to perfection, the
eyes of a peculiar sombreness and lustre almost burning, of a black of
such intensity as to verge into red and to be devoid of pupils, and yet,
for all of that, of a glow and softness. After a moment he turned to the
clerk.



“You are young, my lad.”



“Twenty-one, sir.”



“You are fortunate. You live in a wonderful age. It is as wonderful as
your tobacco. And you still have many great things before you.”



“Yes, sir.”



The man walked on to the forward part of the boat; leaving the youth, who
had been in a sort of daze, watching. But it was not for long. The whole
thing had been strange and to the lad almost inexplicable. The man was not
insane, he was certain; and he was just as sure that he had not been
joking. From the start he had been taken by the man's refinement,
intellect and education. He was positive that he had been sincere. Yet—



The ferry detective happened at that moment to be passing. The clerk made
an indication with his thumb.



“That man yonder,” he spoke, “the one in black. Watch him.” Then he told
his story. The detective laughed and walked forward.



It was a most fortunate incident. It was a strange case. That mere act of
the cigar clerk placed the police on the track and gave to the world the
only clue that it holds of the Blind Spot.



The detective had laughed at the lad's recital—almost any one had a
patent for being queer—and if this gentleman had a whim for a
certain brand of humour that was his business. Nevertheless, he would
stroll forward.



The man was not hard to distinguish; he was standing on the forward deck
facing the wind and peering through the mist at the grey, heavy heave of
the water. Alongside of them the dim shadow of a sister ferry screamed its
way through the fogbank. That he was a landsman was evidenced by his way
of standing; he was uncertain; at every heave of the boat he would shift
sidewise. An unusually heavy roll caught him slightly off-balance and
jostled him against the detective. The latter held up his hand and caught
him by the arm.



“A bad morning,” spoke the officer. “B-r-r-r! Did you notice the Yerbe
Buena yonder? She just grazed us. A bad morning.”



The stranger turned. As the detective caught the splendid face, the
glowing eyes and the youthful smile, he started much as had done the cigar
clerk. The same effect of the age melting into youth and—the officer
being much more accustomed to reading men—a queer sense of latent
and potent vision. The eyes were soft and receptive but for all that of
the delicate strength and colour that comes from abnormal intellect. He
noted the pupils, black, glowing, of great size, almost filling the iris
and the whole melting into intensity that verged into red. Either the man
had been long without sleep or he was one of unusual intelligence and
vitality.



“A nasty morning,” repeated the officer.



“Ah! Er, yes—did you say it was a nasty morning? Indeed, I do not
know, sir. However, it is very interesting.”



“Stranger in San Francisco?”



“Well, yes. At least, I have never seen it.”



“H-m!” The detective was a bit nonplussed by the man's evident evasion.
“Well, if you are a stranger I suppose it is up to me to come to the
defence of my city. This is one of Frisco's fogs. We have them
occasionally. Sometimes they last for days. This one is a low one. It will
lift presently. Then you will see the sun. Have you ever seen Frisco's
sun?”



“My dear sir”—this same slow articulation—“I have never seen
your sun nor any other.”



“Hum!”



It was an answer altogether unexpected. Again the officer found himself
gazing into the strange, refined face and wonderful eyes. The man was not
blind, of that he was certain. Neither was his voice harsh or testy.
Rather was it soft and polite, of one merely stating a fact. Yet how could
it be? He remembered the cigar clerk. Neither cigar nor sun! From what
manner of land could the man come? A detective has a certain gift of
intuition. Though on the face of it, outside of the man's personality,
there could be nothing to it but a joke, he chose to act upon the impulse.
He pulled back the door which had been closed behind them and re-entered
the boat. When he returned the boat had arrived at the pier.



“You are going to Oakland?”



It was a chance question.



“No, to Berkeley. I take a train here, I understand. Do all the trains go
to Berkeley?”



“By no means. I am going to Berkeley myself. We can ride together. My name
is Jerome. Albert Jerome.”



“Thanks. Mine is Avec. Rhamda Avec. I am much obliged. Your company may be
instructive.”



He did not say more, but watched with unrestrained interest their
manoeuvre into the slip. A moment later they were marching with the others
down the gangways to the trains waiting. Just as they were seated and the
electric train was pulling out of the pier the sun breaking through the
mist blazed with splendid light through the cloud rifts. The stranger was
next to the window where he could look out over the water and beyond at
the citied shoreline, whose sea of housetops extended and rose to the
peaks of the first foothills. The sun was just coming over the mountains.



The detective watched. There was sincerity in the man's actions. It was
not acting. When the light first broke he turned his eyes full into the
radiance. It was the act of a child and, so it struck the officer, of the
same trust and simplicity—and likewise the same effect. He drew away
quickly: for the moment blinded.



“Ah!” he said. “It is so. This is the sun. Your sun is wonderful!”



“Indeed it is,” returned the other. “But rather common. We see it every
day. It's the whole works, but we get used to it. For myself I cannot see
anything strange in the 'sun's still shining.' You have been blind, Mr.
Avec? Pardon the question. But I must naturally infer. You say you have
never seen the sun. I suppose—”



He stopped because of the other's smile; somehow it seemed a very superior
one, as if predicting a wealth of wisdom.



“My dear Mr. Jerome,” he spoke, “I have never been blind in my life. I say
it is wonderful! It is glorious and past describing. So is it all, your
water, your boats, your ocean. But I see there is one thing even stranger
still. It is yourselves. With all your greatness you are only part of your
surroundings. Do you know what is your sun?”



“Search me,” returned the officer. “I'm no astronomer. I understand they
don't know themselves. Fire, I suppose, and a hell of a hot one! But there
is one thing that I can tell.”



“And this—”



“Is the truth.”



If he meant it for insinuation it was ineffective. The other smiled
kindly. In the fine effect of the delicate features, and most of all in
the eyes was sincerity. In that face was the mark of genius—he felt
it—and of a potent superior intelligence. Most of all did he note
the beauty and the soft, silky superlustre of the eyes.



We have the whole thing from Jerome, at least this part of it; and our
interest being retrospect is multiplied far above that of the detective.
The stranger had a certain call of character and of appearance, not to say
magnetism. The officer felt himself almost believing and yet restraining
himself into caution of unbelief. It was a remark preposterous on the face
of it. What puzzled Jerome was the purpose; he could think of nothing that
would necessitate such statements and acting. He was certain that the man
was sane.



In the light of what came after great stress has been laid by a certain
class upon this incident. We may say that we lean neither way. We have
merely given it in some detail because of that importance. We have yet no
proof of the mystic and until it is proved, we must lean, like Jerome,
upon the cold material. We have the mystery, but, even at that, we have
not the certainty of murder.



Understand, it was intuition that led Jerome into that memorable trip to
Berkeley; he happened to be going off duty and was drawn to the man by a
chance incident and the fact of his personality. At this minute, however,
he thought no more of him than as an eccentric, as some refined, strange
wonderful gentleman with a whim for his own brand of humour. Only that
could explain it. The man had an evident curiosity for everything about
him, the buildings, the street, the cars, and the people. Frequently he
would mutter: “Wonderful, wonderful, and all the time we have never known
it. Wonderful!”



As they drew into Lorin the officer ventured a question.



“You have friends in Berkeley? I see you are a stranger. If I may presume,
perhaps I may be of assistance?”



“Well, yes, if—if—do you know of a Dr. Holcomb?”



“You mean the professor. He lives on Dwight Way. At this time of the day
you would be more apt to find him at the university. Is he expecting you?”



It was a blunt question and of course none of his business. Yet, just what
another does not want him to know is ever the pursuit of a detective. At
the same time the subconscious flashing and wondering at the name Rhamda
Avec—surely neither Teutonic nor Sanskrit nor anything between.



“Expecting me? Ah, yes. Pardon me if I speak slowly. I am not quite used
to speech—yet. I see you are interested. After I see Dr. Holcomb I
may tell you. However, it is very urgent that I see the doctor. He—well,
I may say that we have known each other a long time.”



“Then you know him?”



“Yes, in a way; though we have never met. He must be a great man. We have
much in common, your doctor and I; and we have a great deal to give to
your world. However, I would not recognise him should I see him. Would you
by any chance—”



“You mean would I be your guide? With pleasure. It just happens that I am
on friendly terms with your friend Dr. Holcomb.”




















II. — THE PROFESSOR OF PHILOSOPHY



And now to start in on another angle. There is hardly any necessity for
introducing Dr. Holcomb. All of us, at least, those who read, and, most of
all, those of us who are interested in any manner of speculation, knew him
quite well. He was the professor of philosophy at the University of
California: a great man and a good one, one of those fine academic souls
who, not only by their wisdom, but by their character, have a way of
stamping themselves upon generations; a speaker of the upstanding class,
walking on his own feet and utterly fearless when it came to dashing out
on some startling philosophy that had not been borne up by his forebears.



He was original. He believed that the philosophies of the ages are but
stepping stones, that the wisdom of the earth looked but to the future,
and that the study of the classics, however essential, is but the ground
work for combining and working out the problems of the future. He was
epigrammatic, terse, and gifted with a quaint humour, with which he was
apt, even when in the driest philosophy, to drive in and clinch his
argument.



Best of all, he was able to clothe the most abstract thoughts in language
so simple and concrete that he brought the deepest of all subjects down to
the scope of the commonest thinker. It is needless to say that he was
'copy.' The papers about the bay were ever and anon running some startling
story of the professor.



Had they stuck to the text it would all have been well; but a reporter is
a reporter; in spite of the editors there were numerous little
elaborations to pervert the context. A great man must be careful of his
speech. Dr. Holcomb was often busy refuting; he could not understand the
need of these little twistings of wisdom. It kept him in controversy; the
brothers of his profession often took him to task for these little
distorted scraps of philosophy. He did not like journalism. He had a way
of consigning all writers and editors to the devil.



Which was vastly amusing to the reporters. Once they had him going they
poised their pens in glee and began splashing their venomous ink. It was
tragic; the great professor standing at bay to his tormentors. One and all
they loved him and one and all they took delight in his torture. It was a
hard task for a reporter to get in at a lecture; and yet it was often the
lot of the professor to find himself and his words featured in his
breakfast paper.



On the very day before this the doctor had come out with one of his terse
startling statements. He had a way of inserting parenthetically some of
his scraps of wisdom. It was in an Ethics class. We quote his words as
near as possible:



“Man, let me tell you, is egotistic. All our philosophy is based on ego.
We live threescore years and we balance it with all eternity. We are it.
Did you ever stop and think of eternity? It is a rather long time. What
right have we to say that life, which we assume to be everlasting,
immediately becomes restrospect once it passes out of the conscious
individuality which is allotted upon this earth? The trouble is ourselves.
We are five-sensed. We weigh everything! We so measure eternity. Until we
step out into other senses, which undoubtedly exist, we shall never arrive
at the conception of infinity. Now I am going to make a rather startling
announcement.



“The past few years have promised a culmination which has been guessed at
and yearned for since the beginning of time. It is within, and still
without, the scope of metaphysics. Those of you who have attended my
lectures have heard me call myself the material idealist. I am a mystic
sensationalist. I believe that we can derive nothing from pure
contemplation. There is mystery and wonder in the veil of the occult. The
earth, our life, is merely a vestibule of the universe. Contemplation
alone will hold us all as inapt and as impotent as the old Monks of Athos.
We have mountains of literature behind us, all contemplative, and whatever
its wisdom, it has given us not one thing outside the abstract. From Plato
down to the present our philosophy has given us not one tangible proof,
not one concrete fact which we can place our hands on. We are virtually
where we were originally; and we can talk, talk, talk from now until the
clap of doomsday.



“What then?



“My friends, philosophy must take a step sidewise. In this modern age
young science, practical science, has grown up and far surpassed us. We
must go back to the beginning, forget our subjective musings and enter the
concrete. We are five-sensed, and in the nature of things we must bring
the proof down into the concrete where we can understand it. Can we pierce
the nebulous screen that shuts us out of the occult? We have doubted,
laughed at ourselves and been laughed at; but the fact remains that always
we have persisted in the believing.



“I have said that we shall never, never understand infinity while within
the limitations of our five senses. I repeat it. But that does not imply
that we shall never solve some of the mystery of life. The occult is not
only a supposition, but a fact. We have peopled it with terror, because,
like our forebears before Columbus, we have peopled it with imagination.



“And now to my statement.



“I have called myself the Material Idealist. I have adopted an entirely
new trend of philosophy. During the past years, unknown to you and unknown
to my friends, I have allied myself with practical science. I desired
something concrete. While my colleagues and others were pounding out tomes
of wonderful sophistry I have been pounding away at the screen of the
occult. This is a proud moment. I have succeeded. Tomorrow I shall bring
to you the fact and the substance. I have lifted up the curtain and
flooded it with the light of day. You shall have the fact for your senses.
Tomorrow I shall explain it all. I shall deliver my greatest lecture; in
which my whole Me has come to a focus. It is not spiritualism nor
sophistry. It is concrete fact and common sense. The subject of my lecture
tomorrow will be: 'The Blind Spot.'”



Here begins the second part of the mystery.



We know now that the great lecture was never delivered. Immediately the
news was scattered out of the class-room. It became common property. It
was spread over the country and was featured in all the great metropolitan
dailies. In the lecture-room next morning seats were at a premium;
students, professors, instructors and all the prominent people who could
gain admission crowded into the hall; even the irrepressible reporters had
stolen in to take down the greatest scoop of the century. The place was
jammed until even standing room was unthought of. The crowd, dense and
packed and physically uncomfortable, waited.



The minutes dragged by. It was a long, long wait. But at last the bell
rang that ticked the hour. Every one was expectant. And then fifteen
minutes passed by, twenty—the crowd settled down to waiting. At
length one of the colleagues stepped into the doctor's office and
telephoned to his home. His daughter answered.



“Father? Why he left over two hours ago.”



“About what time?”



“Why, it was about seven-thirty. You know he was to deliver his lecture
today on the Blind Spot. I wanted to hear it, but he told me I could have
it at home. He said he was to have a wonderful guest and I must make ready
to receive him. Isn't father there?”



“Not yet. Who was this guest? Did he say?”



“Oh yes! In a way. A most wonderful man. And he gave him a wonderful name,
Rhamda Avec. I remember because it is so funny. I asked father if he was
Sanskrit; and he said he was much older than that. Just imagine!”



“Did your father have his lecture with him?”



“Oh, yes. He glanced over it at breakfast. He told me he was going to
startle the world as it had never been since the day of Columbus.”



“Indeed.”



“Yes. And he was terribly impatient. He said he had to be at the college
before eight to receive the great man. He was to deliver his lecture at
ten. And afterward he would have lunch at noon and he would give me the
whole story. I'm all impatience.”



“Thank you.”



Then he came back and made the announcement that there was a little delay;
but that Dr. Holcomb would be there shortly. But he was not. At twelve
o'clock there were still some people waiting. At one o'clock the last man
had slipped out of the room—and wondered. In all the country there
was but one person who knew. That one was an obscure man who had yielded
to a detective's intuition and had fallen inadvertently upon one of the
greatest mysteries of modern times.




















III. — “NOW THERE ARE TWO”



The rest of the story is unfortunately all too easily told. We go back to
Jerome and his strange companion.



At Centre Street station they alighted and walked up to the university.
Under the Le Conte oaks they met the professor. He was trim and happy, his
short, well-built figure clothed in black, his snow-white whiskers trimmed
to the usual square crop and his pink skin glowing with splendid health.
The fog had by this time lifted and the sun was just beginning to overcome
the chilliness of the air. There was no necessity for an introduction.



The two men apparently recognised each other at once. So we have it from
the detective. There was sincerity in the delight of their hand-clasp. A
strange pair, both of them with the distinction and poise that come from
refinement and intellectual training; though in physique they were almost
opposite, there was still a strange, almost mutual, bond between them. Dr.
Holcomb was beaming.



“At last!” he greeted. “At last! I was sure we could not fail. This, my
dear Dr. Avec, is the greatest day since Columbus.”



The other took the hand.



“So this is the great Dr. Holcomb. Yes, indeed, it is a great day; though
I know nothing about your Columbus. So far it has been simply wonderful. I
can scarcely credit my senses. So near and yet so far. How can it be? A
dream? Are you sure, Dr. Holcomb?”



“My dear Rhamda, I am sure that I am the happiest man that ever lived. It
is the culmination. I was certain we could not fail; though, of course, to
me also it is an almost impossible climax of fact. I should never have
succeeded without your assistance.”



The other smiled.



“That was of small account, my dear doctor. To yourself must go the
credit; to me the pleasure. Take your sun, for instance, I—but I
have not the language to tell you.”



But the doctor had gone in to abstraction.



“A great day,” he was beaming. “A great day! What will the world say? It
is proved.” Then suddenly: “You have eaten?”



“Not yet. You must allow me a bit of time. I thought of it; but I had not
quite the courage to venture.”



“Then we shall eat,” said the other man. “Afterward we shall go up to the
lecture-room. Today I shall deliver my lecture on the Blind Spot. And when
I am through you shall deliver the words that will astonish the world.”



But here it seems there was a hitch. The other shook his head kindly. It
was evident that while the doctor was the leader, the other was a
co-worker who must be considered.



“I am afraid, professor, that you have promised a bit too much. I am not
entirely free yet, you know. Two hours is the most that I can give you;
and not entirely that. There are some details that may not be neglected.
It is a far venture and now that we have succeeded this far there is
surely no reason why we cannot go on. However, it is necessary that I
return to the house on Chatterton Place. I have but slightly over an hour
left.”



The doctor was plainly disappointed.



“But the lecture?”



“It means my life, professor, and the subsequent success of our
experiment. A few details, a few minutes. Perhaps if we hurry we can get
back in time.”



The doctor glanced at his watch. “Twenty minutes for the train, twenty
minutes for the boat, ten minutes; that's an hour, two hours. These
details? Have you any idea how long, Rhamda?”



“Perhaps not more than fifteen minutes.”



“We have still two hours. Fifteen minutes; perhaps a little bit late. Tell
you what. I shall go with you. You can get on the boat.”



We have said that the detective had intuition. He had it still. Yet he had
no rational reason for suspecting either the professor or his strange
companion. Furthermore he had never heard of the Blind Spot in any way
whatsoever; nor did he know a single thing of philosophy or anything else
in Holcomb's teaching. He knew the doctor as a man of eminent standing and
respectability. It was hardly natural that he should suspect anything
sinister to grow out of this meeting of two refined scholars. He attached
no great importance to the trend of their conversation. It was strange, to
be sure; but he felt, no doubt, that living in their own world they had a
way and a language of their own. He was no scholar.



Still, he could think. The man Rhamda had made an assertion that he could
not quite uncover. It puzzled him. Something told him that for the safety
of his old friend it might be well for him to shadow the strange pair to
the city.



When the next train pulled out for the pier the two scholars were seated
in the forward part of the car. In the last seat was a man deeply immersed
in a morning paper.



It is rather unfortunate. In the natural delicacy of the situation Jerome
could not crowd too closely. He had no certainty of trouble; no proof
whatever; he was known to the professor. The best he could do was to keep
aloof and follow their movements. At the ferry building they hailed a taxi
and started up Market Street. Jerome watched them. In another moment he
had another driver and was winding behind in their wheel tracks. The cab
made straight for Chatterton Place. In front of a substantial two-story
house it drew up. The two men alighted. Jerome's taxi passed them.



They were then at the head of the steps; a woman of slender beauty with a
wonderful loose fold of black hair was talking. It seemed to the detective
that her voice was fearful, of a pregnant warning, that she was
protesting. Nevertheless, the old men entered and the door slammed behind
them. Jerome slipped from the taxi and spoke a few words to the driver. A
moment later the two men were holding the house under surveillance.



They did not have long to wait. The man called Rhamda had asked for
fifteen minutes. At the stroke of the second the front door re-opened.
Someone was laughing; a melodious enchanting laugh and feminine. A woman
was speaking. And then there were two forms in the doorway. A man and a
woman. The man was Rhamda Avec, tall, immaculate, black clad and
distinguished. The woman, Jerome was not certain that she was the same who
opened the door or not; she was even more beautiful. She was laughing.
Like her companion she was clad in black, a beautiful shimmering material
which sparkled in the sun like the rarest silk. The man glanced carelessly
up and down the street for a moment. Then he assisted the lady down the
steps and into the taxi. The door slammed; and before the detective could
gather his scattered wits they were lost in the city.



Jerome was expecting the professor. Naturally when the door opened he
looked for the old gentleman and his companion. It was the doctor he was
watching, not the other. Though he had no rational reason for expecting
trouble he had still his hunch and his intuition. The man and woman
aroused suspicion; and likewise upset his calculation. He could not follow
them and stay with the professor. It was a moment for quick decision. He
wondered. Where was Dr. Holcomb? This was the day he was to deliver his
lecture on the Blind Spot. He had read the announcement in the paper on
the way back, together with certain comments by the editor. In the lecture
itself there was mystery. This strange one, Rhamda, was mixed in the Blind
Spot. Undoubtedly he was the essential fact and substance. Until now he
had not scented tragedy. Why had Rhamda and the woman come out together?
Where was the professor?



Where indeed?



At the end of a half-hour Jerome ventured across the street. He noted the
number 288. Then he ascended the steps and clanged at the knocker. From
the sounds that came from inside, the place was but partly furnished.
Hollow steps sounded down the hallway, shuffling, like weary bones
dragging slippers. The door opened and an old woman, very old, peered out
of the crack. She coughed. Though it was not a loud cough it seemed to the
detective that it would be her last one; there was so little of her.



“Pardon me, but is Dr. Holcomb here?”



The old lady looked up at him. The eyes were of blank expressionless blue;
she was in her dotage.



“You mean—oh, yes, I think so, the old man with the white whiskers.
He was here a few minutes ago, with that other. But he just went out, sir,
he just went out.”



“No, I don't think so. There was a man went out and a woman. But not Dr.
Holcomb.”



“A woman? There was no woman.”



“Oh, yes, there was a woman—a very beautiful one.”



The old lady dropped her hand. It was trembling.



“Oh, dear,” she was saying. “This makes two. This morning it was a man and
now it is a woman, that makes two.”



It seemed to the man as he looked down in her eyes that he was looking
into great fear; she was so slight and frail and helpless and so old; such
a fragile thing to bear burden and trouble. Her voice was cracked and just
above a shrill whisper, almost uncanny. She kept repeating:



“Now there are two. Now there are two. That makes two. This morning there
was one. Now there are two.”



Jerome could not understand. He pitied the old lady.



“Did you say that Dr. Holcomb is here?”



Again she looked up: the same blank expression, she was evidently trying
to gather her wits.



“Two. A woman. Dr. Holcomb. Oh, yes, Dr. Holcomb. Won't you come in?”



She opened the door.



Jerome entered and took off his hat. Judicially he repeated the doctor's
name to keep it in her mind. She closed the door carefully and touched his
arm. It seemed to him that she was terribly weak and tottering; her old
eyes, however expressionless, were full of pitiful pleading. She was
scarcely more than a shadow.



“You are his son?”



Jerome lied; but he did it for a reason. “Yes.”



“Then come.”



She took him by the sleeve and led him to a room, then across it to a door
in the side wall. Her step was slow and feeble; twice she stopped to sing
the dirge of her wonder. “First a man and then a woman. Now there is one.
You are his son.” And twice she stopped and listened. “Do you hear
anything? A bell? I love to hear it: and then afterward I am afraid. Did
you ever notice a bell? It always makes you think of church and the things
that are holy. This is a beautiful bell—first—”



Either the woman was without her reason or very nearly so: she was very
frail.



“Come, mother, I know, first a bell, but Dr. Holcomb?”



The name brought her back again. For a moment she was blank trying to
recall her senses. And then she remembered. She pointed to the door.



“In there—Dr. Holcomb. That's where they come. That's where they go.
Dr. Holcomb. The little old man with the beautiful whiskers. This morning
it was a man; now it is a woman. Now there are two. Oh, dear; perhaps we
shall hear the bell.”



Jerome began to scent a tragedy. Certainly the old lady was uncanny; the
house was bare and hollow; the scant furniture was threadbare with age and
mildew; each sound was exaggerated and fearful, even their breathing. He
placed his hand on the knob and opened the door.



“Now there are two. Now there are two.”



The room was empty. Not a bit of furniture; a blank, bare apartment with
an old-fashioned high ceiling. Nothing else. Whatever the weirdness and
adventure, Jerome was getting nowhere. The old lady was still clinging to
his arm and still droning:



“Now there are two. Now there are two. This morning a man; now a woman.
Now there are two.”



“Come, mother, come. This will not do. Perhaps—”



But just then the old lady's lean fingers clinched into his arm; her eyes
grew bright; her mouth opened and she stopped in the middle of her drone.
Jerome grew rigid. And no wonder. From the middle of the room not ten feet
away came the tone of a bell, a great silvery voluminous sound—and
music. A church bell. Just one stroke, full toned, filling all the air
till the whole room was choked with music. Then as suddenly it died out
and faded into nothing. At the same time he felt the fingers on his arm
relax; and a heap was at his feet. He reached over. The life and
intelligence that was so near the line was just crossing over the border.
The poor old lady! Here was a tragedy he could not understand. He stooped
over to assist her. He was trembling. As he did so he heard the drone of
her soul as it wafted to the shadow:



“Now there are two.”




















IV. — GONE



Jerome was a strong man, of iron nerve, and well set against emotion; in
the run of his experience he had been plumped into many startling
situations; but none like this. The croon of the old lady thrummed in his
ears with endless repetition. He picked her up tenderly and bore her to
another room and placed her on a ragged sofa. There were still marks on
her face of former beauty. He wondered who she was and what had been her
life to come to such an ending.



“Now there are two,” the words were withering with oppression.
Subconsciously he felt the load that crushed her spirit. It was as if the
burden had been shifted; he sensed the weight of an unaccountable
disaster.



The place was musty and ill-lighted. He looked about him, the dank, close
air was unwashed by daylight. A stray ray of sunshine filtering through
the broken shutter slanted across the room and sought vainly to dispel the
shadow. He thought of Dr. Holcomb and the old lady. “Now there are two.”
Was it a double tragedy? First of all he must investigate.



The place was of eleven rooms, six downstairs and five on the upper story.
With the exception of one broken chair there was no furniture upstairs;
four of the rooms on the lower floor were partly furnished, two not at
all. A rear room had evidently been to the old lady the whole of her
habitation, serving as a kitchen, bedroom, and living-room combined.
Except in this room there were no carpets what-ever. His steps sounded
hollow and ghostly; the boards creaked and each time he opened a door he
was oppressed by the same gloom of dankness and stagnation. There was no
trace of Dr. Holcomb.



He remembered the bell and sought vainly on both floors for anything that
would give him a clue to the sound. There was nothing. The only thing he
heard was the echoing of his own creaking footsteps and the unceasing tune
that dinned in his spirit, “Now there are two.”



At last he came to the door and looked out into the street. The sun was
shining and the life and pulse was rising from the city. It was daylight;
plain, healthy day. It was good to look at. On the threshold of the door
he felt himself standing on the border of two worlds. What had become of
the doctor and who was the old lady; and lastly and just as important, who
was the Rhamda and his beautiful companion?



Jerome telephoned to headquarters.



It was a strange case.



At the precise minute when his would-be auditors were beginning to fidget
over his absence, the police of San Francisco had started the search for
the great doctor. Jerome had followed his intuition. It had led him into a
tragedy and he was ready to swear almost on his soul that it was twofold.
The prominence of the professor, together with his startling announcement
of the day previous and the world-wide comment that it had aroused,
elevated the case to a national interest.



What was the Blind Spot? The world conjectured, and like the world has
been since beginning, it scoffed and derided. Some there were, however,
men well up in the latest discoveries of science, who did not laugh. They
counselled forbearance; they would wait for the doctor and his lecture.



There was no lecture. In the teeth of our expectation came the startling
word that the doctor had disappeared. Apparently when on the very verge of
announcing his discovery he had been swallowed by the very force that he
had loosened. There was nothing in known science outside of optics, that
could in any way be blended with the Blind Spot. There were but two
solutions; either the professor had been a victim of a clever rogue, or he
had been overcome by the rashness of his own wisdom. At any rate, it was
known from that minute on as “THE BLIND SPOT.”



Perhaps it is just as well to take up the findings of the police. The
police of course never entertained any suggestion of the occult. They are
material; and were convinced from the start that the case had its origin
in downright villainy. Man is complex; but being so, is oft overbalanced
by evil Some genius had made a fool of the doctor.



In the first place a thorough search was made for the professor. The house
at No. 288 Chatterton Place was ransacked from cellar to attic. The
records were gone over and it was found that the property had for some
time been vacant; that the real ownership was vested in a number of heirs
scattered about the country.



The old lady had apparently been living on the place simply through
sufferance. No one could find out who she was. A few tradesman in the
vicinity had sold her some scant supplies and that was all. The stress
that Jerome placed upon her actions and words was; given its due account.
There were undoubtedly two villains; but there were two victims. That the
old lady was such as well as the professor no one has doubted. The whole
secret lay in the gentleman with the Eastern cast and complexion. Who was
Rhamda Avec?



And now comes the strangest part of the story. Ever, when we re-count the
tale, there is something to overturn the theories of the police. It has
become a sort of legend in San Francisco; one to be taken with a grain of
salt, to be sure, but for all that, one at which we may well wonder. Here
the supporters of the professor's philosophy hold their strongest point—if
it is true. Of course we can venture no private opinion, never having been
a witness. It is this:



Rhamda Avec is with us and in our city. His description and drawn likeness
have been published many times. There are those who aver that they have
seen him in reality of the flesh walking through the crowds of Market
Street.



He is easily distinguished, tall and distinctive, refined to a high
degree, and with the poise and alertness of a gentleman of reliance and
character. Women look twice and wonder; he is neither old nor young; when
he smiles it is like youth breaking in laughter. And with him often is his
beautiful companion.



Men vouch for her beauty and swear that it is of the kind that drives to
distraction. She is fire and flesh and carnal—she is more than
beauty. There is allurement about her body; sylph-like, sinuous; the olive
tint of her complexion, the wonderful glory of her hair and the glowing
night-black of her eyes. Men pause; she is of the superlative kind that
robs the reason, a supreme glory of passion and life and beauty, at whose
feet fools and wise men would slavishly frolic and folly. She seldom
speaks, but those who have heard her say that it is like rippling water,
of gentleness and softness and of the mellow flow that comes from love and
passion and from beauty.



Of course there is nothing out of the ordinary in their walking down the
streets. Anybody might do that. The wonder comes in the manner in which
they elude the police. They come and go in the broad, bright daylight.
Hundreds have seen them. They make no effort at concealment, nor disguise.
And yet no phantoms were ever more unreal than they to those who seek
them. Who are they? The officers have been summoned on many occasions; but
each and every time in some manner or way they had contrived to elude
them. There are some who have consigned them to the limbo of illusion. But
we do not entirely agree.



In a case like this it is well to take into consideration the
respectability and character of those who have witnessed. Phantoms are not
corporeal; these two are flesh and blood. There is mystery about them; but
they are substance, the same as we are.



And lastly:



If you will take the Key Route ferry some foggy morning you may see
something to convince you. It must be foggy and the air must be grey and
drab and sombre. Take the lower deck. Perhaps you will see nothing. If not
try again; for they say you shall be rewarded. Watch the forward part of
the boat; but do not leave the inner deck. The great Rhamda watching the
grey swirl of the water!



He stands alone, in his hands the case of reddish leather, his feet
slightly apart and his face full of a great hungry wonder. Watch his
features: they are strong and aglow with a great and wondrous wisdom; mark
if you see evil. And remember. Though he is like you he is something
vastly different. He is flesh and blood; but perhaps the master of one of
the greatest laws that man can attain to. He is the fact and the substance
that was promised, but was not delivered by the professor.



This account has been largely taken from one of the Sunday editions of our
papers. I do not agree with it entirely. Nevertheless, it will serve as an
excellent foundation for my own adventures; and what is best of all, save
labour.




















V. — FRIENDS



My name is Harry Wendel.



I am an attorney and until recently boasted of a splendid practice and an
excellent prospect for the future. I am still a young man; I have had a
good education and still have friends and admirers. Such being the case,
you no doubt wonder why I give a past reference to my practice and what
the future might have held for me. Listen:



I might as well start 'way back. I shall do it completely and go back to
the fast-receding time of childhood.



There is a recollection of childish disaster. I had been making strenuous
efforts to pull the tail out of the cat that I might use it for a feather
duster. My desire was supreme logic. I could not understand objection; the
cat resisted for certain utilitarian reasons of its own and my mother
through humane sympathy. I had been scratched and spanked in addition: it
was the first storm centre that I remember. I had been punished but not
subdued. At the first opportunity, I stole out of the house and onto the
lawn that stretched out to the pavement.



I remember the day. The sun was shining, the sky was clear, and everything
was green with springtime. For a minute I stood still and blinked in the
sunlight. It was beautiful and soft and balmy; the world at full
exuberance; the buds upon the trees, the flowers, and the songbirds
singing. I could not understand it. It was so beautiful and soft. My heart
was still beating fiercely, still black with perversity and stricken
rancour. The world had no right to be so. I hated with the full rush of
childish anger.



And then I saw.



Across the street coming over to meet me was a child of my age. He was fat
and chubby, a mass of yellow curls and laughter; when he walked he held
his feet out at angles as is the manner of fat boys and his arms away from
his body. I slid off the porch quietly. Here was something that could
suffer for the cat and my mother. At my rush he stopped in wonder. I
remember his smiling face and my anger. In an instant I had him by the
hair and was biting with all the fury of vindictiveness.



At first he set up a great bawl for assistance. He could not understand;
he screamed and held his hands aloft to keep them out of my reach. Then he
tried to run away. But I had learned from the cat that had scratched me. I
clung on, biting, tearing. The shrill of his scream was music: it was
conflict, sweet and delicious; it was strife, swift as instinct.



At last I stopped him; he ceased trying to get away and began to struggle.
It was better still; it was resistance. But he was stronger than I; though
I was quicker he managed to get my by the shoulders, to force me back, and
finally to upset me. Then in the stolid way, and after the manner of fat
boys, he sat upon my chest. When our startled mothers came upon the scene
they so found us—I upon my back, clinching my teeth and threatening
all the dire fates of childhood, and he waiting either for assistance or
until my ire should retire sufficiently to allow him to release me in
safety.



“Who did it? Who started it?”



That I remember plainly.



“Hobart, did you do this?” The fat boy backed off quietly and clung to his
mother; but he did not answer.



“Hobart, did you start this?”



Still no answer.



“Harry, this was you; you started it. Didn't you try to hurt Hobart?”



I nodded.



My mother took me by the hand and drew me away.



“He is a rascal, Mrs. Fenton, and has a temper like sin; but he will tell
the truth, thank goodness.”



I am telling this not for the mere relation, but by way of introduction.
It was my first meeting with Hobart Fenton. It is necessary that you know
us both and our characters. Our lives are so entwined and so related that
without it you could not get the gist of the story. In the afternoon I
came across the street to play with Hobart. He met me smiling. It was not
in his healthy little soul to hold resentment. I was either all smiles or
anger. I forgot as quickly as I battled. That night there were two happy
youngsters tucked into the bed and covers.



So we grew up; one with the other. We played as children do and fought as
boys have done from the beginning. I shall say right now that the fights
were mostly my fault. I started them one and all; and if every battle had
the same beginning it likewise had the same ending. The first fight was
but the forerunner of all the others.



Please do not think hardly of Hobart. He is the kindest soul in the world;
there never was a truer lad nor a kinder heart. He was strong, healthy,
fat, and, like fat boys, forever laughing. He followed me into trouble and
when I was retreating he valiantly defended the rear. Stronger, sturdier,
and slower, he has been a sort of protector from the beginning. I have
called him the Rear Guard; and he does not resent it.



I have always been in mischief, restless, and eager for anything that
would bring quick action; and when I got into deep water Hobart would come
along, pluck me out and pull me to shore and safety. Did you ever see a
great mastiff and a fox terrier running together? It is a homely
illustration; but an apt one.



We were boys together, with our delights and troubles, joys and sorrows. I
thought so much of Hobart that I did not shirk stooping to help him take
care of his baby sister. That is about the supreme sacrifice of a boy's
devotion. In after years, of course, he has laughed at me and swears I did
it on purpose. I do not know, but I am willing to admit that I think a
whole lot of that sister.



Side by side we grew up and into manhood. We went to school and into
college. Even as we were at odds in our physical builds and our
dispositions, so were we in our studies. From the beginning Hobart has had
a mania for screws, bolts, nuts, and pistons. He is practical; he likes
mathematics; he can talk to you from the binomial theorem up into
Calculus; he is never so happy as when the air is buzzing with a
conversation charged with induction coils, alternating currents, or atomic
energy. The whole swing and force of popular science is his kingdom. I
will say for Hobart that he is just about in line to be king of it all.
Today he is in South America, one of our greatest engineers. He is
bringing the water down from the Andes; and it is just about like those
strong shoulders and that good head to restore the land of the Incas.



About myself? I went into the law. I enjoy an atmosphere of strife and
contention. I liked books and discussion and I thought that I would like
the law. On the advice of my elders I entered law college, and in due time
was admitted to practice. It was while studying to qualify that I first
ran into philosophy. I was a lad to enjoy quick, pithy, epigrammatic
statements. I have always favoured a man who hits from the shoulder.
Professor Holcomb was a man of terse, heavy thinking; he spoke what he
thought and he did not quibble. He favoured no one.



I must confess that the old white-haired professor left his stamp upon me.
I loved him like all the rest; though I was not above playing a trick on
the old fellow occasionally. Still he had a wit of his own and seldom came
out second best, and when he lost out he could laugh like the next one. I
was deeply impressed by him. As I took course after course under him I was
convinced that for all of his dry philosophy the old fellow had a trick up
his sleeve; he had a way of expounding that was rather startling;
likewise, he had a scarcely concealed contempt for some of the demigods of
our old philosophy.



What this trick was I could never uncover. I hung on and dug into great
tomes of wisdom. I became interested and gradually took up with his
speculation; for all my love of action I found that I had a strong
subcurrent for the philosophical.



Now I roomed with Hobart. When I would come home with some dry tome and
would lose myself in it by the hour he could not understand it. I was
preparing for the law. He could see no advantage to be derived from this
digging into speculation. He was practical and unless he could drive a
nail into a thing or at least dig into its chemical elements it was hard
to get him interested.



“Of what use is it, Harry? Why waste your brains? These old fogies have
been pounding on the question for three thousand years. What have they
got? You could read all their literature from the pyramids down to the
present sky-scrapers and you wouldn't get enough practical wisdom to drive
a dump-cart.”



“That's just it,” I answered. “I'm not hankering for a dump-cart. You have
an idea that all the wisdom in the world is locked up in the concrete;
unless a thing has wheels, pistons, some sort of combustion, or a chemical
action you are not interested. What gives you the control over your
machinery? Brains! But what makes the mind go?”



Hobart blinked. “Fine,” he answered. “Go on.”



“Well,” I answered, “that's what I am after.”



He laughed. “Great. Well, keep at it. It's your funeral, Harry. When you
have found, it let me know and I'll beat you to the patent.”



With that he turned to his desk and dug into one of his everlasting
formulas. Just the same, next day when I entered Holcomb's lecture-room I
was in for a surprise. My husky room-mate was in the seat beside me.



“What's the big idea?” I asked. “Big idea is right, Harry,” he grinned.
“Just thought I would beat you to it. Had a dickens of a time with Dan
Clark, of the engineering department. Told him I wanted to study
philosophy. The old boy put up a beautiful holler. Couldn't understand
what an engineer would want with psychology or ethics. Neither could I
until I got to thinking last night when I went to roost. Because a thing
has never been done is no reason why it never will be; is it, Harry?”



“Certainly not. I don't know just what you are driving at. Perhaps you
intend to take your notes over to the machine shop and hammer out the
Secret of the Absolute.”



He grinned.



“Pretty wise head at that, Harry. What did you call it? The Secret of the
Absolute. Will remember that. I'm not much on phrases; but I'm sure the
strong boy with the hammer. You don't object to my sitting here beside
you; so that I, too, may drink in the little drops of wisdom?”



It was in this way that Hobart entered into the study of philosophy. When
the class was over and we were going down the steps he patted me on the
shoulder.



“That's not so bad, Harry. Not so bad. The old doctor is there; he's got
them going. Likewise little Hobart has got a big idea.”



Now it happened that this was just about six weeks before Dr. Holcomb
announced his great lecture on the Blind Spot. It was not more than a week
after registration. In the time ensuing Fenton became just as great an
enthusiast as myself. His idea, of course, was chimerical and a blind; his
main purpose was to get in with me where he could argue me out of my
folly.



He wound up by being a convert of the professor.



Then came the great day. The night of the announcement we had a long
discussion. It was a deep question. For all of my faith in the professor I
was hardly prepared for a thing like this. Strange to say I was the
sceptic; and stranger still, it was Hobart who took the side of the
doctor.



“Why not?” he said. “It merely comes down to this: you grant that a thing
is possible and then you deny the possibility of a proof—outside of
your abstract. That's good paradox, Harry; but almighty poor logic. If it
is so it certainly can be proven. There's not one reason in the world why
we can't have something concrete. The professor is right. I am with him.
He's the only professor in all the ages.”



Well, it turned out as it did. It was a terrible blow to us all. Most of
the world took it as a great murder or an equally great case of abduction.
There were but few, even in the university, who embraced the side of the
doctor. It was a case of villainy, of a couple of remarkably clever rogues
and a trusting scholar.



But there was one whose faith was not diminished. He had been one of the
last to come under the influence of the doctor. He was practical and
concrete, and not at all attuned to philosophy; he had not the training
for deep dry thinking. He would not recede one whit. One day I caught him
sitting down with his head between his hands. I touched him on the
shoulder.



“What's the deep study?” I asked him.



He looked up. By his eyes I could see that his thoughts had been far away.



“What's the deep study?” I repeated.



“I was just thinking, Harry; just thinking.”



“What?”



“I was just thinking, Harry, that I would like to have about one hundred
thousand dollars and about ten years' leisure.”



“That's a nice thought,” I answered; “I could think that myself. What
would you do with it?”



“Do? Why, there is just one thing that I would do if I had that much
money. I would solve the Blind Spot.”



This happened years ago while we were still in college. Many things have
occurred since then. I am writing this on the verge of disaster. How
little do we know! What was the idea that buzzed in the head of Hobart
Fenton? He is concrete, physical, fearless. He is in South America. I have
cabled to him and expect him as fast as steam can bring him. The great
idea and discovery of the professor is a fact, not fiction. What is it?
That I cannot answer. I have found it and I am a witness to its potency.



Some law has been missed through the ages. It is inexorable and insidious;
it is concrete. Out of the unknown comes terror. Through the love for the
great professor I have pitted myself against it. From the beginning it has
been almost hopeless. I remember that last digression in ethics. “The
mystery of the occult may be solved. We are five-sensed. When we bring the
thing down to the concrete we may understand.”



Sometimes I wonder at the Rhamda. Is he a man or a phantom? Does he
control the Blind Spot? Is he the substance and the proof that was
promised by Dr. Holcomb? Through what process and what laws did the
professor acquire even his partial control over the phenomena? Where did
the Rhamda and his beautiful companion come from? Who are they? And lastly—what
was the idea that buzzed in the head of Hobart Fenton?



When I look back now I wonder. I have never believed in fate. I do not
believe in it now. Man is the master of his own destiny. We are cowards
else. Whatever is to be known we should know it. One's duty is ever to
one's fellows. Heads up and onward. I am not a brave man, perhaps, under
close analysis; but once I have given my word I shall keep it. I have done
my bit; my simple duty. Perhaps I have failed. In holding myself against
the Blind Spot I have done no more than would have been done by a million
others. I have only one regret. Failure is seldom rewarded. I had hoped
that my life would be the last; I have a dim hope still. If I fail in the
end, there must be still one more to follow.



Understand I do not expect to die. It is the unknown that I am afraid of.
I who thought that we knew so much have found it still so little. There
are so many laws in the weave of Cosmos that are still unguessed. What is
this death that we are afraid of? What is life? Can we solve it? Is it
permissible? What is the Blind Spot? If Hobart Fenton is right it has
nothing to do with death. If so, what is it?



My pen is weak. I am weary. I am waiting for Hobart. Perhaps I shall not
last. When he comes I want him to know my story. What he knows already
will not hurt repeating. It is well that man shall have it; it may be that
we shall both fail-there is no telling; but if we do the world can profit
by our blunders and guide itself—perhaps to the mastery of the
phenomenon that controls the Blind Spot.



I ask you to bear with me. If I make a few mistakes or I am a bit loose,
remember the stress under which I am writing. I shall try to be plain so
that all may follow.




















VI. — CHICK WATSON



Now to go back.



In due time we were both of us graduated from college. I went into the law
and Hobart into engineering. We were both successful. There was not a
thing to foreshadow that either of us was to be jerked from his
profession. There was no adventure, but lots of work and reward in
proportion.



Perhaps I was a bit more fortunate. I was in love and Hobart was still a
confirmed bachelor. It was a subject over which he was never done joking.
It was not my fault. I was innocent. If the blame ran anywhere it would
have to be placed upon that baby sister of his.



It happened as it happened since God first made the maiden. One autumn
Hobart and I started off for college. We left Charlotte at the gate a girl
of fifteen years and ten times as many angles. I pulled one of her
pigtails, kissed her, and told her I wanted her to get pretty. When we
came home next summer I went over to pull the other pigtail. I did not
pull it. I was met by the fairest young woman I had ever looked on. And I
could not kiss her. Seriously, was I to blame?



Now to the incident.



It was a night in September. Hobart had completed his affairs and had
booked passage to South America. He was to sail next morning. We had
dinner that day with his family, and then came up to San Francisco for a
last and farewell bachelor night. We could take in the opera together,
have supper at our favourite cafe, and then turn in. It was a long hark
back to our childhood; but for all that we were still boys together.



I remember that night. It was our favourite opera—“Faust.” It was
the one piece that we could agree on. Looking back since, I have wondered
at the coincidence. The old myth of age to youth and the subcurrent of sin
with its stalking, laughing, subtle Mephistopheles. It is strange that we
should have gone to this one opera on this one evening. I recall our
coming out of the theatre; our minds thrilling to the music and the subtle
weirdness of the theme.



A fog had fallen—one of those thick, heavy, grey mists that
sometimes come upon us in September. Into its sombre depths the crowd
disappeared like shadows. The lights upon the streets blurred yellow. At
the cold sheer contact we hesitated upon the pavement.



I had on a light overcoat. Hobart, bound for the tropics, had no such
protection. It was cold and miserable, a chill wind stirring from the
north was unusually cutting. Hobart raised his collar and dug his hands
into his pockets.



“Brr,” he muttered; “brr, some coffee or some wine. Something.”



The sidewalks were wet and slippery, the mists settling under the lights
had the effect of drizzle. I touched Hobart's arm and we started across
the street.



“Brr is right,” I answered, “and some wine. Notice the shadows, like
ghosts.”



We were half across the street before he answered; then he stopped.



“Ghosts! Did you say ghosts, Harry?” I noted a strange inflection in his
voice. He stood still and peered into the fog bank. His stop was sudden
and suggestive. Just then a passing taxicab almost caught us and we were
compelled to dodge quickly. Hobart ducked out of the way and I
side-stepped in another direction. We came up on the sidewalk. Again he
peered into the shadow.



“Confound that cab,” he was saying, “now we have gone and missed him.”



He took off his hat and then put it back on his head. His favourite trick
when bewildered. I looked up and down the street.



“Didn't you see him? Harry! Didn't you see him? It was Rhamda Avec!”



I had seen no one; that is to notice; I did not know the Rhamda. Neither
did he.



“The Rhamda? You don't know him.”



Hobart was puzzled.



“No,” he said; “I do not; but it was he, just as sure as I am a fat man.”



I whistled. I recalled the tale that was now a legend. The man had an
affinity for the fog mist. To come out of “Faust” and to run into the
Rhamda! What was the connection? For a moment we both stood still and
waited.



“I wonder—” said Hobart. “I was just thinking about that fellow
tonight. Strange! Well, let's get something hot—some coffee.”



But it had given us something for discussion. Certainly it was unusual.
During the past few days I had been thinking of Dr. Holcomb; and for the
last few hours the tale had clung with reiterating persistence. Perhaps it
was the weirdness and the tremulous intoxication of the music. I was one
of the vast majority who disbelieved it. Was it possible that it was,
after all, other than the film of fancy? There are times when we are
receptive; at that moment I could have believed it.



We entered the cafe and chose a table slightly to the rear. It was a
contrast to the cold outside; the lights so bright, the glasses clinking,
laughter and music. A few young people were dancing. I sat down; in a
moment the lightness and jollity had stirred my blood. Hobart took a chair
opposite. The place was full of beauty. In the back of my mind blurred the
image of Rhamda. I had never seen him; but I had read the description. I
wondered absently at the persistence.



I have said that I do not believe in fate. I repeat it. Man should control
his own destiny. A great man does. Perhaps that is it. I am not great.
Certainly it was circumstance.



In the back part of the room at one of the tables was a young man sitting
alone. Something caught my attention. Perhaps it was his listlessness or
the dreamy unconcern with which he watched the dancers; or it may have
been the utter forlornness of his expression. I noted his unusual pallor
and his cast of dissipation, also the continual working of his long, lean
fingers. There are certain set fixtures in the night life of any city. But
this was not one. He was not an habitue. There was a certain greatness to
his loneliness and his isolation. I wondered.



Just then he looked up. By a mere coincidence our eyes met. He smiled, a
weak smile and a forlorn one, and it seemed to me rather pitiful. Then as
suddenly his glance wandered to the door behind me. Perhaps there was
something in my expression that caught Hobart's attention. He turned
about.



“Say, Harry, who is that fellow? I know that face, I'm certain.”



“Come to think I have seen him myself. I wonder—”



The young man looked up again. The same weary smile. He nodded. And again
he glanced over my shoulder toward the door. His face suddenly hardened.



“He knows us at any rate,” I ventured.



Now Hobart was sitting with his face toward the entrance. He could see
anyone coming or going. Following the young man's glance he looked over my
shoulder. He suddenly reached over and took me by the forearm.



“Don't look round,” he warned; “take it easy. As I said—on my honour
as a fat man.”



The very words foretold. I could not but risk a glance. Across the room a
man was coming down the aisle—a tall man, dark, and of a very
decided manner. I had read his description many times; I had seen his
likeness drawn by certain sketch artists of the city. They did not do him
justice. He had a wonderful way and presence—you might say,
magnetism. I noticed the furtive wondering glances that were cast,
especially by the women. He was a handsome man beyond denying, about the
handsomest I had ever seen. The same elusiveness.



At first I would have sworn him to be near sixty; the next minute I was
just as certain of his youth. There was something about him that could not
be put to paper, be it strength, force or vitality; he was subtle. His
step was prim and distinctive, light as shadow, in one hand he carried the
red case that was so often mentioned. I breathed an exclamation.



Hobart nodded.



“Am I a fat man? The famous Rhamda! What say! Ah, ha! He has business with
our wan friend yonder. See!”



And it was so. He took a chair opposite the wan one. The young man
straightened. His face was even more familiar, but I could not place him.
His lips were set; in their grim line—determination; whatever his
exhaustion there was still a will. Somehow one had a respect for this weak
one; he was not a mere weakling. Yet I was not so sure that he was not
afraid of the Rhamda. He spoke to the waiter. The Rhamda began talking. I
noted the poise in his manner; it was not evil, rather was it calm—and
calculating. He made an indication. The young man drew back. He smiled; it
was feeble and weary, but for all of that disdainful. Though one had a
pity for his forlornness, there was still an admiration. The waiter
brought glasses.



The young man swallowed his drink at a gulp, the other picked his up and
sipped it. Again he made the indication. The youth dropped his hand upon
the table, a pale blue light followed the movement of his fingers. The
older man pointed. So that was their contention? A jewel? After all our
phantom was material enough to desire possession; his solicitude was
calmness, but for all that aggression. I could sense a battle, but the
young man turned the jewel to the palm side of his fingers; he shook his
head.



The Rhamda drew up. For a moment he waited. Was it for surrender? Once he
started to speak, but was cut short by the other. For all of his weakness
there was spirit to the young man. He even laughed. The Rhamda drew out a
watch. He held up two fingers. I heard Hobart mumble.



“Two minutes. Well, I'm betting on the young one. Too much soul. He's not
dead; just weary.”



He was right. At exactly one hundred and twenty seconds the Rhamda closed
his watch. He spoke something. Again the young man laughed. He lit a
cigarette; from the flicker and jerk of the flame he was trembling. But he
was still emphatic. The other rose from the table, walked down the aisle
and out of the building. The youth spread out both arms and dropped his
head upon the table.



It was a little drama enacted almost in silence. Hobart and I exchanged
glances. The mere glimpse of the Rhamda had brought us both back to the
Blind Spot. Was there any connection? Who was the young man with the life
sapped out? I had a recollection of a face strangely familiar. Hobart
interrupted my thoughts.



“I'd give just about one leg for the gist of that conversation. That was
the Rhamda; but who is the other ghost?”



“Do you think it has to do with the Blind Spot?”



“I don't think,” averred Hobart. “I know. Wonder what's the time.” He
glanced at his watch. “Eleven thirty.”



Just here the young man at the table raised up his head. The cigarette was
still between his fingers; he puffed lamely for a minute, taking a dull
note of his surroundings. In the well of gaiety and laughter coming from
all parts of the room his actions were out of place. He seemed dazed;
unable to pull himself together. Suddenly he looked at us. He started.



“He certainly knows us,” I said. “I wonder—by George, he's coming
over.”



Even his step was feeble. There was exertion about every move of his body,
the wanness and effort of vanished vitality; he balanced himself
carefully. Slowly, slowly, line by line his features became familiar, the
underlines of another, the ghost of one departed. At first I could not
place him. He held himself up for breath. Who was he? Then it suddenly
came to me—back to the old days at college—an athlete, one of
the best of fellows, one of the sturdiest of men! He had come to this!



Hobart was before me.



“By all the things that are holy!” he exclaimed. “Chick Watson! Here, have
a seat. In the name of Heavens, Chick! What on earth—”



The other dropped feebly into the chair. The body that had once been so
powerful was a skeleton. His coat was a disguise of padding.



“Hello, Hobart; hello, Harry,” he spoke in a whisper. “Not much like the
old Chick, am I? First thing, I'll take some brandy.”



It was almost tragic. I glanced at Hobart and nodded to the waiter. Could
it be Chick Watson? I had seen him a year before, hale, healthy,
prosperous. And here he was—a wreck!



“No,” he muttered, “I'm not sick—not sick. Lord, boys, it's good to
meet you. I just thought I would come out for this one last night, hear
some music, see a pretty face, perhaps meet a friend. But I am afraid—”
He dropped off like one suddenly drifting into slumber.



“Hustle that waiter,” I said to Hobart. “Hurry that brandy.”



The stimulant seemed to revive him. He lifted up suddenly. There was fear
in his eyes; then on seeing himself among friends—relief. He turned
to me.



“Think I'm sick, don't you?” he asked.



“You certainly are,” I answered.



“Well, I'm not.”



For a moment silence. I glanced at Hobart. Hobart nodded.



“You're just about in line for a doctor, Chick, old boy,” I said. “I'm
going to see that you have one. Bed for you, and the care of mother—”



He started; he seemed to jerk himself together.



“That's it, Harry; that's what I wanted. It's so hard for me to think.
Mother, mother! That's why I came downtown. I wanted a friend. I have
something for you to give to mother.”



“Rats,” I said. “I'll take you to her. What are you talking about?”



But he shook his head.



“I wish that you were telling the truth, Harry. But it's no use—not
after tonight. All the doctors in the world could not save me. I'm not
sick, boys, far from it.”



Hobart spoke up.



“What is it, Chick? I have a suspicion. Am I right?”



Chick looked up; he closed his eyes.



“All right, Hobart, what's your suspicion?”



Fenton leaned over. It seemed to me that he was peering into the other's
soul. He touched his forearm.



“Chick, old boy, I think I know. But tell me. Am I right? It's the Blind
Spot.”



At the words Watson opened his eyes; they were full of hope and wonder,
for a moment, and then, as suddenly of a great despair. His body went to a
heap. His voice was feeble.



“Yes,” he answered, “I am dying—of the Blind Spot”




















VII. — THE RING



It was a terrible thing; death stalking out of the Blind Spot. We had
almost forgotten. It had been a story hitherto—a wonderful one to be
sure, and one to arouse conjecture. I had never thought that we were to be
brought to its shivering contact. It was out of the occult; it had been so
pronounced by the professor; a great secret of life holding out a guerdon
of death to its votaries. Witness Chick Watson, the type of healthy,
fighting manhood—come to this. He opened his eyes feebly; one could
see the light; the old spirit was there—fighting for life. What was
this struggle of soul and flesh? Why had the soul hung on? He made another
effort.



“More drink,” he asked; “more drink. Anything to hold me together. I must
tell you. You must take my place and—and—fight the Blind Spot!
Promise that—”



“Order the drinks,” I told Hobart. “I see Dr. Hansen over there. Even if
we cannot save him we must hold him until we get his story.”



I went and fetched Hansen over.



“A strange case,” he murmured. “Pulse normal; not a trace of fever. Not
sick, you say—” Hobart pointed to his head. “Ah, I see! I would
suggest home and a bed.”



Just here Watson opened his eyes again. They rested first upon the doctor,
then upon myself, and finally upon the brandy. He took it up and drank it
with eagerness. It was his third one; it gave him a bit more life.



“Didn't I tell you, boys, that there is not a doctor on earth that can
save me? Excuse me, doc. I am not sick. I told them. I am far past physic;
I have gone beyond medicine. All I ask is stimulant and life enough to
tell my story.”



“My boy,” asked the doctor kindly, “what ails you?”



Watson smiled. He touched himself on the forehead.



“Up here, doc. There are things in the world with which we may not tamper.
I tried it. Somebody had to do it and somebody has to do it yet. You
remember Dr. Holcomb; he was a great man; he was after the secret of life.
He began it.”



Dr. Hansen started.



“Lord!” he exclaimed, looking at us all; “you don't mean this man is mixed
up in the Blind Spot?”



We nodded. Watson smiled; again he dropped back into inertia; the speech
he had made was his longest yet; the brandy was coming into effect.



“Give him brandy,” the doctor said; “it's as good as anything. It will
hold him together and give him life for a while. Here.” He reached into
his pocket and flicked something into the glass. “That will help him.
Gentlemen, do you know what it means? I had always thought! I knew Dr.
Holcomb! Crossing over the border! It may not be done! The secret of life
is impossible. Yet—”



Watson opened his eyes again; his spirit seemed suddenly to flicker into
defiance.



“Who said it was impossible? Who said it? Gentlemen, it IS possible. Dr.
Holcomb—pardon me. I do not wish to appear a sot; but this brandy is
about the only thing to hold me together. I have only a few hours left.”



He took the glass, and at one gulp downed the contents. I do not know what
the doctor had dropped into it. Chick revived suddenly, and a strange
light blazed up in his eyes, like life rekindled.



“Ah, now I am better. So?”



He turned to us all; then to the doctor.



“So you say the secret of life is impossible?”



“I—”



Chick smiled wanly. “May I ask you: what it is that has just flared up
within me? I am weak, anaemic, fallen to pieces; my muscles have lost the
power to function, my blood runs cold, I have been more than two feet over
the border. And yet—a few drinks of brandy, of stimulants, and you
have drawn me back, my heart beats strongly, for an hour. By means of
drugs you have infused a new life—which of course is the old—and
driven the material components of my body into correlation. You are
successful for a time; so long as nature is with you; but all the while
you are held aghast by the knowledge that the least flaw, the least
disarrangement, and you are beaten.



“It is your business to hold this life or what you may. When it has gone
your structures, your anatomy, your wonderful human machine is worthless.
Where has it come from? Where has it gone? I have drunk four glasses of
brandy; I have a lease of four short hours. Ordinarily it would bring
reaction; it is poison, to be sure; but it is driving back my spirit,
giving me life and strength enough to tell my story—in the morning I
shall be no more. By sequence I am a dead man already. Four glasses of
brandy; they are speaking. Whence comes this affinity of substance and of
shadow?”



We all of us listened, the doctor most of all. “Go on,” he said.



“Can't you see?” repeated Watson. “There is affinity between substance and
shadow; and therefore your spirit or shadow or what you will is concrete,
is in itself a substance. It is material just as much as you are. Because
you do not see it is no proof that it is not substance. That pot palm
yonder does not see you; it is not blessed with eyes.”



The doctor looked at Watson; he spoke gently.



“This is very old stuff, my boy, out of your abstract philosophy. No man
knows the secret of life. Not even yourself.”



The light in Watson's eyes grew brighter, he straightened; he began
slipping the ring from his finger.



“No,” he answered. “I don't. I have tried and it was like playing with
lightning. I sought for life and it is giving me death. But there is one
man living who has found it.”



“And this man?”



“Is Dr. Holcomb!”



We all of us started. We had every one given the doctor up as dead. The
very presence of Watson was tragedy. We did not doubt that he had been
through some terrible experience. There are things in the world that may
not be unriddled. Some power, some sinister thing was reaching for his
vitality. What did he know about the professor? Dr. Holcomb had been a
long time dead.



“Gentlemen. You must hear my story; I haven't long to tell it. However,
before I start here is a proof for a beginning.”



He tossed the ring upon the table.



It was Hobart who picked it up. A beautiful stone, like a sapphire; blue
but uncut and of a strange pellucid transparency—a jewel
undoubtedly; but of a kind we have never seen. We all of us examined it,
and were all, I am afraid, a bit disappointed. It was a stone and nothing
else.



Watson watched us. The waiter had brought more brandy, and Watson was
sipping it, not because he liked it, he said, but just to keep himself at
the proper lift.



“You don't understand it, eh? You see nothing? Hobart, have you a match?
There, that's it; now give me the ring. See—” He struck the match
and held the flame against the jewel. “Gentlemen, there is no need for me
to speak. The stone will give you a volume. It's not trickery, I assure
you, but fact. There, now, perfect. Doctor, you are the sceptic. Take a
look at the stone.”



The doctor picked it up casually and held it up before his eyes. At first
he frowned; then came a look of incredulity; his chin dropped and he rose
in his chair.



“My God,” he exclaimed, “the man's living! It—he—”



But Hobart and I had crowded over. The doctor held the ring so we could
see it. Inside the stone was Dr. Holcomb!



It was a strenuous moment, and the most incredible. We all of us knew the
doctor. It was not a photograph, nor a likeness; but the man himself. It
was beyond all reason that he could be in the jewel; indeed there was only
the head visible; one could catch the expression of life, the movements of
the eyelids. Yet how could it be? What was it? It was Hobart who spoke
first.



“Chick,” he asked, “what's the meaning? Were it not for my own eyes I
would call it impossible. It's absurd on the face. The doctor! Yet I can
see him—living. Where is he?”



Chick nodded.



“That's the whole question. Where is he? I know and yet I know nothing.
You are now looking into the Blind Spot. The doctor sought the secret of
life—and found it. He was trapped by his own wisdom!”




















VIII. — THE NERVINA



For a moment we were silent. The jewel reposed upon the table. What was
the secret of its phenomena? I could think of nothing in science that
would explain it. How had Watson come into its possession? What was the
tale he had to tell? The lean, long finger that clutched for brandy! What
force was this that had driven him to such a verge? He was resigned;
though he was defiant he had already conceded his surrender. Dr. Hansen
spoke.



“Watson,” he asked, “what do you know about the Blind Spot?”



“Nothing.”



We all turned to Chick. Hobart ordered more brandy. The doctor's eyes went
to slits. I could not but wonder.



“Chick,” I asked, “who is Rhamda Avec?”



Watson turned.



“You saw him a few minutes ago? You saw him with me? Let me ask you.”



“Yes,” I answered, “I saw him. Most people did. Is he invisible? Is he
really the phantom they say?”



Somehow the mention of the name made him nervous; he looked cautiously
about the room.



“That I don't know, Harry. It—If I can only get my wits together. Is
he a phantom? Yes, I think so. I can't understand him. At least, he has
the powers we attribute to an apparition. He is strange and unaccountable.
Sometimes you see him, sometimes you don't. The first known of him was on
the day Professor Holcomb was to deliver his lecture on the Blind Spot. He
was tracked, you know, to the very act. Then came in the Nervina.”



“And who is the Nervina?”



Watson looked at me blankly.



“The Nervina?” he asked, “The Nervina—what do you know about the
Nervina?”



“Nothing. You mentioned her just now.”



His mind seemed to ramble. He looked about the room rather fearfully.
Perhaps he was afraid.



“Did I mention her? I don't know, Harry, my wits are muddled. The Nervina?
She is a goddess. Never was and never will be woman. She loves; she never
hates, and still again she does not love. She is beautiful; too beautiful
for man. I've quit trying.”



“Is she Rhamda's wife?”



His eyes lit fire.



“No!”



“Do you love her?”



He went blank again; but at last he spoke slowly.



“No, I don't love her. What's the use? She's not for me. I did; but I
learned better. I was after the professor—and the Blind Spot. She—”



Again that look of haunted pursuit. He glanced about the room. Whatever
had been his experience, it was plain that he had not given up. He held
something and he held it still. What was it?



“You say you didn't find the Blind Spot?”



“No, I did not find it.”



“Have you any idea?”



“My dear Harry,” he answered, “I am full of ideas. That's the trouble. I
am near it. It's the cause of my present condition. I don't know just what
it is nor where. A condition, or a combination of phenomena. You remember
the lecture that was never delivered? Had the doctor spoken that morning
the world would have had a great fact. He had made a great discovery. It
is a terrible thing.” He turned the ring so we could all see it—beyond
all doubt it was the doctor. “There he is—the professor. If he could
only speak. The secret of the ages. Just think what it means. Where is he?
I have taken that jewel to the greatest lapidaries and they have one and
all been startled. Then they all come to the same conclusion—trickery—Chinese
or Hindu work, they say; most of them want to cut.”



“Have you taken it to the police?”



“No.”



“Why?”



“I would simply be laughed at.”



“Have you ever reported this Rhamda?”



“A score of times. They have come and sought; but every time he has gone
out—like a shadow. It's got to be an old story now. If you call them
up and tell them they laugh.”



“How do you account for it?”



“I don't. I—I—I'm just dying.”



“And not one member of the force—surely?”



“Oh, yes. There's one. You have heard of Jerome. Jerome followed the
professor and the Rhamda to the house of the Blind Spot, as he calls it.
He's not a man to fool. He had eyes and he saw it. He will not leave it
till he's dead.”



“But he did not see the Blind Spot, did he? How about trickery? Did it
ever occur to you that the professor might have been murdered?”



“Take a look at that, Harry. Does that look like murder? When you see the
man living?”



Watson reached over and turned up the jewel.



Here Hobart came in.



“Just a minute, Chick. My wise friend here is an attorney. He's always the
first into everything, especially conversation. It's been my job pulling
Harry out of trouble. Just one question.”



“All right.”



“Didn't you—er—keep company, as they say, with Bertha Holcomb
while at college?”



A kind look came into the man's eyes; he nodded; his whole face was soft
and saddened.



“I see. That naturally brought you to the Blind Spot. You are after her
father. Am I correct?”



“Exactly.”



“All right. Perhaps Bertha has taken you into some of her father's
secrets. He undoubtedly had data on this Blind Spot. Have you ever been
able to locate it?”



“No!”



“I see. This Rhamda? Has he ever sought that data?”



“Many, many times.”



“Does he know you haven't got it?”



“No.”



“So. I understand. You hold the whip hand through your ignorance. Rhamda
is your villain—and perhaps this Nervina? Who is she?”



“A goddess.”



Hobart smiled.



“Oh, yes!” He laughed. “A goddess. Naturally! They all are. There are
about forty in this room at the present moment, my dear fellow. Watch them
dance!”



Now I had picked up the ring. It just fitted the natural finger. I tried
it on and looked into the jewel. The professor was growing dimmer. The
marvellous blue was returning, a hue of fascination; not the hot flash of
the diamond, but the frozen light of the iceberg. It was frigid, cold,
terrible, blue, alluring. To me at the moment it seemed alive and
pulselike. I could not account for it. I felt the lust for possession.
Perhaps there was something in my face. Watson leaned over and touched me
on the arm.



“Harry,” he asked, “do you think you can stand up under the burden? Will
you take my place?”



I looked into his eyes; in their black depths was almost entreaty. How
haunting they were, and beseeching.



“Will you take my place?” he begged. “Are you willing to give up all that
God gives to the fortunate? Will you give up your practice? Will you hold
out to the end? Never surrender? Will—”



“You mean will I take this ring?”



He nodded.



“Exactly. But you must know beforehand. It would be murder to give it to
you without the warning. Either your death or that of Dr. Holcomb. It is
not a simple jewel. It defies description. It takes a man to wear it. It
is subtle and of destruction; it eats like a canker; it destroys the body;
it frightens the soul—”



“An ominous piece of finery,” I spoke. “Wherein—”



But Watson interrupted. There was appeal in his eyes.



“Harry,” he went on, “I am asking. Somebody has got to wear this ring. He
must be a man. He must be fearless; he must taunt the devil. It is hard
work, I assure you. I cannot last much longer. You loved the old doctor.
If we get at this law we have done more for mankind than either of us may
do with his profession. We must save the old professor. He is living and
he is waiting. There are perils and forces that we do not know of. The
doctor went at it alone and fearless; he succumbed to his own wisdom. I
have followed after, and I have been crushed down—perhaps by my
ignorance. I am not afraid. But I don't want my work to die. Somebody has
got to take it on and you are the man.”



They were all of them looking at me. I studied the wonderful blue and its
light. The image of the great professor had dimmed almost completely. It
was a sudden task and a great one. Here was a law; one of the great
secrets of Cosmos. What was it? Somehow the lure caught into my vitals. I
couldn't picture myself ever coming to the extremity of my companion.
Besides, it was a duty. I owed it to the old doctor. It seemed somehow
that he was speaking. Though Watson did the talking I could feel him
calling. Would I be afraid? Besides, there was the jewel. It was calling;
already I could feel it burning into my spirit. I looked up.



“Do you take it, Harry?”



I nodded.



“I do. God knows I am worthless enough. I'll take it up. It may give me a
chance to engage with this famous Rhamda.”



“Be careful of Rhamda, Harry. And above all don't let him have the ring.”



“Why?”



“Because. Now listen. I'm not laying this absolutely, understand.
Nevertheless the facts all point in one direction. Hold the ring.
Somewhere in that lustre lies a great secret; it controls the Blind Spot.
The Rhamda himself may not take it off your finger. You are immune from
violence. Only the ring itself may kill you.”



He coughed.



“God knows,” he spoke, “it has killed me.”



It was rather ominous. The mere fact of that cough and his weakness was
enough. One would come to this. He had warned me, and he had besought me
with the same voice as the warning.



“But what is the Blind Spot?”



“Then you take the ring? What is the time? Twelve. Gentlemen—”



Now here comes in one of the strange parts of my story—one that I
cannot account for. Over the shoulder of Dr. Hansen I could watch the
door. Whether it was the ring or not I do not know. At the time I did not
reason. I acted upon impulse. It was an act beyond good breeding. I had
never done such a thing before. I had never even seen the woman.



The woman? Why do I say it? She was never a woman—she was a girl—far,
far transcendent. It was the first time I had ever seen her—standing
there before the door. I had never beheld such beauty, such profile, poise—the
witching, laughing, night-black of her eyes; the perfectly bridged nose
and the red, red lips that smiled, it seemed to me, in sadness. She
hesitated, and as if puzzled, lifted a jewelled hand to her raven mass of
hair. To this minute I cannot account for my action, unless, perchance, it
was the ring. Perhaps it was. Anyway I had risen.



How well do I remember.



It seemed to me that I had known her a long, long time. There was
something about her that was not seduction; but far, far above it.
Somewhere I had seen her, had known her. She was looking and she was
waiting for me. There was something about her that was super feminine. I
thought it then, and I say it now.



Just then her glance came my way. She smiled, and nodded; there was a note
of sadness in her voice.



“Harry Wendel!”



There is no accounting for my action, nor my wonder; she knew me. Then it
was true! I was not mistaken! Somewhere I had seen her. I felt a vague and
dim rush of dreamy recollections. Ah, that was the answer! She was a girl
of dreams and phantoms. Even then I knew it; she was not a woman; not as
we conceive her; she was some materialisation out of Heaven. Why do I talk
so? Ah! this strange beauty that is woman! From the very first she held me
in the thrall that has no explanation.



“Do we dance?” she asked simply.



The next moment I had her in my arms and we were out among the dancers.
That my actions were queer and entirely out of reason never occurred to
me. There was a call about her beautiful body and in her eyes that I could
not answer. There was a fact between us, some strange bond that was beyond
even passion. I danced, and in an extreme emotion of happiness. A girl out
of the dreams and the ether—a sprig of life woven out of the
moonbeams!



“Do you know me?” she asked as we danced.



“Yes,” I answered, “and no. I have seen you; but I do not remember; you
come from the sunshine.”



She laughed prettily.



“Do you always talk like this?”



“You are out of my dreams,” I answered: “it is sufficient. But who are
you?”



She held back her pretty head and looked at me; her lips drooped slightly
at the corners, a sad smile, and tender, in the soft wonderful depths of
her eyes—a pity.



“Harry,” she asked, “are you going to wear this ring?”



So that was it. The ring and the maiden. What was the bond? There was
weirdness in its colour, almost cabalistic—a call out of the occult.
The strange beauty of the girl, her remarkable presence, and her concern.
Whoever and whatever she was her anxiety was not personal. In some way she
was woven up with this ring and poor Watson.



“I think I shall,” I answered.



Again the strange querulous pity and hesitation; her eyes grew darker,
almost pleading.



“You won't give it to me?”



How near I came to doing it I shall not tell. It would be hard to say it.
I knew vaguely that she was playing; that I was the plaything. It is hard
for a man to think of himself as being toyed with. She was certain; she
was confident of my weakness. It was resentment, perhaps, and pride of
self that gave the answer.



“I think I shall keep it.”



“Do you know the danger, Harry? It is death to wear it. A thousand perils—”



“Then I shall keep it. I like peril. You wish for the ring. If I keep it I
may have you. This is the first time I have danced with the girl out of
the moonbeams.”



Her eyes snapped, and she stopped dancing. I don't think my words
displeased her. She was still a woman.



“Is this final? You're a fine young man, Mr. Wendel. I know you. I stepped
in to save you. You are playing with something stranger than the
moonbeams. No man may wear that ring and hold to life. Again, Harry, I ask
you; for your own sake.”



At this moment we passed Watson. He was watching; as our eyes glanced he
shook his head. Who was this girl? She was as beautiful as sin and as
tender as a virgin. What interest had she in myself?



“That's just the reason,” I laughed. “You are too interested. You are too
beautiful to wear it. I am a man; I revel in trouble; you are a girl. It
would not be honourable to allow you to take it. I shall keep it.”



She had overreached herself, and she knew it. She bit her lip. But she
took it gracefully; so much so, in fact, that I thought she meant it.



“I'm sorry,” she answered slowly. “I had hopes. It is terrible to look at
Watson and then to think of you. It is, really”—a faint tremor ran
through her body; her hand trembled—“it is terrible. You young men
are so unafraid. It's too bad.”



Just then the door was opened; outside I could see the bank of fog;
someone passed. She turned a bit pale.



“Excuse me. I must be going. Don't you see I'm sorry—”



She held out her hand—the same sad little smile. On the impulse of
the moment, unmindful of place, I drew it to my lips and kissed it. She
was gone.



I returned to the table. The three men were watching me: Watson
analytically, the doctor with wonder, and Hobart with plain disgust.
Hobart spoke first.



“Nice for sister Charlotte, eh, Harry?”



I had not a word to say. In the full rush of the moment I knew that he was
right. It was all out of reason. I had no excuse outside of sheer insanity—and
dishonour. The doctor said nothing. It was only in Watson's face that
there was a bit of understanding.



“Hobart,” he said, “I have told you. It is not Harry's fault. It is the
Nervina. No man may resist her. She is beauty incarnate; she weaves with
the hearts of men, and she loves no one. It is the ring. She, the Rhamda,
the Blind Spot, and the ring. I have never been able to unravel them.
Please don't blame Harry. He went to her even as I. She has but to beckon.
But he kept the ring. I watched them. This is but the beginning.”



But Hobart muttered: “She's a beauty all right—a beauty. That's the
rub. I know Harry—I know him as a brother, and I want him so in
fact. But I'd hate to trust that woman.”



Watson smiled.



“Never fear, Hobart, your sister is safe enough. The Nervina is not a
woman. She is not of the flesh.”



“Brr,” said the doctor, “you give me the creeps.”



Watson reached for the brandy; he nodded to the doctor.



“Just a bit more of that stuff if you please. Whatever it is, on the last
night one has no fear of habit. There—Now, gentlemen, if you will
come with me, I shall take you to the house of the Blind Spot.”




















IX. — “NOW THERE ARE THREE”



I shall never forget that night. When we stepped to the pavement the whole
world was shrouded. The heavy fog clung like depression; life was gone out—a
foreboding of gloom and disaster. It was cold, dank, miserable; one
shuddered instinctively and battered against the wall with steaming
columns of breath. Just outside the door we were detained.



“Dr. Hansen?”



Someone stepped beside us.



“Dr. Hansen?”



“Yes, sir.”



“A message, sir.”



The doctor made a gesture of impatience.



“Bother!” he spoke. “Bother! A message. Nothing in the world would stop
me! I cannot leave.”



Nevertheless he stepped back into the light.



“Just a minute, gentlemen.”



He tore open the envelope. Then he looked up at the messenger and then at
us. His face was startled—almost frightened.



“Gentlemen,” he said, “I am sorry. Not a thing in the world would detain
me but this. I would go with you, but I may not. My duty as a physician. I
had hopes.” He came over to me and spoke softly. “I am going to send you
one of the greatest specialists in the city in my stead. This young man
should have attention. Have you the address?”



“288 Chatterton Place,” I answered.



“Very well. I am sorry, very much disappointed. However, it is my
daughter, and I cannot do otherwise. Continue the brandy for a while—and
this.” He slipped an envelope into my hand. “By that time Dr. Higgins will
be with you.”



“You think there is hope?” I asked.



“There's always hope,” replied the doctor.



I returned to my companions. They were walking slowly. It was work for
poor Watson. He dragged on, leaning on Hobart's arm. But at last he gave
up.



“No,” he said, “I can't make it. I'm too far gone. I had thought—Oh,
what a lapse it has been! I am eighty years of age; one year ago I was a
boy. If only I had some more brandy. I have some at the house. We must
make that. I must show you; there I can give you the details.”



“Hail a cab,” I said. “Here's one now.”



A few minutes later we were before the House of the Blind Spot. It was a
two storey drab affair, much like a thousand others, old-fashioned, and
might have been built in the early nineties. It had been outside of the
fire limits of 1906, and so had survived the great disaster. Chatterton
Place is really a short street running lengthwise along the summit of the
hill. A flight of stone steps descended to the pavement.



Watson straightened up with an effort.



“This is the house,” he spoke. “I came here a year ago. I go away tonight.
I had hoped to find it. I promised Bertha. I came alone. I had reasons to
believe I had solved it. I found the Rhamda and the Nervina. I had iron
will and courage—also strength. The Rhamda was never able to control
me. My life is gone but not my will. Now I have left him another. Do not
surrender, Harry. It is a gruesome task; but hold on to the end. Help me
up the steps. There now. Just wait a minute till I fetch a stimulant.”



He did not ring for a servant. That I noticed. Instead he groped about for
a key, unlocked the door and stumbled into a room. He fumbled for a minute
among some glasses.



“Will you switch on a light?” he asked.



Hobart struck a match; when he found it he pressed the switch.



The room in which we were standing was a large one, fairly well furnished,
and lined on two sides with bookshelves; in the centre was an oak table
cluttered with papers, a couple of chairs, and on one of them, a heavy
pipe, which, somehow, I did not think of as Watson's. He noticed my look.



“Jerome's,” he explained. “We live here—Jerome, the detective, and
myself. He has been here since the day of the doctor's disappearance. I
came here a year ago. He is in Nevada at present. That leaves me alone.
You will notice the books, mostly occult: partly mine, partly the
detective's. We have gone at it systematically from the beginning. We have
learned almost everything but what would help us. Mostly sophistry—and
guesswork. Beats all how much ink has been wasted to say nothing. We were
after the Blind Spot.”



“But what is it? Is it in this house?”



“I can answer one part of your question,” he answered, “but not the other.
It is here somewhere, in some place. Jerome is positive of that. You
remember the old lady? The one who died? Her actions were rather positive
even if feeble. She led Jerome to this next room.” He turned and pointed;
the door was open. I could see a sofa and a few chairs; that was all.



“It was in here. The bell. Jerome never gets tired of telling. A church
bell. In the centre of the room. At first I didn't believe; but now I
accept it all. I know, but what I know is by intuition.”



“Sort of sixth sense?'



“Yes. Or foresight.”



“You never saw this bell nor found it? Never were able to arrive at an
explanation?”



“No.”



“How about the Rhamda? The Nervina? Do they come to this house?”



“Not often.”



“How do they come in? Through the window?”



He smiled rather sadly. “I don't know. At least they come. You shall see
them yourself. The Rhamda still has something to do with Dr. Holcomb.
Somehow his very concern tells me the doctor is safe. Undoubtedly the
professor made a great discovery. But he was not alone. He had a co-worker—the
Rhamda. For reasons of his own the Rhamda wishes to control the Blind
Spot.”



“Then the professor is in this Blind Spot?”



“We think so. At least it is our conjecture. We do not know.”



“Then you don't think it trickery?”



“No, hardly. Harry, you know better than that. Can you imagine the great
doctor the dupe of a mere trickster? The professor was a man of great
science and was blessed with an almighty sound head. But he had one
weakness.”



Hobart spoke up.



“What is it, Chick? I think I know what you mean. The old boy was honest?”



“Exactly. He had been a scholar all his life. He taught ethics. He
believed in right. He practised his creed. When he came to the crucial
experiment he found himself dealing with a rogue. The Rhamda helped him
just so far; but once he had the professor in his power it was not his
purpose to release him until he was secure of the Blind Spot.”



“I see,” I spoke. “The man is a villain. I think we can handle him.”



But Watson shook his head.



“That's just it, Harry! The man! If he were a man I could have handled him
in short order. That's what I thought at first. Don't make any mistake.
Don't try violence. That's the whole crux of the difficulty. If he were
only a man! Unfortunately, he is not.”



“Not a man!” I exclaimed. “What do you mean? Then, what is he?”



“He is a phantom.”



I glanced at Hobart and caught his eye. Hobart believed him! The poor
pallid face of Watson, the athlete; there was nothing left to him but his
soul! I shall not forget Watson as he sat there, his lean, long fingers
grasping the brandy glass, his eyes burning and his life holding back from
the pit through sheer will and courage. Would I come to this? Would I have
the strength to measure up to his standard?



Hobart broke the tension.



“Chick's right. There is something in it, Harry. Not all the secrets of
the universe have been unlocked by any means. Now, Chick, about details.
Have you any data—any notes?”



Watson rose. I could see he was grateful.



“You believe me, don't you, Hobart? It is good. I had hoped to find
someone, and I found you two. Harry, remember what I have told you. Hold
the ring. You take my place. Whatever happens, stick out to the end. You
have Hobart here to help you. Now just a minute. The library is here; you
can look over my books. I shall return in a moment.”



He stepped out into the hall; we could hear his weary feet dragging down
the hallway—a hollow sound and a bit uncanny. Somehow my mind
rambled back to that account I had read in the newspaper—Jerome's
story—“Like weary bones dragging slippers.” And the old lady. Who
was she? Why was everyone in this house pulled down to exhaustion—the
words of the old lady, I could almost hear them; the dank air murmuring
their recollection. “Now there are two. Now there are two!”



“What's the matter, Harry?”



Perhaps I was frightened. I do not know. I looked around. The sound of
Watson's footsteps had died away; there was a light in the back of the
building coming toward us.



“Nothing! Only—damn this place, Hobart. Don't you notice it? It's
enough to eat your heart out.”



“Rather interesting,” said Hobart. It was too interesting for me. I
stepped over to the shelves and looked at the titles. Sanskrit and Greek;
German and French—the Vedas, Sir Oliver Lodge, Besant, Spinoza, a
conglomeration of all ages and tongues; a range of metaphysics that was as
wide as Babel, and about as enlightening. As Babel? Over my shoulders came
the strangest sound of all, weak, piping, tremulous, fearful—“Now
there are two. Now there are two.” My heart gave a fearful leap. “Soon
there will be three! Soon—”



I turned suddenly about. I had a fearful thought. I looked at Hobart. A
strange, insidious fear clutched at me. Was the thought intrinsic? If not,
where had it come from? Three? I strained my ears to hear Watson's
footsteps. He was in the back part of the building. I must have some air.



“I'm going to open the door, Hobart,” I spoke. “The front door, and look
out into the street.”



“Don't blame you much. Feel a bit that way myself. About time for Dr.
Higgins. Here comes Chick again. Take a look outside and see if the doc is
coming.”



I opened the door and looked out into the dripping fog bank. What a pair
of fools we were! We both knew it, and we were both seeking an excuse. In
the next room through the curtains I could see the weak form of Watson; he
was bearing a light.



Suddenly the light went out.



I was at high tension; the mere fact of the light was nothing, but it
meant a world at that moment—a strange sound—a struggle—then
the words of Watson—Chick Watson's:



“Harry! Harry! Hobart! Harry! Come here! It's the Blind Spot!”



It was in the next room. The despair of that call is unforgettable, like
that of one suddenly falling into space. Then the light dropped to the
floor. I could see the outlines of his figure and a weird, single string
of incandescence. Hobart turned and I leaped. It was a blur, the form of a
man melting into nothing. I sprang into the room, tearing down the
curtains. Hobart was on top of me. But we were too late. I could feel the
vibrancy of something uncanny as I rushed across the space intervening.
Through my mind darted the thrill of terror. It had come suddenly, and in
climax. It was over before it had commenced. The light had gone out. Only
by the gleam from the other room could we make out each others' faces. The
air was vibrant, magnetic. There was no Watson. But we could hear his
voice. Dim and fearful, coming down the corridors of time.



“Hold that ring, Harry! Hold that ring!” Then the faint despair out of the
weary distance, faint, but a whole volume:



“The Blind Spot!”



It was over as quickly as that. The whole thing climaxed into an instant.
It is difficult to describe. One cannot always analyse sensations. Mine, I
am afraid, were muddled. A thousand insistent thoughts clashed through my
brain. Horror, wonder, doubt! I have only one persistent and predominating
recollection. The old lady! I could almost feel her coming out of the
shadows. There was sadness and pity; out of the stillness and the corners.
What had been the dirge of her sorrow?



“NOW THERE ARE THREE!”




















X. — MAN OR PHANTOM



It was Hobart who came to first. His voice was good to hear. It was
natural; it was sweet and human, but it was pregnant with disappointment:
“We are fools, Harry; we are fools!”



But I could only stare. I remember saying: “The Blind Spot?”



“Yes,” returned Hobart, “the Blind Spot. But what is it? We saw him go.
Did you see it?”



“It gets me,” I answered. “He just vanished into space. It—” Frankly
I was afraid.



“It tallies well with the reports. The old lady and Jerome. Remember?”



“And the bell?” I looked about the room.



“Exactly. Phenomena! Watson was right. I just wonder—but the bell?
Remember the doctor? 'The greatest day since Columbus.' No, don't cross
the room, Harry, I'm a bit leery: A great discovery! I should say it was.
How do you account for it?”



“Supernatural.”



Fenton shook his head.



“By no means! It's the gateway to the universe—into Cosmos.” His
eyes sparkled. “My Lord, Harry! Don't you see! Once we control it. The
Blind Spot! What is beyond? We saw Chick Watson go. Before our eyes. Where
did he go to? It beats death itself.”



I started across the room, but Hobart caught me with both arms: “No, no,
no, Harry. My Lord! I don't want to lose you. No! You foolhardly little
cuss—stand back!”



He threw me violently against the wall. The impact quite took my breath.



On the instant the old rush of temper surged up in me. From boyhood we had
these moments. Hobart settled himself and awaited the rush that he knew
was coming. In his great, calm, brute strength there was still a greatness
of love.



“Harry,” he was saying, “for the love of Heaven, listen to reason! Have we
got to have a knock-down and drag-out on this of all nights? Have I got to
lick you again? Do you want to roll into the Blind Spot?”



Why did God curse me with such a temper? On such moments as this I could
feel something within me snapping. It was fury and unreason. How I loved
him! And yet we had fought a thousand times over just such provocation.
Over his shoulders I could see the still open door that led into the
street. A heavy form was looming through the opening; out of the corner of
my eye I caught the lines of the form stepping out of the shadows—it
crossed the room and stood beside Hobart Fenton. It was Rhamda Avec!



I leaped. The fury of a thousand conflicts—and the exultation. For
the glory of such moments it is well worth dying. One minute flying
through the air—the old catapult tackle—and the next a
crashing of bone and sinew. We rolled over, head on, and across the floor.
Curses and execrations; the deep bass voice of Hobart:



“Hold him, Harry! Hold him! That's the way! Hold him! Hold him!”



We went crashing about the room. He was the slipperiest thing I had ever
laid hold of. But he was bone—bone and sinew; he was a man! I
remember the wild thrill of exultation at the discovery. It was battle!
And death! The table went over, we went spinning against the wall, a crash
of falling bookcases, books and broken glass, a scurry and a flying heap
of legs and arms. He was wonderfully strong and active, like a panther.
Each time I held him he would twist out like a cat, straighten, and throw
me out of hold. I clung on, fighting, striving for a grip, working for the
throat. He was a man—a man! I remembered that he must never get
away. He must account for Watson.



In the first rush I was a madman. The mere force of my onslaught had borne
him down. But in a moment he had recovered and was fighting
systematically. As much as he could he kept over on one side of me, always
forcing me toward the inner room where Watson had disappeared. In spite of
my fury he eluded every effort that I made for a vital part. We rolled,
fought, struck and struggled.



I could hear Hobart's bass thundering: “Over! Over! Under! Look out! Now
you've got him! Harry! Harry! Look out! Hold him, for the love of Heaven I
see his trick. That's his trick. The Blind Spot!”



We were rolled clear over, picked, heaved, shoved against the front wall.
There were three! The great heaving bulk of Fenton; the fighting tiger
between us; and myself! Surely such strength was not human; we could not
pin him; his quickness was uncanny; he would uncoil, twist himself and
throw us loose. Gradually he worked us away from the front wall and into
the centre of the room.



Could any mere man fight so? Hobart was as good as a ton; I was as much
for action. Slowly, slowly in spite of our efforts, he was working us
towards the Blind Spot. Confident of success, he was over, around, and in
and under. In a spin of a second he went into the attack. He fairly bore
us off our feet. We were on the last inch of our line; the stake was—



What was it? We all went down. A great volume of sound! We were inside a
bell! My whole head buzzed to music and a roar; the whir of a thousand
vibrations; the inside of sound. I fell face downwards; the room went
black.



What was it? How long I lay there I don't know. A dim light was burning. I
was in a room. The ceiling overhead was worked in a grotesque pattern; I
could not make it out. My clothes were in tatters and my hand was covered
with blood. Something warm was trickling down my face. What was it? The
air was still and sodden. Who was this man beside me? And what was this
smell of roses?



I lay still for a minute, thinking. Ah, yes! It came back. Watson—Chick
Watson! The Blind Spot! The Rhamda and the bell!



Surely it was a dream. How could all this be in one short night? It was
like a nightmare and impossible. I raised up on my elbow and looked at the
form beside me. It was Hobart Fenton. He was unconscious.



For a moment my mind was whirring; I was too weak and unsteady. I dropped
back and wondered absently at the roses. Roses meant perfume, and perfume
meant a woman. What could—something touched my face—something
soft; it plucked tenderly at my tangled hair and drew it away from my
forehead. It was the hand of a woman!



“You poor, foolish boy! You foolish boy!”



Somewhere I had heard that voice; it held a touch of sadness; it was
familiar; it was soft and silken like music that might have been woven out
of the moonbeams. Who was it that always made me think of moonbeams? I lay
still, thinking.



“He dared; he dared; he dared!” she was saying. “As if there were not two!
He shall pay for this! Am I to be a plaything? You poor boy!”



Then I remembered. I looked up. It was the Nervina. She was stooping over
with my head against her. How beautiful her eyes were! In their depths was
a pathos and a tenderness that was past a woman's, the same slight droop
at the corners of the mouth, and the wistfulness; her features were
relaxed like a mother's—a wondrous sweetness and pity.



“Harry,” she asked, “where is Watson? Did he go?”



I nodded.



“Into the Blind Spot?”



“Yes. What is the Blind Spot?”



She ignored the question.



“I am sorry” she answered. “So sorry. I would have saved him. And the
Rhamda; was he here, too?”



I nodded. Her eyes flashed wickedly.



“And—and you—tell me, did you fight with the Rhamda? You—”



“It was Watson,” I interrupted. “This Rhamda is behind it all. He is the
villain. He can fight like a tiger; whoever he is he can fight.”



She frowned slightly; she shook her head.



“You young men,” she said. “You young men! You are all alike! Why must it
be? I am so sorry. And you fought with the Rhamda? You could not overcome
him, of course. But tell me, how could you resist him? What did you do?”



What did she mean? I had felt his flesh and muscle. He was a man. Why
could he not be conquered—not be resisted?



“I don't understand,” I answered. “He is a man. I fought him. He was here.
Let him account for Watson. We fought alone at first, until he tried to
throw me into this Thing. Then Hobart stepped in. Once I thought we had
him, but he was too slippery. He came near putting us both in. I don't
know. Something happened—a bell.”



Her hand was on my arm, she clutched it tightly, she swallowed hard; in
her eyes flashed the fire that I had noticed once before, the softness
died out, and their glint was almost terrible.



“He! The bell saved you? He would dare to throw you into the Blind Spot!”



I lay back. I was terribly weak and uncertain. This beautiful woman! What
was her interest in myself?



“Harry,” she spoke, “let me ask you. I am your friend. If you only knew! I
would save you. It must not be. Will you give me the ring? If I could only
tell you! You must not have it. It is death—yes, worse than death.
No man may wear it.”



So that was it. Again and so soon I was to be tempted. Was her concern
feigned or real? Why did she call me Harry? Why did I not resent it? She
was wonderful; she was beautiful; she was pure. Was it merely a subtle act
for the Rhamda? I could still hear Watson's voice ringing out of the Blind
Spot; “Hold the ring! Hold the ring!” I could not be false to my friend.



“Tell me first,” I asked. “Who is this Rhamda? What is he? Is he a man?”



“No.”



Not a man! I remembered Watson's words: “A phantom!” How could it be? At
least I would find out what I could.



“Then tell me, what is he?”



“She smiled faintly; again the elusive tenderness lingered about her lips,
the wistful droop at the corners.



“That I may not tell you, Harry. You couldn't understand. If only I
could.”



Certainly I couldn't understand her evasion. I studied and watched her—her
wondrous hair, the perfection of her throat, the curve of her bosom.



“Then he is supernatural.”



“No, not that, Harry. That would explain everything. One cannot go above
Nature. He is living just as you are.”



I studied a moment.



“Are you a woman?” I asked suddenly.



Perhaps I should not have asked it; she was so sad and beautiful, somehow
I could not doubt her sincerity. There was a burden at the back of her
sadness, some great yearning unsatisfied, unattainable. She dropped her
head. The hand upon my arm quivered and clutched spasmodically; I caught
the least sound of a sob. When I looked up her eyes were wet and
sparkling.



“Oh,” she said. “Harry, why do you ask it? A woman! Harry, a woman! To
live and love and to be loved. What must it be? There is so much of life
that is sweet and pure. I love it—I love it! I can have everything
but the most exalted thing of all. I can live, see, enjoy, think, but I
cannot have love. You knew it from the first. How did you know it? You
said—Ah, it is true! I am out of the moonbeams.” She controlled
herself suddenly. “Excuse me,” she said simply. “But you can never
understand. May I have the ring?”



It was like a dream—her beauty, her voice, everything. But I could
still hear Watson. I was to be tempted, cajoled, flattered. What was this
story out of the moonbeams? Certainly she was the most beautiful girl I
had ever seen. Why had I asked such a question?



“I shall keep the ring,” I answered.



She sighed. A strange weakness came over me; I was drowsy; I lapsed again
into unconsciousness; just as I was fading away I heard her speaking: “I
am so sorry!”




















XI. — BAFFLED



Was it a dream? The next I knew somebody was dousing water down my neck.
It was Hobart Fenton. “Lord,” he was saying, “I thought you were never
coming to. What hit us? You are pretty well cut up. That was some fight.
This Rhamda, who is he? Can you figure him out? Did you hear that bell?
What was it?”



I sat up. “Where is the Nervina?” I asked. “The who?” He was bewildered.
“Oh, down at the cafe, I suppose. Thought you had forgotten her. Wasn't
her mate enough? It might be healthy to forget his Nervina.”



He was a fine sight; his clothes were in ribbons; his plump figure was
breaking out at the seams. He regarded me critically.



“What d'you think of the Blind Spot?” he asked. “Who is the Rhamda? He put
us out pretty easily.”



“But the girl?” I interrupted. “The girl? Confound it, the girl?”



It was sometime before I could make him understand; even then he refused
to believe me.



“It was all a dream,” he said; “all a dream.”



But I was certain.



Fenton began prodding about the room. I do not believe any apartment was
ever so thoroughly ransacked. We even tore up the carpet. When we were
through he sat in the midst of the debris and wiped his forehead.



“It's no use, Harry—no use. We might have known better. It can't be
done. Yet you say you saw a string of incandescence.”



“A single string; the form of Watson; a blur—then nothing,” I
answered.



He thought. He quoted the professor:



“'Out of the occult I shall bring you the proof and the substance. It will
be concrete—within the reach of your senses.' Isn't that what the
doctor said?”



“Then you believe Professor Holcomb?”



“Why not? Didn't we see it? I know a deal of material science; but nothing
like this. I always had faith in Dr. Holcomb. After all, it's not
impossible. First we must go over the house thoroughly.”



We did. Most of all, we were interested in that bell. We did not think,
either of us, that so much noise could come out of nothing. It was too
material. The other we could credit to the occult; but not the sound. It
had drowned our consciousness; perhaps it had saved us from the Rhamda.
But we found nothing. We went over the house systematically. It was much
as it had been previously described, only now a bit more furnished. The
same dank, musty smell and the same suggestive silence. We returned to the
lower floor and the library. It was a sorry sight. We straightened up the
shelves and returned the books to their places.



It was getting along toward morning. Hobart sailed at nine o'clock. We
must have new clothing and some coffee; likewise we must collect our wits.
I had the ring, and had given my pledge to Watson. I was muddled. We must
get down to sane action. First of all we must return to our rooms.



The fog had grown thicker; one could almost taste it. I couldn't suppress
a shudder. It was cold, dank, repressive. Neither of us spoke a word on
our way downtown. Hobart opened the door to our apartment; he turned on
the lights.



In a few moments we had hot, steaming cups of coffee. Still we did not
speak. Hobart sat in his chair, his elbows on the table and his head
between his hands. My thoughts ran back to that day in college when he
said “I was just thinking, Harry, if I had one hundred thousand dollars, I
would solve the Blind Spot.”



That was long ago. We had neither of us thought that we would come to the
fact.



“Well,” I spoke, “have you got that hundred thousand dollars? You had an
idea once.”



He looked up. “I've got it yet. I am not certain. It is merely a theory.
But it's not impossible.”



“Well, what is it?”



He took another drink of coffee and settled back in his chair.



“It is energy, Harry—force. Nothing but energy—and Nature.”



“Then it's not occult?” I asked.



“Certainly it is. I didn't say that. It is what the professor promised.
Something concrete for our senses. If the occult is, it can certainly be
proven. The professor was right. It is energy, force, vibration. It has a
law. The old doctor was caught somehow. We must watch our step and see
that we aren't swallowed up also. Perhaps we shall go the way of Watson.”



I shuddered.



“I hope not. But explain. You speak in volumes. Come back to earth.”



“That's easy, Harry. I can give you my theory in a few short words. You've
studied physiology, haven't you? Well, that's where you can get your proof—or
rather let me say my theory. What is the Blind Spot?”



“In optics?”



“We'll forgo that,” he answered. “I refer to this one.”



I thought for a moment.



“Well,” I said, “I don't know. It was something I couldn't see. Watson
went out before our eyes. He was lost.”



“Exactly. Do you get the point?”



“No.”



“It is this. What you see is merely energy. Your eye is merely a machine.
It catches certain colours. Which in turn are merely rates of vibration.
There is nothing to matter but force, Harry; if we could get down deep
enough and know a few laws, we could transmute it.”



“What has it to do with the occult?”



“Merely a fact. The eye machine catches only certain vibration speeds of
energy. There are undoubtedly any number of speeds; the eye cannot see
them.”



“Then this would account for the Blind Spot?”



“Exactly. A localised spot, a condition, a combination of phenomena,
anything entering it becomes invisible.”



“Where does it go to?”



“That's it. Where? It's one of the things that man has been guessing at
down the ages. The professor is the first philosopher with sound sense. He
went after it. It's a pity he was trapped.”



“By the Rhamda?”



“Undoubtedly.”



“Who is he?”



Hobart smiled.



“How do I know? Where did he come from? If we knew that, we would know
everything. 'A phantom,' so Watson says. If so, it only strengthens our
theory. It would make a man and matter only a part of creation. Certainly
it would clear up a lot of doubts.”



“And the ring?”



“It controls the Blind Spot.”



“In what way?”



“That's for us to find out.”



“And Watson? He is in this land of doubt?”



“At least he is in the Blind Spot. Let me try the ring.”



He struck a match.



It was much as it had been in the restaurant, only a bit more startling.
Then the blue faded, the colour went out, and it became transparent. For a
moment. There was an effect of space and distance that I had not noted
before, almost marvellous. If I could describe it at all, I would say a
crystal corridor of a vastness that can scarcely be imagined. It made one
dizzy, even in that bit of jewel: one lost proportion, it was height,
distance, space immeasurable. For an instant. Then the whole thing blurred
and clouded. Something passed across the face; the transparency turned to
opaqueness, and then—two men. It was as sudden as a flash—the
materialisation. There was no question. They were alive. Watson was with
the professor.



It was a strange moment. Only an hour before one of them had been with us.
It was Watson, beyond a doubt. He was alive; one could almost believe him
in the jewel. We had heard his story: “The screen of the occult; the
curtain of shadow.” We had seen him go. There was an element of horror in
the thing, and of fascination. The great professor! The faithful Watson!
Where had they gone?



It was not until the colour had come back and the blue had regained its
lustre that either of us looked up. Could such a thing be unravelled?
Fenton turned the stone over thoughtfully. He shook his head.



“In that jewel, Harry, lies the secret. I wish I knew a bit more about
physics, light, force, energy, vibration. We have got to know.”



“Your theory?”



“It still holds good.”



I thought.



“Let me get it clear, Hobart. You say that we catch only certain
vibrations.”



“That's it. Our eyes are instruments, nothing else. We can see light, but
we cannot hear it. We hear sound, but we cannot see it. Of course they are
not exactly parallel. But it serves the point. Let's go a bit further. The
eye picks up certain vibrations. Light is nothing but energy vibrating at
a tremendous speed. It has to be just so high for the eye to pick it up. A
great deal we do not get. For instance, we can only catch one-twelfth of
the solar spectrum. Until recently we have believed only what we could
see. Science has pulled us out of the rut. It may pull us through the
Blind Spot.”



“And beyond.”



Hobart held up his hands.



“It is almost too much to believe. We have made a discovery. We must watch
our step. We must not lose. The work of Dr. Holcomb shall not go for
nothing.”



“And the ring?”



He consulted his watch.



“We have only a short time left. We must map our action. We have three
things to work on—the ring, the house, Bertha Holcomb. It's all up
to you, Harry. Find out all that is possible; but go slow. Trace down that
ring; find out everything that you can. Go and see Bertha Holcomb. Perhaps
she can give you some data. Watson said no; but perhaps you may uncover
it. Take the ring to a lapidary; but don't let him cut it. Last of all,
and most important, buy the house of the Blind Spot. Draw on me. Let me
pay half, anyway.”



“I shall move into it,” I answered.



He hesitated a bit.



“I am afraid of that,” he answered. “Well, if you wish. Only be careful.
Remember I shall return just as soon as I can get loose. If you feel
yourself slipping or anything happens, send me a cable.”



The hours passed all too quickly. When day came we had our breakfast and
hurried down to the pier. It was hard to have him go. His last words were
like Hobart Fenton. He repeated the warning.



“Watch your step, Harry; watch your step. Take things easy; be cautious.
Get the house. Trace down the ring. Be sure of yourself. Keep me informed.
If you need me, cable. I'll come if I have to swim.”



His last words; and not a year ago. It seems now like a lifetime. As I
stood upon the pier and watched the ship slipping into the water, I felt
it coming upon me. It had grown steadily, a gloom and oppression not to be
thwarted; it is silent and subtle and past defining—like shadow. The
grey, heavy heave of the water; the great hull of the steamer backing into
the bay; the gloom of the fog bank. A few uncertain lines, the shrill of
the siren, the mist settling; I was alone. It was isolation.



I had been warned by Watson. But I had not guessed. At the moment I sensed
it. It was the beginning. Out of my heart I could feel it—solitude.



In the great and populous city I was to be alone, in all its teeming life
I was to be a stranger. It has been almost a year—a year! It has
been a lifetime. A breaking down of life!



I have waited and fought and sought to conquer. One cannot fight against
shadow. It is merciless and inexorable. There are secrets that may be
locked forever. It was my duty, my pledge to Watson, what I owed to the
professor. I have hung on grimly; what the end will be I do not know. I
have cabled for Fenton.




















XII. — A DEAL IN PROPERTY



But to return. There was work that I should do—much work if I was
going after the solution. In the first place, there was the house. I
turned my back to the waterfront and entered the city. The streets were
packed, the commerce of man jostled and threaded along the highways; there
was life and action, hope, ambition. It was what I had loved so well. Yet
now it was different.



I realised it vaguely, and wondered. This feeling of aloofness? It was
intrinsic, coming from within, like the withering of one's marrow. I
laughed at my foreboding; it was not natural; I tried to shake myself
together.



I had no difficulty with the records. In less than an hour I traced out
the owners, “an estate,” and had located the agent. It just so happened
that he was a man with whom I had some acquaintance. We were not long in
coming to business.



“The house at No. 288 Chatterton Place?”



I noticed that he was startled; there was a bit of wonder in his look—a
quizzical alertness. He motioned me to a chair and closed the door.



“Sit down, Mr. Wendel; sit down. H-m! The house at No. 288 Chatterton
Place? Did I hear you right?”



Again I noted the wonder; his manner was cautious and curious. I nodded.



“Want to buy it or just lease it? Pardon me, but you are sort of a friend.
I would not like to lose your friendship for the sake of a mere sale. What
is your—”



“Just for a residence,” I insisted. “A place to live in.”



“I see. Know anything about this place?”



“Do you?”



He fumbled with some papers. For an agent he did not strike me as being
very solicitous for a commission.



“Well,” he said, “in a way, yes. A whole lot more than I'd like to. It all
depends. One gets much from hearsay. What I know is mostly rumour.” He
began marking with a pencil. “Of course I don't believe it. Nevertheless I
would hardly recommend it to a friend as a residence.”



“And these rumours?”



He looked up; for a moment he studied; then:



“Ever hear of the Blind Spot? Perhaps you remember Dr. Holcomb—in
1905, before the 'quake. It was a murder. The papers were full of it at
the time; since then it has been occasionally featured in the supplements.
I do not believe in the story; but I can trust to facts. The last seen of
Dr. Holcomb was in this house. It is called the Blind Spot.”



“Then you believe in the story?” I asked.



He looked at me.



“Oh, you know it, eh? No, I do not. It's all bunkum; reporters' work and
exaggeration. If you like that kind of stuff, it's weird and interesting.
But it hurts property. The man was undoubtedly murdered. The tale hangs
over the house. It's impossible to dispose of the place.”



“Then why not sell it to me?”



He dropped his pencil; he was a bit nervous.



“A fair question, Mr. Wendel—a very fair question. Well, now, why
don't I? Perhaps I shall. There's no telling. But I'd rather not. Do you
know, a year ago I would have jumped at an offer. Fact is, I did lease it—the
lease ran out yesterday—to a man named Watson. I don't believe a
thing in this nonsense; but what I have seen during the past year has
tested my nerve considerably.”



“What about Watson?”



“Watson? A year ago he came to see me in regard to this Chatterton
property. Wanted to lease it. Was interested in the case of Dr. Holcomb;
asked for a year's rental and the privilege of renewal. I don't know. I
gave it to him; but when he drops in again I am going to fight almighty
hard against letting him hold it longer.”



“Why?”



“Why? Why, because I don't believe in murder. A year ago he came to me the
healthiest and happiest man I ever saw; today he is a shadow. I watched
that boy go down. Understand, I don't believe a damn word I'm saying; but
I have seen it. It's that cursed house. I say no, when I reason; but it
keeps on my nerves; it's on my conscience. It is insidious. Every month
when he came here I could see disintegration. It's pitiful to see a young
man stripped of life like that; forlorn, hopeless, gone. He has never told
me what it is; but I have wondered. A battle; some conflict with—there
I go again. It's on my nerves, I tell you, on my nerves. If this keeps up
I'll burn it.”



It was a bit foreboding. Already I could feel the tugging at my heart that
had done for Watson. This man had watched my friend slipping into the
shadow; I had come to take his place.



“Watson has gone,” I said simply; “and that's why I am here.”



He straightened up.



“You know him then. He was not—”



“He went last night; he has left the country. He was in very poor health.
That's why I am here. I know very well the cloud that hangs over the
property; it is my sole reason for purchasing.”



“You don't believe in this nonsense?”



I smiled. Certainly the man was perverse in his agnosticism; he was
stubborn in disbelief. It was on his nerves; on his conscience; he was
afraid.



“I believe nothing,” I answered; “neither do I disbelieve. I know all the
story that has been told or written. I am a friend of Watson. You need not
scruple in making me out a bill of sale. It's my own funeral. I abide by
the consequences.”



He gave a sigh of relief. After all, he was human. He had honour; but it
was after the brand of Pontius Pilate. He wished nothing on his
conscience.



Armed with the keys and the legal title, I took possession. In the
daylight it was much as it had been the night before. Once across its
threshold, one was in dank and furtive suppression; the air was heavy; a
mould of age had streaked the walls and gloomed the shadows. I put up all
the curtains to let in the rush of sunlight, likewise I opened the
windows. If there is anything to beat down sin, it is the open measure of
broad daylight.



The house was well situated; from the front windows one could look down
the street and out at the blue bay beyond the city. The fog had lifted and
the sun was shining upon the water. I could make out the ferryboats, the
islands, and the long piers that lead to Oakland, and still farther beyond
the hills of Berkeley. It was a long time since those days in college.
Under the shadow of those hills I had first met the old doctor. I was only
a boy then.



I turned into the building. Even the sound of my footsteps was foreign;
the whole place was pregnant with stillness and shadow; life was gone out.
It was fearful; I felt the terror clutching upon me, a grimness that may
not be spoken; there was something breaking within me. I had pledged
myself for a year. Frankly I was afraid.



But I had given my word. I returned to my apartments and began that very
day the closing down of my practice. In a fortnight I had completed
everything and had moved my things to the room of Chick Watson.




















XIII. — ALBERT JEROME



Just as soon as possible I hurried over to Berkeley. I went straight to
the bungalow on Dwight Way; I inquired for Miss Holcomb. She was a woman
now in her late twenties, decidedly pretty, a blonde, and of intelligent
bearing.



Coming on such an errand, I was at a loss just how to approach her. I
noted the little lines about the corners of her eyes, the sad droop of her
pretty mouth. Plainly she was worried. As I was removing my hat she caught
sight of the ring upon my finger.



“Oh,” she said; “then you come from Mr. Watson. How is Chick?”



“Mr. Watson”—I did not like lying, but I could not but feel for her;
she had already lost her father—“Mr. Watson has gone on a trip
up-country—with Jerome. He was not feeling well. He has left this
ring with me. I have come for a bit of information.”



She bit her lips; her mouth quivered.



“Couldn't you get this from Mr. Watson? He knows about the stone. Didn't
he tell you? How did it come into your possession? What has happened?”



Her voice was querulous and suspicious. I had endeavoured to deceive her
for her own sake; she had suffered enough already. I could not but wince
at the pain in her eyes. She stood up.



“Please, Mr. Wendel; don't be clumsy. Don't regard me as a mere baby. Tell
me what has happened to Chick. Please—”



She stopped in a flow of emotion. Tears came to her eyes; but she held
control. She sat down.



“Tell me all, Mr. Wendel. It is what I expected.” She blinked to hold back
her tears. “It is my fault. You wouldn't have the ring had nothing
happened. Tell me. I can be brave.”



And brave she was—splendid. With the tug at my own heart I could
understand her. What uncertainty and dread she must have been under! I had
been in it but a few days; already I could feel the weight. At no time
could I surmount the isolation; there was something going from me minute
by minute. With the girl there could be no evasion; it were better that
she have the truth. I made a clean breast of the whole affair.



“And he told you no more about the ring?”



“That is all,” I answered. “He would have told us much more, undoubtedly,
had he not—”



“You saw him go—you saw this thing?”



“That is just it, Miss Holcomb. We saw nothing. One minute we were looking
at Chick, and the next at nothing. Hobart understood it better than I. At
least he forbade my crossing the room. There is a danger point, a spot
that may not be crossed. He threw me back. It was then that the Rhamda
came upon the scene.” She frowned slightly.



“Tell me about the Nervina. When Chick spoke of her, I could always feel
jealous. Is she beautiful?”



“Most beautiful, the most wonderful girl I have ever seen, though I would
hardly class her as one to be jealous of. But she wants the ring. I've
promised Watson, and of course I shall keep it. But I would like its
history.”



“I think I can give you some information there,” she answered. “The ring,
or rather the jewel, was given to father about twenty years ago by a Mr.
Kennedy. He had been a pupil of father's when father taught at a local
school. He came here often to talk over old times. Father had the jewel
set in a ring; but he never wore it.”



“Why?”



“I do not know.”



“How did Watson come to link it up with the Blind Spot?”



“That, I think, was an accident. He was in college, you know, at the time
of father's disappearance. In fact, he was in the Ethics class. He came
here often, and during one of his visits I showed him the ring. That was
several years ago.”



“I see.”



“Well, about a year ago he was here again, and asked to see the jewel. We
were to be married, you understand; but I had always put it off because of
father. Somehow I felt that he would return. It was in late summer, about
September; it was in the evening; it was getting dark. I gave Chick the
ring, and stepped into the garden to cut some flowers. I remember that
Chick struck a match in the parlour. When I came back he seemed to be
excited.”



“Did he ask you for the ring?”



“Yes. He wanted to wear it. And he suddenly began to talk of father. It
was that night that he took it upon himself to find him.”



“I see. Not before that night? Did he take the ring then?”



“Yes. We went to the opera. I remember it well, because that night was the
first time I ever knew Chick to be gloomy.”



“Ah!”



“Yes. You know how jolly he always was. When we returned that night he
would scarcely say a word. I thought he was sick; but he said he was not;
said he just felt that way.”



“I understand. And he kept getting glummer? Did you suspect the jewel? Did
he ever tell you anything?”



She shook her head.



“No. He told me nothing, except that he would find father. Of course, I
became excited and wanted to know. But he insisted that I couldn't help;
that he had a clue, and that it might take time. From that night I saw
very little of him. He leased the house on Chatterton Place. He seemed to
lose interest in myself; when he did come over he would act queerly. He
talked incoherently, and would often make rambling mention of a beautiful
girl called Nervina. You say it is the ring? Tell me, Mr. Wendel, what is
it? Has it really anything to do with father?”



I nodded.



“I think it has, Miss Holcomb. And I can understand poor Chick. He is a
very brave man. It's a strange jewel and of terrible potency; that much I
know. It devitalises; it destroys. I can feel it already. It covers life
with a fog of decay. The same solitude has come upon myself. Nevertheless
I am certain it has much to do with the Blind Spot. It is a key of some
sort. The very interest of the Rhamda and the Nervina tells us that. I
think it was through this stone that your father made his discovery.”



She thought a moment.



“Hadn't you better return it? While you still have health? If you keep it,
it will be only one more.”



“You forget, Miss Holcomb, my promise to Chick. I loved your father, and I
was fond of Watson. It's a great secret and, if the professor is right,
one which man has sought through the ages. I'd be a coward to forgo my
duty. If I fail, I have another to take my place.”



“Oh,” she said, “it's horrible. First father; then Chick; now you; and
afterwards it will be Mr. Fenton.”



“It is our duty,” I returned. “One by one. Though we may fail, each one of
us may pass a bit more on to his successor. In the end we win. It is the
way of man.”



I had my way. She turned over all the data and notes that had been left by
the professor; but I never found a thing in them that could be construed
to an advantage. My real quest was to trace down the jewel. The man
Kennedy's full name was, I learned, Budge Kennedy. He had lived in
Oakland. It was late in the afternoon when I parted with Miss Holcomb and
started for the city.



I remember it well because of a little incident that occurred immediately
after our parting. I was just going down the steps when I looked up one of
the side streets. A few students were loitering here and there. But there
was one who was not a student. I recognised him instantly, and I wondered.
It was the Rhamda. This was enough to make me suspicious. But there was
one thing more. Farther up the street was another figure.



When I came down the steps the Rhamda moved, and his move was somehow
duplicated by the other. In itself this was enough to clear up some of my
doubts concerning the phantom. His actions were too simple for an
apparition. Only a man would act like that, and a crude one. I didn't know
then the nerve of the Rhamda. There was no doubt that I was being
shadowed.



To make certain, I took the by-streets and meandered by a devious route to
the station. There was no question; one and two they followed. I knew the
Rhamda; but who was the other?



At the station we purchased tickets, and when the train pulled in I
boarded a smoker. The other two took another coach—the stranger was
a thick-set individual with a stubby, grey moustache. On the boat I didn't
see them; but at the ferry building I made a test to see that I was
followed. I hailed a taxi and gave specific instructions to the driver.



“Drive slowly,” I told him. “I think we shall be followed.”



And I was right; in a few minutes there were two cars dogging our
wheel-tracks. I had no doubt concerning the Rhamda; but I couldn't
understand the other. At No. 288 Chatterton Place we stopped and I
alighted. The Rhamda's car passed, then the other. Neither stopped. Both
disappeared round the corner. I took the numbers; then I went into the
house. In about a half hour a car drew up at the curb. I stepped to the
window. It was the car that had tracked the Rhamda's. The stubby
individual stepped out; without ceremony he ran up the steps and opened
the door. It was a bit disconcerting, I think, for both. He was plain and
blunt—and honest.



“Well,” he said, “where's Watson? Who are you? What do you want?”



“That,” I answered, “is a question for both of us. Who are you, and what
do you want? Where is Watson?”



Just then his eyes dropped and his glance fell and eyes widened.



“My name is Jerome,” he said simply. “Has something happened to Watson?
Who are you?”



We were standing in the library; I made an indication towards the other
room. “In there,” I said. “My name is Wendel.”



He took off his hat and ran the back of his hand across his forehead.



“So that pair got him, too! I was afraid of them all the while. And I had
to be away. Do you know how they did it? What's the working of their game?
It's devilish and certainly clever. They played that boy for a year; they
knew they would get him in the end. So did I.



“He was a fine lad, a fine lad. I knew this morning when I came down from
Nevada that they had him. Found your duds. A stranger. House looked queer.
But I had hopes he might have gone over to see his girl. Just thought I'd
wander over to Berkeley. Found that bird Rhamda under a palm tree watching
the Holcomb bungalow. It was the first time I'd seen him since that day
things went amiss with the professor. In about ten minutes you came out. I
stayed with him while he tracked you back here; I followed him back down
town and lost him. Tell me about Watson.”



He sat down; during my recital he spoke not a word. He consumed one cigar
after another; when I stopped for a moment he merely nodded his head and
waited until I continued. He was sturdy and frank, of an iron way and vast
common sense. I liked him. When I had finished he remained silent; his
grief was of a solid kind! he had liked poor Watson.



“I see,” he said. “It is as I thought. He told you more than he ever told
me.”



“He never told you?”



“Not much. He was a strange lad—about the loneliest one I've ever
seen. There was something about him from the very first that was not
natural; I couldn't make him out. You say it is the ring. He always wore
it. I laid it to this Rhamda. He was always meeting him. I could never
understand it. Try as I would, I could not get a trace of the phantom.”



“The phantom?”



“Most assuredly. Would you call him human?” His grey eyes were flecked
with light. “Come now, Mr. Wendel, would you?”



“Well,” I answered, “I don't know. Not after what I have seen. But for all
that, I have proof of his sinews. I am inclined to blend the two. There is
a law somewhere, a very natural one. The Blind Spot is undoubtedly a
combination of phenomena; it has a control. We do not know what it is, or
where it leads to; neither do we know the motive of the Rhamda. Who is he?
If we knew that, we would know everything.”



“And this ring?”



“I shall wear it.”



“Then God help you. I watched Watson. It's plain poison. You have a year;
but you had better count on half a year; the first six months aren't so
bad; but the last—it takes a man! Wendel, it takes a man! Already
you're eating your heart out. Oh, I know—you have opened the
windows; you want sunshine and air. In six months I shall have to fight to
get one open. It gets into the soul; it is stagnation; you die by inches.
Better give me the ring.”



“This Budge Kennedy,” I evaded, “we must find him. We have time. One clue
may lead us on. Tell me what you know of the Blind Spot.”



“Very easy,” he answered; “you have it all. I have been here a number of
years. You will remember I fell into the case through intuition. I never
had any definite proof, outside the professor's disappearance, the old
lady, and that bell; unless perhaps it is the Rhamda. But from the
beginning I've been positive.



“Taking that lecture in ethics as a starter, I built up my theory. All the
clues lead to this building. It's something that I cannot understand. It's
out of the occult. It's a bit too much for me. I moved into the place and
waited. I've never forgotten that bell, nor that old lady. You and Fenton
are the only ones who have seen the Blind Spot.”



I had a sudden thought.



“The Rhamda! I have read that he has the manner of inherent goodness. Is
it true? You have conversed with him. I haven't.”



“He has. He didn't strike me as a villain. He's intrinsic, noble, out of
self. I have often wondered.”



I smiled. “Perhaps we are thinking the same thing. Is this it? The Blind
Spot is a secret that man may not attain to. It is unknowable and akin to
death. The Rhamda knows it. He couldn't head off the professor. He simply
employed Dr. Holcomb's wisdom to trap him; now that he has him secure, he
intends to hold him. It is for our own good.”



“Exactly. Yet—”



“Yet?”



“He was very anxious to put you and Fenton into this very Spot.”



“That is so. But may it not be that we, too, knew a bit too much?”



He couldn't answer that.



Nevertheless, we were both of us convinced concerning the Rhamda. It was
merely a digression of thought, a conjecture. He might be good; but we
were both positive of his villainy. It was his motive, of course, that
weighed up his character; could we find that, we would uncover everything.




















XIV. — A NEW ELEMENT



Budge Kennedy was not so easily found. There were many Kennedys. About
two-thirds of Ireland had apparently migrated to San Francisco under that
name and had lodged in the directory. We went through the lists on both
sides of the bay, but found nothing; the old directories had mostly been
destroyed by fire or had been thrown away as worthless; but at last we
unearthed one. In it we found the name of Budge Kennedy.



He had two sons—Patrick and Henry. One of these, Henry, we ran down
in the Mission. He was a great, red-headed, broad-shouldered Irishman. He
was just eating supper when we called; there were splotches of white
plaster on his trousers.



I came right to the point: “Do you know anything about this?” I held out
the ring.



He took it in his fingers; his eyes popped. “What, that! Well, I guess I
do! Where'd you get it?” He called out to the kitchen: “Say, Mollie, come
here. Here's the old man's jool!” He looked at me a bit fearfully. “You
aren't wearing it?”



“Why not?” I asked.



“Why? Well, I don't know exactly. I wouldn't wear it for a million
dollars. It ain't a jool; it's a piece of the divil. The old man gave it
to Dr. Holcomb—or sold it, I don't know which. He carried it in his
pocket once, and he came near dying.”



“Unlucky?” I asked.



“No, it ain't unlucky; it just rips your heart out. It would make you hate
your grandmother. Lonesome! Lonesome! I've often heard the old man
talking.”



“He sold it to Dr. Holcomb? Do you know why?”



“Well, yes. 'Twas that the old doc had some scientific work. Dad told him
about his jool. One day he took it over to Berkeley. It was some kind of
thing that the professor just wanted. He kept it. Dad made him promise not
to wear it.”



“I see. Did your father ever tell you where he got it?”



“Oh, yes. He often spoke about that. The old man wasn't a plasterer, you
know—just a labourer. He was digging a basement. It was a funny
basement—a sort of blind cellar. There was a stone wall right across
the middle, and then there was a door of wood to look like stone. You can
go down into the back cellar, but not into the front. If you don't know
about the door, you'll never find it. Dad often spoke about that. He was
working in the back cellar when he found this. 'Twas sticking in some blue
clay.”



“Where was this place? Do you remember?”



“Sure. 'Twas in Chatterton Place. Pat and I was kids then; we took the old
man's dinner.”



“Do you know the number?”



“It didn't have no number; but I know the place. 'Tis a two-story house,
and was built in 'ninety-one.”



I nodded. “And afterwards you moved to Oakland?”



“Yes.”



“Did your father ever speak of the reason for this partition in the
cellar?”



“He never knew of one. It was none of his business. He was merely a
labourer, and did what he was paid for.”



“Do you know who built it?”



“Some old guy. He was a cranky cuss with side-whiskers. He used to wear a
stove-pipe hat. I think he was a chemist. Whenever he showed up he would
run us kids out of the building. I think he was a bachelor.”



This was all the information he could give, but it was a great deal.
Certainly it was more than I had hoped for. The house had been built by a
chemist; even in the construction there was mystery. I had never thought
of a second cellar; when I had explored the building I had taken the stone
wall for granted. It was so with Jerome. It was the first definite clue
that really brought us down to earth. What had this chemist to do with the
phenomena?



After all, behind everything was lurking the mind of man.



We hastened back to the house and into the cellar. By merely sounding
along the wall we discovered the door; it was cleverly constructed and for
a time defied our efforts; but Jerome got it open by means of a jemmy and
a pick. The outside was a clever piece of sham work shaped like stone and
smeared over with cement. In the dim light we had missed it.



We had high expectations. But we were disappointed. The space contained
nothing; it was smeared with cobwebs and hairy mould; but outside of a few
empty bottles and the gloomy darkness there was nothing. We tapped the
walls and floor and ceiling. Beyond all doubt the place once held a
secret; if it held it still, it was cleverly hidden. After an hour or two
of search we returned to the upper part of the building.



Jerome was not discouraged.



“We're on the right track, Mr. Wendel; if we can only get started. I have
an idea. The chemist—it was in 'ninety-one—that's more than
twenty years.”



“What is your idea?”



“The Rhamda. What is the first thing that strikes you? His age. With
everyone that sees him it's the same. At first you take him for an old
man; if you study him long enough, you are positive that he is in his
twenties. May he not be this chemist?”



“What becomes of the doctor and his Blind Spot?”



“The Blind Spot,” answered Jerome, “is merely a part of the chemistry.”



Next day I hunted up a jeweller. I was careful to choose one with whom I
was acquainted. I asked for a private consultation. When we were alone I
took the ring from my finger.



“Just an opinion,” I asked. “You know gems. Can you tell me anything about
this one?”



He picked it up casually, and turned it over; his mouth puckered. For a
minute he studied.



“That? Well, now.” He held it up. “Humph. Wait a minute.”



“Is it a gem?”



“I think it is. At first I thought I knew it right off; but now—wait
a minute.”



He reached in the drawer for his glass. He held the stone up for some
minutes. His face was a study; queer little wrinkles twisting from the
corners of his eyes told his wonder. He did not speak; merely turned the
stone round and round. At last he removed his glass and held up the ring.
He was quizzical.



“Where did you get this?” he asked.



“That is something I do not care to answer. I wish to know what it is. Is
it a gem? If so, what kind?”



He thought a moment and shook his head.



“I thought I knew every gem on earth. But I don't. This is a new one. It
is beautiful—just a moment.” He stepped to the door. In a moment
another man stepped in. The jeweller motioned towards the ring. The man
picked it up and again came the examination. At last he laid the glass and
ring both upon the table.



“What do you make of it, Henry?” asked the jeweller.



“Not me,” answered the second one. “I never saw one like it.”



It was as Watson had said. No man had ever identified the jewel. The two
men were puzzled; they were interested. The jeweller turned to me.



“Would you care to leave it with us for a bit; you have no objection to us
taking it out of the ring?”



I had not thought of that. I had business down the street. I consulted my
watch.



“In half an hour I shall be back. Will that be enough time?”



“I think so.”



It was an hour before I returned. The assistant was standing at the door
of the office. He spoke something to the one inside and then made an
indication to myself. He seemed excited; when I came closer I noted that
his face was full of wonder.



“We've been waiting,” said he. “We didn't examine the stone; it wasn't
necessary. It is truly wonderful.” He was a short, squat man with a
massive forehead. “Just step inside.”



Inside the office the jeweller was sitting beside a table; he was leaning
back in his chair; he had his hands clasped over his stomach. He was
gazing toward the ceiling; his face was a study, full of wonder and
speculation.



“Well?” I asked.



For an answer he merely raised his finger, pointed towards the ceiling.



“Up there,” he spoke. “Your jewel or whatever it is. A good thing we
weren't in open air. 'Twould be going yet.”



I looked up. Sure enough, against the ceiling was the gem. It was a bit
disconcerting, though I will confess that in the first moment I did not
catch the full significance.



The jeweller closed one eye and studied first myself and then the
beautiful thing against the ceiling.



“What do you make of it?” he asked.



Really I had not made anything; it was a bit of a shock; I hadn't grasped
the full impossibility. I didn't answer.



“Don't you see, Mr. Wendel? Impossible! Contrary to nature! Lighter than
air. We took it out of the ring and it shot out like a bullet. Thought I'd
dropped it. Began looking on the floor. Couldn't find it; looked up and
saw Reynolds, here, with his eyes popping out like marbles. He was looking
at the ceiling.”



I thought for a moment.



“Then it is not a gem?”



He shrugged his shoulders. “Not if I'm a jeweller. Whoever heard of a
stone without weight? It has no gravity, that is, apparently. I doubt
whether it is a substance. I don't know what it is.”



It was puzzling. I would have given a good deal just then for a few words
with Dr. Holcomb. The man, Kennedy, had kept it in his pocket. How had he
held it a prisoner? The professor had use for it in some scientific work!
No wonder! Certainly it was not a jewel. What could it be? It was solid.
It was lighter than air. Could it be a substance? If not; what is it?



“What would you advise?”



In answer the jeweller reached for the telephone. He gave a number.



“Hello. Say, is Ed there? This is Phil. Tell him to step to the phone.
Hello! Say, Ed, I want you to come over on the jump. Something to show
you. Too busy! No, you're not. Not for this. I'm going to teach you some
chemistry. No; this is serious. What is it? I don't know. What's lighter
than air? Lots of things? Oh, I know. But what solid? That's why I'm
asking. Come over. All right. At once.”



He hung up the receiver.



“My brother,” he spoke. “It has passed beyond my province and into his. He
is a chemist. As an expert he may give you a real opinion.”



Surely we needed one. It was against reason. It had taken me completely
off my balance. I took a chair and joined the others in the contemplation
of the blue dot on the ceiling. We could speculate and conjecture; but
there was not one of us deep enough even to start a theory. Plainly it was
what should not be. We had been taught physics and science; we had been
drilled to fundamentals. If this thing could be, then the foundations upon
which we stood were shattered. But one little law! Back in my mind was
buzzing the enigma of the Blind Spot. They were woven together. Some law
that had eluded the ken of mankind.



The chemist was a tall man with a hook nose and black eyes that clinched
like rivets. He was a bit impatient. He looked keenly at his brother.



“Well, Phil, what is it?” He pulled out a watch, “I haven't much time.”



There was a contrast between them. The jeweller was fat and complacent. He
merely sat in his chair, his hand on his waistband and a stubby finger
elevated toward the jewel. He seemed to enjoy it.



“You're a chemist, Ed. Here's a test for your wisdom. Can you explain
that? No, over here. Above your head. That jewel?”



The other looked up.



“What's the idea? New notion for decoration? Or”?—a bit testily—“is
this a joke?” He was a serious man; his black eyes and the nose spoke his
character.



The jeweller laughed gently.



“Listen, Ed—” Then he went into explanation; when he was through the
chemist was twitching with excitement.



“Get me a ladder. Here, let me get on the table; perhaps I can reach it.
Sounds impossible, but if it's so, it's so; it must have an explanation.”



Without ado and in spite of the protests of his brother he stepped upon
the polished surface of the table. He was a tall man; he could just barely
reach it with the tip of his finger. He could move it; but each time it
clung as to a magnet. After a minute of effort he gave it up. When he
looked down he was a different man; his black eyes glowed with wonder.



“Can't make it,” he said. “Get a step-ladder. Strange!”



With the ladder it was easy. He plucked it off the ceiling. We pressed
about the table. The chemist turned it about with his fingers.



“I wonder,” he was saying. “It's a gem. Apparently. You say it has no
gravity. It can't be. Whoop!” He let it slip out of his fingers. Again it
popped on its way to the ceiling. He caught it with a deft movement of his
hand. “The devil! Did you ever see! And a solid! Who owns this?”



That brought it back to me. I explained what I could of the manner of my
possession.



“I see. Very interesting. Something I've never seen—and—frankly—something
strictly against what I've been taught. Nevertheless, it's not impossible.
We are witnesses at least. Would you care if I take this over to the
laboratory?”



It was a new complication. If it were not a jewel there was a chance of
its being damaged. I was as anxious as he; but I had been warned as to its
possession.



“I shan't harm it. I'll see to that. I have suspicions and I'd like to
verify them. A chemist doesn't blunder across such a thing every day. I am
a chemist.” His eyes glistened.



“Your suspicions?” I asked.



“A new element.”



This gem. A new element. Perhaps that would explain the Blind Spot. It was
not exactly of earth. Everything had confirmed it.



“You—A new element? How do you account for it? It defies your laws.
Most of your elements are evolved through tedious process. This is picked
up by chance.”



“That is so. But there are still a thousand ways. A meteor, perhaps; a bit
of cosmic dust—there are many shattered comets. Our chemistry is
earthly. There are undoubtedly new elements that we don't know of. Perhaps
in enormous proportion.”



I let him have it. It was the only night I had been away from the ring. I
may say that it is the only time I have been free from its isolation.



When I called at his office next day I found he had merely confirmed his
suspicions. It defied analysis; there was no reaction. Under all tests it
was a stranger. The whole science that had been built up to explain
everything had here explained nothing. However there was one thing that he
had uncovered—heat. Perhaps I should say magnetism. It was cold to
man. I have spoken about the icy blue of its colour. It was cold even to
look at. The chemist placed it in my hand.



“Is it not so?”



It was. The minute it touched my palm I could sense the weird horror of
the isolation; the stone was cold. Just like a piece of ice.



This was the first time I had ever had it in direct contact with the
flesh. Set in the ring its impulse had always been secondary.



“You notice it? It is so with me. Now then. Just a minute.”



He pressed a button. A young lady answered his ring; she glanced first at
myself and then at the chemist.



“Miss Mills, this is Mr. Wendel. He is the owner of the gem. Would you
take it in your hand? And please tell Mr. Wendel how it feels—”



She laughed; she was a bit perplexed.



“I don't understand”—she turned to me—“we had the same dispute
yesterday. See, Mr. White says that it's cold; but it is not. It is warm;
almost burning. All the other girls think just as I do.”



“And all the men as I do,” averred the chemist, “even Mr. Wendel.”



“Is it cold to you?” she asked. “Really—”



It was a turn I hadn't looked for. It was akin to life—this relation
to sex. Could it account for the strange isolation and the weariness? I
was a witness to its potency. Watson! I could feel myself dragging under.
I had just one question:



“Tell me, Miss Mills. Can you sense anything else; I mean beyond its
temperature?”



She smiled a bit. “I don't know what you mean exactly. It is a beautiful
stone. I would like to have it.”



“You think its possession would make you happy?”



Her eyes sparkled.



“Oh,” she exclaimed. “I know it would! I can feel it!”



It was so. Whatever there was in the bit of sapphirine blue, it had life.
What was it? It had relation to sex. In the strict line of fact it was
impossible.



When we were alone again I turned to the chemist.



“Is there anything more you uncovered? Did you see anything in the stone?”



He frowned. “No. Nothing else. This magnetism is the only thing. Is there
anything more?”



Now I hadn't said anything about its one great quality. He hadn't stumbled
across the image of the two men. I couldn't understand it. I didn't tell
him. Perhaps I was wrong. Down inside me I sensed a subtle reason for
secrecy. It is hard to explain. It was not perverseness; it was a finer
distinction; perhaps it was the influence of the gem. I took it back to
the jeweller again and had it reset.




















XV. — AGAIN THE NERVINA



It was at this point that I began taking notes. There is something
psychological to the Blind Spot, weird and touching on the spirit. I know
not what it is; but I can feel it. It impinges on to life. I can sense the
ecstasy of horror. I am not afraid. Whatever it is that is dragging me
down, it is not evil. My sensations are not normal.



For the benefit of my successor, if there is to be one, I have made an
elaborate detail of notes and comments. After all, the whole thing, when
brought down to the end, must fall to the function of science. When Hobart
arrives, whatever my fate, he will find a complete and comprehensive
record of my sensations. I shall keep it up to the end. Such notes being
dry and sometimes confusing I have purposely omitted them from this
narrative. But there are some things that must be given to the world. I
shall pick out the salient parts and give them chronologically.



Jerome stayed with me. Rather I should say he spent the nights with me.
Most of the time he was on the elusive trail of the Rhamda. From the
minute of our conversation with Kennedy he held to one conviction. He was
positive of that chemist back in the nineties. He was certain of the
Rhamda. Whatever the weirdness of his theory it would certainly bear
investigation. When he was not on the trail over the city he was at work
in the cellar. Here we worked together.



We dug up the concrete floor and did a bit of mining. I was interested in
the formation.



From the words of Budge Kennedy the bit of jewel had been discovered at
the original excavation. We found the blue clay that he spoke of, but
nothing else. Jerome dissected every bit of earth carefully. We have spent
many hours in that cellar.



But most of the time I was alone. When not too worn with the loneliness
and weariness I worked at my notes. It has been a hard task from the
beginning. Inertia, lack of energy! How much of our life is impulse! What
is the secret that backs volition? It has been will—will-power from
the beginning. I must thank my ancestors. Without the strength and
character built up through generations, I would have succumbed utterly.



Even as it is I sometimes think I am wrong in following the dictates of
Watson. If I were only sure. I have pledged my word and my honour. What
did he know? I need all the reserve of character to hold up against the
Nervina. From the beginning she has been my opponent. What is her interest
in the Blind Spot and myself? Who is she? I cannot think of her as evil.
She is too beautiful, too tender; her concern is so real. Sometimes I
think of her as my protector, that it is she, and she alone who holds back
the power which would engulf me. Once she made a personal appeal.



Jerome had gone. I was alone. I had dragged myself to the desk and my
notes and data. It was along toward spring and in the first shadows of the
early evening. I had turned on the lights. It was the first labour I had
done for several days. I had a great deal of work before me. I had begun
sometime before to take down my temperature. I was careful of everything
now, as much as I could be under the depression. So far I had discerned
nothing that could be classed as pathological.



There is something subtle about the Nervina. She is much like the Rhamda.
Perhaps they are the same. I hear no sound, I have no notion of a door or
entrance. Watson had said of the Rhamda, “Sometimes you see him, sometimes
you don't.” It is so with the Nervina. I remember only my working at the
data and the sudden movement of a hand upon my desk—a girl's hand.
It was bewildering. I looked up.



I had not seen her since that night. It was now eight months—did I
not know, I would have recorded them as years. Her expression was a bit
more sad—and beautiful. The same wonderful glow of her eyes,
night-black and tender; the softness that comes from passion, and love,
and virtue. The same wistful droop of the perfect mouth. What a wondrous
mass of hair she had! I dropped my pen. She took my hand. I could sense
the thrill of contact; cool and magnetic.



“Harry!”



She said no more; I did not answer; I was too taken by surprise and
wonder. I could feel her concern as I would a mother's. What was her
interest in myself? The contact of her hand sent a strange pulse through
my vitals; she was so beautiful. Could it be? Watson said he loved her.
Could I blame him?



“Harry,” she asked, “how long is it to continue?”



So that was it. Merely an envoy to accept surrender. I was worn utterly,
weary of the world, lonely. But I hadn't given up. I had strength still,
and will enough to hold out to the end. Perhaps I was wrong. If I gave her
the ring? what then?



“I am afraid,” I answered, “that I must go on. I have given my word. It
has been much harder than I expected. This jewel? What has it to do with
the Blind Spot?”



“It controls it.”



“Does the Rhamda desire it?”



“He does.”



“Why doesn't he call for it personally? Why doesn't he make a clean breast
of it? It would be much easier. He knows and you know that I am after Dr.
Holcomb and Watson. I might even forego the secret. Would he release the
doctor?”



“No, Harry, he would not.”



“I see. If I gave up the ring it would be merely for my personal safety. I
am a coward—”



“Oh,” she said, “don't say that. You must give the ring to me—not to
the Rhamda. He must not control the Blind Spot.”



“What is the Blind Spot? Tell me.”



“Harry,” she spoke, “I cannot. It is not for you or any other mortal. It
is a secret that should never have been uncovered. It might be the end. In
the hands of the Rhamda it would certainly be the end of mankind.”



“Who is the Rhamda? Who are you? You are too beautiful to be merely woman.
Are you a spirit?”



She pressed my hand ever so slightly. “Do I feel like a spirit? I am
material as much as you are. We live, see—everything.”



“But you are not of this world?”



Her eyes grew sadder; a soft longing.



“Not exactly, Harry, not exactly. It is a long story and a very strange
one. I may not tell you. It is for your own good. I am your friend”—her
eyes were moist—“I—don't you see? Oh, I would save you!”



I did not doubt it. Somehow she was like a girl of dreams, pure as an
angel; her wistfulness only deepened her beauty. It came like a shock at
the moment. I could love this woman. She was—what was I thinking? My
guilty mind ran back to Charlotte. I had loved her since boyhood. I would
be a coward—then a wild fear. Perhaps of jealousy.



“The Rhamda? Is he your husband? You are the same—”



“Oh,” she answered, “why do you say it?” Her eyes snapped and she grew
rigid. “The Rhamda! My husband! If you only knew. I hate him! We are
enemies. It was he who opened the Blind Spot. I am here because he is
evil. To watch him. I love your world, I love it all. I would save it. I
love—”



She dropped her head. Whatever she was, she was not above sobbing.



I touched her hair; it was of the softest texture I have ever seen; the
lustre was like all the beauty of night woven into silk. She loved, loved;
I could love—I was on the point of surrender.



“Tell me,” I asked, “just one thing more. If I gave you this ring would
you save the doctor and Chick Watson?”



She raised her head; her eyes glistened; but she did not answer.



“Would you?”



She shook her head. “I cannot,” she answered. “That cannot be. I can only
save you for—for—Charlotte.”



Was it vanity in myself? I don't know. It seemed to me that it was hard
for her to say it. Frankly, I loved her. I knew it. I loved Charlotte. I
loved them both. But I held to my purpose.



“Are the professor and Watson living?”



“They are.”



“Are they conscious?”



She nodded. “Harry,” she said, “I can tell you that. They are living and
conscious. You have seen them. They have only one enemy—the Rhamda.
But they must never come out of the Blind Spot. I am their friend and
yours.”



A sudden courage came upon me. I remembered my word to Watson. I had loved
the old professor. I would save them. If necessary I would follow to the
end. Either myself or Fenton. One of us would solve it!



“I shall keep the ring,” I said. “I shall avenge them. Somehow, somewhere,
I feel that I shall do it. Even if I must follow—”



She straightened at that. Her eyes were frightened.



“Oh,” she said, “why do you say it? It must not be! You would perish! You
shall not do it! I must save you. You must not go alone. Three—it
may not be. If you go, I go with you. Perhaps—oh, Harry!”



She dropped her head again; her body shook with her sobbing; plainly she
was a girl. No real man is ever himself in the presence of a woman's
tears. I was again on the point of surrender. Suddenly she looked up.



“Harry,” she spoke sadly, “I have just one thing to ask. You must see
Charlotte. You must forget me; we can never—you love Charlotte. I
have seen her; she's a beautiful girl. You haven't written. She is
worried. Remember what you mean to her happiness. Will you go?”



That I could promise.



“Yes, I shall see Charlotte.”



She rose from her chair. I held her hand. Again, as in the restaurant, I
lifted it to my lips. She flushed and drew it away. She bit her lip. Her
beauty was a kind I could not understand.



“You must see Charlotte,” she said, “and you must do as she says.”



With that she was gone. There was a car waiting; the last I saw was its
winking tail-light dimming into the darkness.




















XVI. — CHARLOTTE



Left alone, I began thinking of Charlotte. I loved her; of that I was
certain. I could not compare her with the Nervina. She was like myself,
human. I had known her since boyhood. The other was out of the ether; my
love for her was something different; she was of dreams and moonbeams;
there was a film about her beauty, illusion; she was of spirit.



I wrote a note to the detective and left it upon my desk. After that I
packed a suitcase and hurried to the station. If I was going I would do it
at once, I could not trust myself too far. This visit had been like a
breath of air; for the moment I was away from the isolation. The
loneliness and the weariness! How I dreaded it! I was only free from it
for a few moments. On the train it came back upon me and in a manner that
was startling.



I had purchased my ticket. When the conductor came through he passed me.
He gathered tickets all about me; but he did not notice me. At first I
paid no attention; but when he had gone through the car several times I
held up my ticket. He did not stop. It was not until I had touched him
that he gave me a bit of attention.



“Where have you been sitting?” he asked.



I pointed to the seat. He frowned slightly.



“There?” he asked. “Did you say you were sitting in that seat? Where did
you get on?”



“At Townsend.”



“Queer,” he answered; he punched the ticket. “Queer. I passed that seat
several times. It was empty!”



Empty! It was almost a shock. Could it be that my isolation was becoming
physical as well as mental? What was this gulf that was widening between
myself and my fellows?



It was the beginning of another phase. I have noticed it many times; on
the street, in public places, everywhere. I thread in and out among men.
Sometimes they see me, sometimes they don't. It is strange. I feel at
times as though I might be vanishing out of the world!



It was late when I reached my old home; but the lights were still burning.
My favourite dog, Queen, was on the veranda. As I came up the steps she
growled slightly, but on recognition went into a series of circles about
the porch. My father opened the door. I stepped inside. He touched me on
the shoulder, his jaw dropped.



“Harry!” he exclaimed.



Was it as bad as that? How much meaning may be placed in a single
intonation! I was weary to the point of exhaustion. The ride upon the
train had been too much.



My mother came in. For some moments I was busy protesting my health. But
it was useless; it wasn't until I had partaken of a few of the old
nostrums that I could placate her.



“Work, work, work, my boy,” said my father, “nothing but work. It really
won't do. You're a shadow. You must take a vacation. Go to the mountains;
forget your practice for a short time.”



I didn't tell them. Why should I? I decided right then it was my own
battle. It was enough for me without casting the worry upon others. Yet I
could not see Charlotte without calling on my parents.



As soon as possible I crossed the street to the Fentons'. Someone had seen
me in town. Charlotte was waiting. She was the same beautiful girl I had
known so long; the blue eyes, the blonde, wavy mass of hair, the laughing
mouth and the gladness. But she was not glad now. It was almost a
repetition of what had happened at home, only here a bit more personal.
She clung to me almost in terror. I didn't realise I had gone down so
much. I knew my weariness; but I hadn't thought my appearance so dejected.
I remembered Watson. He had been wan, pale, forlorn. After what brief
explanation I could give, I proposed a stroll in the moonlight.



It was a full moon; a wonderful night; we walked down the avenue under the
elm trees. Charlotte was beautiful, and worried; she clung to my arm with
the eagerness of possession. I could not but compare her with Nervina.
There was a contrast; Charlotte was fresh, tender, affectionate, the girl
of my boyhood. I had known her all my life; there was no doubt of our
love.



Who was the other? She was something higher, out of mystery, out of life—almost—out
of the moonbeams. I stopped and looked up. The great full orb was shining.
I didn't know that I spoke.



“Harry,” asked Charlotte, “who is the Nervina?”



Had I spoken?



“What do you know about the Nervina?” I asked.



“She has been to see me. She told me. She said you would be here tonight.
I was waiting. She is very beautiful. I never saw anyone like her. She is
wonderful!”



“What did she say?”



“She! Oh, Harry. Tell me. I have waited. Something has happened. Tell me.
You have told me nothing. You are not like the old Harry.”



“Tell me about the Nervina. What did she say? Charlotte, tell me
everything. Am I so much different from the old Harry?”



She clutched at my arm fearfully; she looked into my eyes.



“Oh,” she said, “how can you say it? You haven't laughed once. You are
melancholy; you are pale, drawn, haggard. You keep muttering. You are not
the old Harry. Is it this Nervina? At first I thought she loved you; but
she does not. She wanted to know all about you, and about our love. She
was so interested. What is this danger?”



I didn't answer.



“You must tell me. This ring? She said that you must give it to me. What
is it?” she insisted.



“Did she ask that? She told you to take the ring? My dear,” I asked, “if
it were the ring and it were so sinister would I be a man to give it to my
loved one?”



“It would not hurt me.”



But I would not. Something warned me. It was a ruse to get it out of my
possession. The whole thing was haunting, weird, ghostly. Always I could
hear Watson. I still had a small quota of courage and will-power. I clung
steadfastly to my purpose.



It was a sad three hours. Poor Charlotte! I shall never forget it. It is
the hardest task on earth to deny one's loved one.



She had grown into my heart and into its possession. She clung to me
tenderly, tearfully. I could not tell her. Her feminine instinct sensed
disaster. In spite of her tears I insisted. When I kissed her goodnight
she did not speak. But she looked up at me through her tears. It was the
hardest thing of all for me to bear.




















XVII. — THE SHEPHERD



When I returned to the city next morning I took my dog. It was a strange
whim; but one which was to lead to a remarkable development. I have always
been a lover of dogs. I was lonely. There is a bond between a dog and his
master. It goes beyond definition; it roots down into nature. I was to
learn much.



She was an Australian shepherd. She was of a tawny black and bob-tailed
from birth.



What is the power that lies behind instinct? How far does it go? I had a
notion that the dog would be outside the sinister clutch that was dragging
me under.



Happily Jerome was fond of dogs. He was reading. When I entered with Queen
tugging at the chain he looked up. The dog recognised the heart of the
man; when he stooped to pet her she moved her stub tail in an effusion of
affectionate acceptance. Jerome had been reading Le Bon's theory on the
evolution of force. His researches after the mystery had led him into the
depths of speculation; he had become quite a scholar. After our first
greeting I unhooked the chain and let Queen have the freedom of the house.
I related what had happened. The detective closed the book and sat down.
The dog waited a bit for further petting; but missing that she began
sniffing about the room. There was nothing strange about it of course. I
myself paid not the slightest attention. But the detective was watching.
While I was telling my story he was following every movement of the
shepherd. Suddenly he held up one finger. I turned.



It was Queen. A low growl, guttural and suspicious. She was standing about
a foot from the portieres that separated the library from the other room—where
we had lost Watson, and where Jerome had had his experience with the old
lady. Tense and rigid, one forepaw held up stealthily, her stub tail erect
and the hair along her back bristled. Again the low growl. I caught
Jerome's eyes. It was queer.



“What is it, Queen?” I spoke.



At the sound of my voice she wagged her tail and looked round, then
stepped between the curtains. Just her head. She drew back; her lips drawn
from her teeth, snarling. She was rigid, alert, vitalised. Somehow it made
me cold. She was a brave dog; she feared nothing. The detective stepped
forward and pulled the curtains apart. The room was empty. We looked into
each other's faces. What is there to instinct? What is its range? We could
see nothing.



But not to the dog. Her eyes glowed. Hate, fear, terror, her whole body
rigid.



“I wonder,” I said. I stepped into the room. But I hadn't counted on the
dog. With a yelp she was upon me, had me by the calf of the leg and was
drawing me back. She stepped in front of me; a low, guttural growl of
warning. But there was nothing in that room; of that we were certain.



“Beats me,” said the detective. “How does she know? Wonder if she would
stop me?” He stepped forward. It was merely a repetition. She caught him
by the trouser-leg and drew him back. She crowded us away from the
curtain. It was almost magnetic. We could see nothing, neither could we
feel; was it possible that the dog could see beyond us? The detective
spoke first:



“Take her out of the room. Put her in the hall; tie her up.”



“What's the idea?”



“Merely this; I am going to examine the room. No, I am not afraid. I'll be
mighty glad if it does catch me. Anything so long as I get results.”



But it did us no good. We examined the room many times that night; both of
us. In the end there was nothing, only the weirdness and uncertainty and
the magnetic undercurrent which we could feel, but could not fathom. When
we called in the dog she stepped to the portieres and commenced her vigil.
She crouched slightly behind the curtains, alert, ready, waiting, at her
post of honour. From that moment she never left the spot except under
compulsion. We could hear her at all times of the night; the low growl,
the snarl, the defiance.



But there was a great deal more that we were to learn from the dog. It was
Jerome who first called my attention. A small fact at the beginning; but
of a strange sequence. This time it was the ring. Queen had the habit that
is common to most dogs; she would lick my hand to show her affection. It
was nothing in itself; but for one fact—she always chose the left
hand. It was the detective who first noticed it. Always and every
opportunity she would lick the jewel. We made a little test to try her. I
would remove the ring from one hand to the other; then hold it behind me.
She would follow.



It was a strange fact; but of course not inexplicable. A scent or the
attraction of taste might account for it. However, these little tests led
to a rather remarkable discovery.



One night we had called the dog from her vigil. As usual she came to the
jewel; by chance I pressed the gem against her head. It was a mere trifle;
yet it was of consequence. A few minutes before I had dropped a
handkerchief on the opposite side of the room; I was just thinking about
picking it up. It was only a small thing, yet it put us on the track of
the gem's strangest potency. The dog walked to the handkerchief. She
brought it back in her mouth. At first I took it for a pure coincidence. I
repeated the experiment with a book. The same result. I looked up at
Jerome.



“What's the matter?” Then when I explained: “The dickens! Try it again.”



Over and over again we repeated it, using different articles, pieces of
which I was certain she didn't know the name. There was a strange bond
between the gem and the intelligence, some strange force emanating from
its lustre. On myself it was depressing; on the dog it was life itself. At
last Jerome had an inspiration.



“Try the Rhamda,” he said; “think of him. Perhaps—”



It was most surprising. Certainly it was remarkable. It was too much like
intelligence; a bit too uncanny. At the instant of the thought the dog
leaped backward.



Such a strange transformation; she was naturally gentle. In one instant
she had gone mad. Mad? Not in the literal interpretation; but
figuratively. She sprang back, snapping; her teeth bared, her hair
bristled. Her nostrils drawn. With one bound she leaped between the
curtains.



Jerome jumped up. With an exclamation he drew the portieres. I was behind
him. The dog was standing at the edge of the room, bristling.



The room was empty. What did she see? What?



One thing was certain. Though we were sure of nothing else we were certain
of the Rhamda. We could trust the canine's instinct. Every previous
experiment we had essayed had been crowned with success. We had here a
fact but no explanation. If we could only put things together and extract
the law.



It was late when we retired. I could not sleep. The restlessness of the
dog held back my slumber. She would growl sullenly, then stir about for a
new position; she was never quite still. I could picture her there in the
library, behind the curtains, crouched, half resting, half slumbering,
always watching. I would awaken in the night and listen; a low guttural
warning, a sullen whine—then stillness. It was the same with my
companion. We could never quite understand it. Perhaps we were a bit
afraid.



But one can become accustomed to almost anything. It went on for many
nights without anything happening, until one night.



It was dark, exceedingly dark, with neither moon nor starlight; one of
those nights of inky intenseness. I cannot say just exactly what woke me.
The house was strangely silent and still; the air seemed stretched and
laden. It was summer. Perhaps it was the heat. I only knew that I woke
suddenly and blinked in the darkness.



In the next room with the door open I could hear the heavy breathing of
the detective. A heavy feeling lay against my heart. I had grown
accustomed to dread and isolation; but this was different. Perhaps it was
premonition. I do not know. And yet I was terribly sleepy; I remember
that.



I struck a match and looked at my watch on the bureau—twelve
thirty-five. No sound—not even Queen—not even a rumble from
the streets. I lay back and dropped into slumber. Just as I drifted off to
sleep I had a blurring fancy of sound, guttural, whining, fearful—then
suddenly drifting into incoherent rumbling phantasms—a dream. I
awoke suddenly. Someone was speaking. It was Jerome.



“Harry!”



I was frightened. It was like something clutching out of the darkness. I
sat up. I didn't answer. It wasn't necessary. The incoherence of my dream
had been external. The library was just below me. I could hear the dog
pacing to and fro, and her snarling. Snarling? It was just that. It was
something to arouse terror.



She had never growled like that—I was positive, I could hear her
suddenly leap back from the curtains. She barked. Never before had she
come to that. Then a sudden lunge into the other room—a vicious
series of snapping barks, yelps—pandemonium—I could picture
her leaping—at what? Then suddenly I leaped out of bed. The barks
grew faint, faint, fainter—into the distance.



In the darkness I couldn't find the switch. I bumped into Jerome. We were
lost in our confusion. It was a moment before we could find either a match
or a switch to turn on the lights. But at last—I shall not forget
that moment; nor Jerome. He was rigid; one arm held aloft, his eyes bulged
out. The whole house was full of sound—full-toned—vibrant—magnetic.
It was the bell.



I jumped for the stairway, but not so quick as Jerome. With three bounds
we were in the library with the lights on. The sound was running down to
silence. We tore down the curtains and rushed into the room. It was empty!



There was not even the dog. Queen had gone! In a vain rush of grief I
began calling and whistling. It was an overwhelming moment. The poor,
brave shepherd. She had seen it and rushed into its face.



It was the last night I was to have Jerome. We sat up until daylight. For
the thousandth time we went over the house in detail, but there was
nothing. Only the ring. At the suggestion of the detective I touched the
match to the sapphire. It was the same. The colour diminishing, and the
translucent corridors deepening into the distance; then the blur and the
coming of shadows—the men, Watson and the professor—and my
dog.



Of the men, only the heads showed; but the dog was full figure; she was
sitting, apparently on a pedestal, her tongue was lolling out of her mouth
and her face of that gentle intelligence which only the Australian
shepherd is heir to. That is all—no more—nothing. If we had
hoped to discover anything through her medium we were disappointed.
Instead of clearing up, the whole thing had grown deeper.



I have said that it was the last night I was to have Jerome. I didn't know
it then. Jerome went out early in the morning. I went to bed. I was not
afraid in the daylight. I was certain now that the danger was localised.
As long as I kept out of that apartment I had nothing to fear.
Nevertheless, the thing was magnetic. A subtle weirdness pervaded the
building. I did not sleep soundly. I was lonely; the isolation was
crowding on me. In the afternoon I stepped out on the streets.



I have spoken of my experience with the conductor. On this day I had the
certainty of my isolation; it was startling. In the face of what I was and
what I had seen it was almost terrifying. It was the first time I thought
of sending for Hobart. I had thought I could hold out. The complete
suddenness of the thing set me to thinking. I thought of Watson. It was
the last phase, the feebleness, the wanness, the inertia! He had been a
far stronger man than I in the beginning.



I must cable Fenton. While I had still an ego in the presence of men, I
must reach out for help. It was a strange thing and inexplicable. I was
not invisible. Don't think that. I simply did not individualise. Men
didn't notice me—till I spoke. As if I was imperceptibly losing the
essence of self. I still had some hold on the world. While it remained I
must get word to Hobart. I did not delay. Straight to the office I went
and paid for the cable.



CANNOT HOLD OUT MUCH LONGER. COME AT ONCE.—HARRY.



I was a bit ashamed. I had hoped. I had counted upon myself. I had trusted
in the full strength of my individuality. I had been healthy—strong—full
blooded. On the fullness of vitality one would live forever. There is no
tomorrow. It was not a year ago. I was eighty. It had been so with Watson.
What was this subtle thing that ate into one's marrow? I had read of
banshees, lemures and leprechauns; they were the ghosts and the fairies of
ignorance but they were not like this. It was impersonal, hidden,
inexorable. It was mystery. And I believed that it was Nature.



I know it now. Even as I write I can sense the potency of the force about
me. Some law, some principle, some force that science has not uncovered.



What is that law that shall bridge the chaos between the mystic and the
substantial? I am standing on the bridge; and I cannot see it. What is the
great law that was discovered by Dr. Holcomb? Who is the Rhamda? Who is
the Nervina?



Jerome has not returned. I cannot understand it. It has been a week. I am
living on brandy—not much of anything else—I am waiting for
Fenton. I have taken all my elaborations and notes and put them together.
Perhaps I—



(This is the last of the strange document left by Harry Wendel. The
following memorandum is written by Charlotte Fenton.)




















XVIII. — CHARLOTTE'S STORY



I do not know. It is hard to write after what has happened.



Hobart says that it is why I am to write it. It is to be a plain
narrative. Besides, he is very busy and cannot do it himself. There must
be some record. I shall do my best and hold out of my writing as much as I
can of my emotion. I shall start with the Nervina.



It was the first I knew; the first warning. Looking back I cannot but
wonder. No person I think who has ever seen the Nervina can do much else;
she is so beautiful! Beautiful? Why do I say it? I should be jealous and I
should hate her. Yet I do not. Why is it?



It was about eight months after Hobart had left for South America. I
remember those eight months as the longest in my life; because of Harry. I
am a girl and I like attention; all girls do. Ordinarily he would come
over every fortnight at least. After Hobart had gone he came once only,
and of course I resented the inattention.



It seemed to me that no business could be of enough importance if he
really loved me. Even his letters were few and far between. What he wrote
were slow and weary and of an undertone that I could not fathom. I—loved
Harry. I could not understand it. I had a thousand fearful thoughts and
jealousies; but they were feminine and in no way approximated even the
beginning of the truth. Inattention was not like Harry. It was not until
the coming of the Nervina that I was afraid.



Afraid? I will not say that—exactly. It was rather a suspicion, a
queer undercurrent of wonder and doubt. The beauty of the girl, her
interest in Harry and myself, her concern over this ring, put me a bit on
guard. I wondered what this ring had to do with Harry Wendel.



She did not tell me in exact words or in literal explanation; but she
managed to convey all too well a lurking impression of its sinister
potency. It was something baleful, something the very essence of which
would break down the life of one who wore it. Harry had come into its
possession by accident and she would save him. She had failed through
direct appeal. Now she had come to me. She did not say a word of the Blind
Spot.



And the next day came Harry. It was really a shock, though I had been
warned by the girl. He was not Harry at all, but another. His eyes were
dim and they had lost their lustre; when they did show light at all, it
was a kind that was a bit fearful. He was wan, worn, and shrunk to a
shadow, as if he had gone through a long illness.



He said he had not been sick. He maintained that he was quite well
physically. And on his finger was the ring of which the girl had spoken.
Its value must have been incalculable. Wherever he moved his hand its blue
flame cut a path through the darkness. But he said nothing about it. I
waited and wondered and was afraid. It was not until our walk under the
elm trees that it was mentioned.



It was a full moon; a wonderful, mellow moon of summer. He stopped
suddenly and gazed up at the orb above us. It seemed to me that his mind
was wandering, he held me closely—tenderly. He was not at all like
Harry. There was a missing of self, of individuality; he spoke in
abstractions.



“The maiden of the moonbeams?” he said. “What can it mean?”



And then I asked him. He has already told of our conversation. It was the
ring of which the Nervina had told me. It had to do with the Blind Spot—the
great secret that had taken Dr. Holcomb. He would not give it to me. I
worked hard, for even then I was not afraid of it. Something told me—I
must do it to save him. It was weird, and something I could not understand—but
I must do it for Harry.



I failed. Though he was broken in every visible way there was one thing as
strong as ever—his honour. He was not afraid; he had been the same
in his boyhood. When we parted that night he kissed me. I shall never
forget how long he looked into my eyes, nor his sadness. That is all. The
next morning he left for San Francisco.



And then came the end. A message; abrupt and sudden. It was some time
after and put a period to my increasing stress and worry. It read:



CITY OF PERU DOCKS TONIGHT AT EIGHT. MEET ME AT THE PIER. HOBART COMING,—HARRY.



It was a short message and a bit twisted. In ordinary circumstances he
would have motored down and brought me back to greet Hobart. It was a bit
strange that I should meet him at the pier. However, I had barely time to
get to the city if I hurried.



I shall never forget that night.



It was dark when I reached San Francisco. I was a full twenty minutes
early at the pier. A few people were waiting. I looked about for Harry. He
was to meet me and I was certain that I would find him. But he was not
there. Of course there was still time. He was sure to be on hand to greet
Hobart.



Nevertheless, I had a vague mistrust. Since that strange visit I had not
been sure. Harry wasn't well. There was something to this mystery that he
had not told me. Why had he asked me to meet him at the pier? Why didn't
he come? When the boat docked and he was still missing I was doubly
worried.



Hobart came down the gangplank. He was great, strong, healthy, and it
seemed to me in a terrible hurry. He scanned the faces hurriedly and ran
over to me.



“Where's Harry?” He kissed me and in the same breath repeated, “Where's
Harry?”



“Oh, Hobart!” I exclaimed. “What's the matter with Harry? Tell me. It's
something terrible!”



He was afraid. Plainly I could see that! There were lines of anxiety about
his eyes. He clutched me by the arm and drew me away.



“He was to meet me here,” I said. “He didn't come. He was to meet me here!
Oh, Hobart, I saw him some time ago. He was—it was not Harry at all!
Do you know anything about it?”



For a minute he stood still, looking at me. I had never seen Hobart
frightened; but at that moment there was that in his eyes which I could
not understand. He caught me by the arm and started out almost at a run.
There were many people and we dodged in and out among them. Hobart carried
a suitcase. He hailed a taxi.



I don't know how I got into the car. It was a blur. I was frightened. Some
terrible thing had occurred, and Hobart knew it. I remember a few words
spoken to the driver. “Speed, speed, no limit; never mind the law—and
Chatterton Place!” After that the convulsive jerking over the cobbled
streets, a climbing over hills and twisted corners. And Hobart at my side.
“Faster—faster,” he was saying; “faster! My lord, was there ever a
car so slow! Harry! Harry!” I could hear him breathing a prayer. Another
hill; the car turned and came suddenly to a stop! Hobart leaped out.



A sombre two-storey house; a light burning in one of the windows, a dim
light, almost subdued and uncanny. I had never seen anything so lonely as
that light; it was grey, uncertain, scarcely a flicker. Perhaps it was my
nerves. I had scarcely strength to climb the steps. Hobart grasped the
knob and thrust open the door; I can never forget it.



It is hard to write. The whole thing! The room; the walls lined with
books; the dim, pale light, the faded green carpet, and the man. Pale,
worn, almost a shadow of his former self. Was it Harry Wendel? He had aged
forty years. He was stooped, withered, exhausted. A bottle of brandy on
the desk before him. In his weak, thin hand an empty wineglass. The gem
upon his finger glowed with a flame that was almost wicked; it was blue,
burning, giving out sparkles of light—like a colour out of hell. The
path of its light was unholy—it was too much alive.



We both sprang forward. Hobart seized him by the shoulders.



“Harry, old boy; Harry! Don't you know us? It's Hobart and Charlotte.”



It was terrible. He didn't seem to know. He looked right at us. But he
spoke in abstractions.



“Two,” he said. And he listened. “Two! Don't you hear it?” He caught
Hobart by the arm. “Now, listen. Two! No, it's three. Did I say three?
Can't you hear? It's the old lady. She speaks out of the shadows. There!
There! Now, listen. She has been counting to me. Always she says three!
Soon it will be four.”



What did he mean? What was it about? Who was the old lady? I looked round.
I saw no one. Hobart stooped over. Harry began slowly to recognise us. It
was as if his mind had wandered and was coming back from a far place. He
spoke slowly; his words were incoherent and rambling.



“Hobart,” he said; “you know her. She is the maiden out of the moonbeams.
The Rhamda, he is our enemy. Hobart, Charlotte. I know so much. I cannot
tell you. You are two hours late. It's a strange thing. I have found it
and I think I know. It came suddenly. The discovery of the great
professor. Why didn't you come two hours earlier? We might have
conquered.”



He dropped his head upon his arms; then as suddenly he looked up. He drew
the ring from his finger.



“Give it to Charlotte,” he said. “It won't hurt her. Don't touch it
yourself. Had I only known. Watson didn't know—”



He straightened; he was tense, rigid, listening.



“Do you hear anything? Listen! Can you hear? It's the old lady. There—”



But there was not a sound; only the rumble of the streets, the ticking of
the clock, and our heart-beats. Again he went through the counting.



“Hobart!”



“Yes, Harry.”



“And Charlotte! The ring—ah, yet it was there, Keep it. Give it to
no one. Two hours ago we might have conquered. But I had to keep the ring.
It was too much, too powerful; a man may not wear it. Charlotte”—he
took my hand and ran the ring upon my finger. “Poor Charlotte. Here is the
ring. The most wonderful—”



Again he dropped over. He was weak—there was something going from
him minute by minute.



“Water,” he asked. “Hobart, some water.”



It was too pitiful. Harry, our Harry—come to a strait like this!
Hobart rushed to another room with the tumbler. I could hear him fumbling.
I stooped over Harry. But he held up his hand.



“No, Charlotte, no. You must not. If—”



He stopped. Again the strange attention, as if he was listening to
something far off in the distance; the pupils of his hollow, worn,
lustreless eyes were pin-points. He stood on his feet rigid, quivering;
then he held up his hand. “Listen!”



But there was nothing. It was just as before; merely the murmuring of the
city night, and the clock ticking.



“It's the dog! D'you hear her? And the old lady. Now listen, 'Two! Now
there are two! Three! Three! Now there are three!' There—now.” He
turned to me. “Can you hear it, Charlotte? No? How strange. Perhaps—”
He pointed to the corner of the room. “That paper. Will you—”



I shall always go over that moment. I have thought over it many times and
have wondered at the sequence. Had I not stepped across the library, what
would have happened?



What was it.



I had stooped to pick up the piece of paper. There came a queer, cracking,
snapping sound, almost audible, I have a strange recollection of Harry
standing up by the side of the desk—a flitting vision. An intuition
of some terrible force. It was out of nothing—nowhere—approaching.
I turned about. And I saw it—the dot of blue.



Blue! That is what it was at first. Blue and burning, like the flame of a
million jewels centred into a needlepoint. On the ceiling directly above
Harry's head. It was scintillating, coruscating, opalescent; but it was
blue most of all. It was the colour of life and of death; it was burning,
throbbing, concentrated. I tried to scream. But I was frozen with horror.
The dot changed colour and went to a dead-blue. It seemed to grow larger
and to open. Then it turned to white and dropped like a string of
incandescence, touching Harry on the head.



What was it? It was all so sudden. A door flung open and a swish of
rushing silk. A woman! A beautiful girl! The Nervina! It was she!



Never have I seen anyone like her. She was so beautiful. In her face all
the compassion a woman is heir to. For scarcely a second she stopped.



“Charlotte,” she called. “Charlotte—oh, why didn't you save him! He
loves you!” Then she turned to Harry. “It shall not be. He shall not go
alone. I shall save him, even beyond—”



With that she rushed upon Harry. It was all done in an instant. Her arms
were outstretched to the dimming form of Harry and the incandescence. The
splendid impassioned girl. Their forms intermingled. A blur of her
beautiful body and Harry's wan, weary face. A flash of light, a thread of
incandescence, a quiver—and they were gone.



The next I knew was the strong arms of my brother Hobart. He gave me the
water he had fetched for Harry. He was terribly upset, but very calm. He
held the glass up to my lips. He was speaking.



“Don't worry. Don't worry. I know now. I think I know. I was just in time
to see them go. I heard the bell. Harry is safe. It is the Nervina. I
shall get Harry. We'll solve the Blind Spot.”




















XIX. — HOBART FENTON TAKES UP THE TALE



Right here at the outset, I had better make a clean breast of something
which the reader will very soon suspect, anyhow: I am a plain, unpoetic,
blunt-speaking man, trained as a civil engineer, and in most respects
totally dissimilar from the man who wrote the first account of the Blind
Spot.



Harry had already touched upon this. He came of an artistic family. I
think he must have taken up law in the hope that the old saying would
prove true: “The only certain thing about law is its uncertainty.” For he
dearly loved the mysterious, the unknowable; he liked uncertainty for its
excitement: and it is a mighty good thing that he was honest, for he would
have made a highly dangerous crook.



Observe that I use the past tense in referring to my old friend. I do this
in the interests of strict, scientific accuracy, to satisfy those who
would contend that, having utterly vanished from sight and sound of man,
Harry Wendel is no more.



But in my own heart is the firm conviction that he is still very much
alive.



Within an hour of his astounding disappearance, my sister, Charlotte, and
I made our way to an hotel; and despite the terrible nature of what had
happened, we managed to get a few hours rest. The following morning
Charlotte declared herself quite strong enough to discuss the situation.
We lost no time.



It will be remembered that I had spent nearly the whole of the preceding
year in South America, putting through an irrigation scheme. Thus, I knew
little of what had occurred in that interval. On the other hand, Harry and
I had never seen fit to take Charlotte into our confidence as, I now see,
we should have done.



So we fairly pounced upon the manuscript which Harry had left behind. And
by the time we had finished reading it, I for one, had reached one solid
conclusion.



“I'm convinced,” I said, “that the stranger—Rhamda Avec—is an
out-and-out villain. Despite his agreeable ways, I think he was solely and
deliberately to blame for Professor Holcomb's disappearance. Consequently,
this Rhamda is, in himself, a very valuable clue as to Harry's present
predicament.”



Referring to Harry's notes, I pointed out the fact that, although Avec had
often been seen on the streets of San Francisco, yet the police had never
been able to lay hands on him. This seemed to indicate that the man might
possess the power of actually making himself visible or invisible, at
will.



“Only”—I was careful to add—“understand, I don't rank him as a
magician, or sorcerer; nothing like that. I'd rather think that he's
merely in possession of a scientific secret, no more wonderful in itself
than, say, wireless. He's merely got hold of it in advance of the others;
that's all.”



“Then you think that the woman, too, is human?”



“The Nervina?” I hesitated. “Perhaps you know more of this part of the
thing than I do.”



“I only know”—slowly—“that she came and told me that Harry was
soon to call. And somehow, I never felt jealous of her, Hobart.” Then she
added: “At the same time, I can understand that Harry might—might
have fallen in love with her. She—she was very beautiful.”



Charlotte is a brave girl. She kept her voice as steady as my own.



We next discussed the disappearance of Chick Watson. These details are
already familiar to the reader of Harry's story; likewise what happened to
Queen, his Australian shepherd. Like the other vanishings, it was followed
by a single stroke on that prodigious, invisible bell—what Harry
calls “The Bell of the Blind Spot.” And he has already mentioned my
opinion, that this phenomenon signifies the closing of the portal of the
unknown—the end of the special conditions which produce the bluish
spot on the ceiling, the incandescent streak of light, and the vanishing
of whoever falls into the affected region. The mere fact that no trace of
the bell ever was found has not shaken my opinion.



And thus we reached the final disappearance, that which took away Harry.
Charlotte contrived to keep her voice as resolute as before, as she said:



“He and the Nervina vanished together. I turned round just as she rushed
in, crying out, 'I can't let you go alone! I'll save you, even beyond.'
That's all she said, before—it happened.”



“You saw nothing of the Rhamda then?”



“No.”



And we had neither seen nor heard of him since. Until we got in touch with
him, one important clue as to Harry's fate was out of our reach. There
remained to us just one thread of hope—the ring, which Charlotte was
now wearing on her finger.



I lit a match and held it to the face of the gem. As happened many times
before, the stone exhibited its most astounding quality. As soon as
faintly heated, the surface at first clouded, then cleared in a curious
fashion, revealing a startling distinct, miniature likeness of the four
who had vanished into the Blind Spot.



I make no attempt to explain this. Somehow or other, that stone possesses
a telescopic quality which brings to a focus, right in front of the
beholder's eyes, a tiny “close-up” of our vanished friends. Also, the gem
magnifies what it reveals, so that there is not the slightest doubt that
Dr. Holcomb, Chick Watson, Queen and Harry Wendel are actually reproduced—I
shall not say, contained—in that gem. Neither shall I say that they
are reflected; they are simply reproduced there.



Also, it should be understood that their images are living. Only the heads
and shoulders of the men are to be seen; but there is animation of the
features, such as cannot be mistaken. Granted that these four vanished in
the Blind Spot—whatever that is—and granted that this ring is
some inexplicable window or vestibule between that locality and this
commonplace world of ours, then, manifestly, it would seem that all four
are still alive.



“I am sure of it!” declared Charlotte, managing to smile, wistfully, at
the living reproduction of her sweetheart. “And I think Harry did
perfectly right, in handing it to me to keep.”



“Why?”



“Well, if for no other reason than because it behaves so differently with
me, than it did with him.



“Hobart, I am inclined to think that this fact is very significant. If
Chick had only known of it, he wouldn't have insisted that Harry should
wear it; and then—”



“Can't be helped,” I interrupted quickly. “Chick didn't know; he was only
certain that someone—SOMEONE—must wear the ring; that it
mustn't pass out of the possession of humans. Moreover, much as Rhamda
Avec may desire it—and the Nervina, too—neither can secure it
through the use of force. Nobody knows why.”



Charlotte shivered. “I'm afraid there's something spooky about it, after
all.”



“Nothing of the sort,” with a conviction that has never left me. “This
ring is a perfectly sound fact, as indisputable as the submarine. There's
nothing supernatural about it; for that matter, I personally doubt if
there's ANYTHING supernatural. Every phenomenon which seems, at first, so
wonderful, becomes commonplace enough as soon as explained. Isn't it true
that you yourself are already getting used to that ring?”



“Ye—es,” reluctantly. “That is, partly. If only it were someone
other than Harry!”



“Of course,” I hurried to say, “I only wanted to make it clear that we
haven't any witchcraft to deal with. This whole mystery will become plain
as day, and that damned soon!”



“You've got a theory?”—hopefully.



“Several; that's the trouble!” I had to admit. “I don't know which is best
to follow out.—It may be a spiritualistic thing after all. Or it may
fall under the head of 'abnormal psychology'. Nothing but hallucinations,
in other words.”



“Oh, that won't do!”—evidently distressed. “I know what I saw! I'd
doubt my reason if I thought I'd only fancied it!”



“So would I. Well, laying aside the spiritualistic theory, there remains
the possibility of some hitherto undiscovered scientific secret. And if
the Rhamda is in possession of it, then the matter simmers down to a plain
case of villainy.”



“But how does he do it?”



“That's the whole question. However, I'm sure of this”—I was
fingering the ring as I spoke. The reproduction of our friends had faded,
now, leaving that dully glowing pale blue light once more. “This ring is
absolutely real; it's no hallucination. It performs as well in broad
daylight as in the night; no special conditions needed. It's neither a
fraud nor an illusion.



“In short, this ring is merely a phenomenon which science has not YET
explained! That it can and will be explained is strictly up to us! Once we
understand its peculiar properties, we can mighty soon rescue Harry!”



And it was just then that a most extraordinary thing occurred. It happened
so very unexpectedly, so utterly without warning, that it makes me shaky
to this day whenever I recall it.



From the gem on Charlotte's finger—or rather, from the air
surrounding the ring—came an unmistakable sound. We saw nothing
whatever; we only heard. And it was clear, as loud and as startling as
though it had occurred right in the room where we were discussing the
situation.



It was the sharp, joyous bark of a dog.




















XX. — THE HOUSE OF MIRACLES



Looking back over what has just been written, I am sensible of a profound
gratitude. I am grateful, both because I have been given the privilege of
relating these events, and because I shall not have to leave this
wilderness of facts for someone else to explain.



Really, if I did not know that I shall have the pleasure of piecing
together these phenomena and of setting my finger upon the comparatively
simple explanation; if I had to go away and leave this account unfinished,
a mere collection of curiosity-provoking mysteries, I should not speak at
all. I should leave the whole affair for another to finish, as it ought to
be finished.



All of which, it will soon appear, I am setting forth largely in order to
brace and strengthen myself against what I must now relate.



Before resuming, however, I should mention one detail which Harry was too
modest to mention. He was—or is—unusually good-looking. I
don't mean to claim that he possessed any Greek-god beauty; such wouldn't
gibe with a height of five foot seven. No; his good looks were due to the
simple outward expression, through his features, of a certain noble inward
quality which would have made the homeliest face attractive. Selfishness
will spoil the handsomest features; unselfishness will glorify.



Moreover, simply because he had given his word to Chick Watson that he
would wear the ring, Harry took upon himself the most dangerous task that
any man could assume, and he had lost. But had he known in advance exactly
what was going to happen to him, he would have stuck to his word, anyhow.
And since there was a sporting risk attached to it, since the thing was
not perfectly sure to end tragically, he probably enjoyed the greater part
of his experience.



But I'm not like that. Frankly, I'm an opportunist; essentially, a
practical sort of fellow. I have a great admiration for idealists, but a
much greater admiration for results. For instance, I have seldom given my
word, even though the matter is unimportant; for I will cheerfully break
my word if, later on, it should develop that the keeping of my word would
do more harm than good.



I realise perfectly well that it is dangerous ground to tread upon; yet I
must refer the reader to what I have accomplished in this world, as proof
that my philosophy is not as bad as it looks.



I beg nobody's pardon for talking about myself so much at the outset. This
account will be utterly incomprehensible if I am not understood. My method
of solving the Blind Spot mystery is, when analysed, merely the expression
of my personality. My sole idea has been to get RESULTS.



As Harry has put it, a proposition must be reduced to concrete form before
I will have anything to do with it. If the Blind Spot had been a totally
occult affair, demanding that the investigation be conducted under cover
of darkness, surrounded by black velvet, crystal spheres and incense;
demanding the aid of a clairvoyant or other “medium,” I should never have
gone near it. But as soon as the mystery began to manifest itself in terms
that I could understand, appreciate and measure, then I took interest.



That is why old Professor Holcomb appealed to me; he had proposed that we
prove the occult by physical means. “Reduce it to the scope of our five
senses,” he had said, in effect. From that moment on I was his disciple.



I have told of hearing that sharp, welcoming bark, emitted either from the
gem or from the air surrounding it. This event took place on the front
porch of the house at 288 Chatterton Place, as Charlotte and I sat there
talking it over. We had taken a suite at the hotel, but had come to the
house of the Blind Spot in order to decide upon a course of action. And,
in a way, that mysterious barking decided it for us.



We returned to the hotel, and gave notice that we would leave the next
day. Next, we began to make preparations for moving into the Chatterton
Place dwelling.



That afternoon, while in the midst of giving orders for furnishings and
the like, there at the hotel, I was called to the telephone. It was from a
point outside the building.



“Mr. Fenton?”—in a man's voice. And when I had assured him; “You
have no reason to recognise my voice. I am—Rhamda Avec.”



“The Rhamda! What do you want?”



“To speak with your sister, Mr. Fenton.” Odd how very agreeable the man's
tones! “Will you kindly call her to the telephone?”



I saw no objection. However, when Charlotte came to my side I whispered
for her to keep the man waiting while I darted out into the corridor and
slipped downstairs, where the girl at the switchboard put an instrument
into the circuit for me. Money talks. However—



“My dear child,” the voice of Avec was saying, “you do me an injustice. I
have nothing but your welfare at heart. I assure you that if anything
should happen to you and your brother while at Chatterton Place, it will
be through no fault of mine.



“At the same time I can positively assure you that, if you stay away from
there, no harm will come to either of you; absolutely none! I can
guarantee that. Don't ask me why; but, if you value your safety, stay
where you are, or go elsewhere, anywhere other than to the house in
Chatterton Place.”



“I can hardly agree with you, Mr. Avec.” Plainly Charlotte was deeply
impressed with the man's sincerity and earnestness. “My brother's judgment
is so much better than mine, that I—” and she paused regretfully.



“I only wish,” with his remarkable gracefulness, “that your intuition were
as strong as your loyalty to your brother. If it were, you would know that
I speak the truth when I say that I have only your welfare at heart.”



“I—I am sorry, Mr. Avec.”



“Fortunately, there is one alternative,” even more agreeable than before.
“If you prefer not to take my advice, but cling to your brother's
decision, you can still avoid the consequences of his determination to
live in that house. As I say, I cannot prevent harm from befalling you,
under present conditions; but these conditions can be completely altered
if you will make a single concession, Miss Fenton.”



“What is it?” eagerly.



“That you give me the ring!”



He paused for a very tense second. I wished I could see his peculiar,
young-old face—the face with the inscrutable eyes; the face that
urged, rather than inspired, both curiosity and confidence.



Then he added:



“I know why you wear it; I realise that the trinket carries some very
tender associations. And I would never ask such a concession did I not
know, were your beloved here at this moment, he would endorse every word
that I say, and—”



“Harry!” cried Charlotte, her voice shaking. “He would tell me to give it
to you?”



“I am sure of it! It is as though he, through me, were urging you to do
this!”



For some moments there was silence. Charlotte must have been tremendously
impressed. It certainly was amazing the degree of confidence that Avec's
voice induced. I wouldn't have been greatly surprised had my sister—



“Mr. Avec,” came Charlotte's voice, hesitatingly, almost sorrowfully. “I—I
would like to believe you; but—but Harry himself gave me the ring,
and I feel—oh, I'm sure that my brother would never agree to it!”



“I understand.” Somehow the fellow managed to conceal any disappointment
he may have felt. He contrived to show only a deep sympathy for Charlotte
as he finished: “If I find it possible to protect you, I shall, Miss
Fenton.”



After it was all over, and I returned to the rooms, Charlotte and I
concluded that it might have been better had we made some sort of
compromise. If we had made a partial concession, he might have told us
something of the mystery. We ought to have bargained. We decided that if
he made any attempt to carry out what I felt sure were merely a thinly
veiled threat to punish us for keeping the gem, we must not only be ready
for whatever he might do, but try to trap and keep him as well.



That same day found us back at Chatterton Place. Inside, there was
altogether too much evidence that the place had been bachelors' quarters.



The first step was to clean up. We hired lots of help, and made a quick
thorough job of both floors. The basement we left untouched. And the next
day we put a force of painters and decorators to work; whereby hangs the
tale.



“Mr. Fenton,” called the head painter, as he varnished the “trim” in the
parlour, “I wish you'd come and see what to make of this.”



I stepped into the front room. He was pointing to the long piece of finish
which spanned the doorway leading into the dining-room. And he indicated a
spot almost in the exact middle, a spot covering a space about five inches
broad and as high as the width of the wood. In outline it was roughly
octagonal.



“I've been trying my best,” stated Johnson, “to varnish that spot for the
past five minutes. But I'll be darned if I can do it!”



And he showed what he meant. Every other part of the door glistened with
freshly applied varnish; but the octagonal region remained dull, as though
no liquid had ever touched it. Johnson dipped his brush into the can, and
applied a liberal smear of the fluid to the place. Instantly the stuff
disappeared.



“Blamed porous piece of wood,” eyeing me queerly. “Or—do you think
it's merely porous, Mr. Fenton?”



For answer I took a brush and repeatedly daubed the place. It was like
dropping ink on a blotter. The wood sucked up the varnish as a desert
might suck up water.



“There's about a quart of varnish in the wood already,” observed Johnson,
as I stared and pondered. “Suppose we take it down and weigh it?”



Inside of a minute we had that piece of trim down from its place. First, I
carefully examined the timber framework behind, expecting to see traces of
the varnish where, presumably, it had seeped through. There was no sign.
Then I inspected the reverse side of the finish, just behind the peculiar
spot. I thought I might see a region of wide open pores in the grain of
the pine. But the back looked exactly the same as the front, with no
difference in the grain at any place.



Placing the finish right side up, I proceeded to daub the spot some more.
There was no change in the results. At last I took the can, and without
stopping, poured a quart and a half of the fluid into that paradoxical
little area.



“Well I'll be darned!”—very loudly from Johnson. But when I looked
up I saw his face was white, and his lips shaking.



His nerves were all a-jangle. To give his mind a rest, I sent him for a
hatchet. When he came back his face had regained its colour. I directed
him to hold the pine upright, while I, with a single stroke, sank the tool
into the end of the wood.



It split part way. A jerk, and the wood fell in two halves.



“Well?” from Johnson, blankly.



“Perfectly normal wood, apparently.” I had to admit that it was impossible
to distinguish the material which constituted the peculiar spot from that
which surrounded it.



I sent Johnson after more varnish. Also, I secured several other fluids,
including water, milk, ink, and machine oil. And when the painter returned
we proceeded with a very thorough test indeed.



Presently it became clear that we were dealing with a phenomenon of the
Blind Spot. All told, we poured about nine pints of liquid into an area of
about twenty square inches; all on the outer surface, for the split side
would absorb nothing. And to all appearances we might have continued to
pour indefinitely.



Ten minutes later I went down into the basement to dispose of some
rubbish. (Charlotte didn't know of this defection in our housekeeping.) It
was bright sunlight outside. Thanks to the basement windows, I needed no
artificial luminant. And when my gaze rested upon the ground directly
under the parlour, I saw something there that I most certainly had never
noticed before.



The fact is, the basement at 288 Chatterton Place never did possess
anything worthy of special notice. Except for the partition which Harry
Wendel and Jerome, the detective, were the first in years to penetrate—except
for that secret doorway, there was nothing down there to attract
attention. To be sure, there was a quantity of up-turned earth, the result
of Jerome's vigorous efforts to see whether or not there was any
connection between the Blind Spot phenomena which he had witnessed and the
cellar. He had secured nothing but an appetite for all his digging.



However, it was still too dark for me to identify what I saw at once. I
stood for a few moments, accustoming my eyes to the light. Except that the
thing gleamed oddly like a piece of glass, and that it possessed a nearly
circular outline about two feet across, I couldn't tell much about it.



Then I stooped and examined it closely. At once I became conscious of a
smell which, somehow, I had hitherto not noticed. Small wonder; it was as
indescribable a smell as one could imagine. It seemed to be a combination
of several that are not generally combined.



Next instant it flashed upon me that the predominating odour was a
familiar one. I had been smelling it, in fact, all the morning.



But this did not prevent me from feeling very queer, indeed, as I realised
what lay before me. A curious chill passed around my shoulders, and I
scarcely breathed.



At my feet lay a pool, composed of all the various liquids that had been
poured, upstairs, into that baffling spot in the wood.




















XXI. — OUT OF THIN AIR



Except for the incident just related, when several pints of very real
fluids were somehow “materialised” at a spot ten feet below where they had
vanished, nothing worth recording occurred during the first seven days of
our stay at Chatterton Place.



Seemingly nothing was to come of the Rhamda's warning.



On the other hand we succeeded, during that week, in working a complete
transformation of the old house. It became one of the brightest spots in
San Francisco. It cost a good deal of money, all told, but I could well
afford it. I possessed the hundred thousand with which, I had promised
myself and Harry, I should solve the Blind Spot. That was what the money
was for.



On the seventh day after the night of Harry's going, our household was
increased to three members. For it was then that Jerome returned from
Nevada, whence he had gone two weeks before on a case.



“Not at all surprised,” he commented, when I told him of Harry's
disappearance. “Sorry I wasn't here. That crook, Rhamda Avec, in at the
end?”



He gnawed stolidly at his cigar as I told him the story. Then, after
briefly approving what I had done to brighten the house, he announced:



“Tell you what. I've got a little money out of that Nevada case; I'm going
to take another vacation and see this thing through.”



We shook hands on this, and he moved right into his old room. I felt, in
fact, mighty glad to have Jerome with us. Although he lacked a regular
academic training, he was fifteen years my senior, and because of contact
with a wide variety of people in his work, both well-informed and reserved
in his judgment. He could not be stampeded; he had courage; and, above
everything else, he had the burning curiosity of which Harry has written.



I was upstairs when he unpacked. And I noted among his belongings a large,
rather heavy automatic pistol. He nodded when I asked if he was willing to
use it in this case.



“Although”—unbuttoning his waistcoat—“I don't pin as much
faith to pistols as I used to.



“The Rhamda is, I'm convinced, the very cleverest proposition that ever
lived. He has means to handle practically anything in the way of
resistance.” Jerome knew how the fellow had worsted Harry and me. “I
shouldn't wonder if he can read the mind to some extent; he might be able
to foresee that I was going to draw a gun, and beat me to it with some new
weapon of his own.”



Having unbuttoned his waistcoat, Jerome then displayed a curious
contrivance mounted upon his breast. It consisted of a broad metal plate,
strapped across his shirt, and affixed to this plate was a flat-springed
arrangement for firing, simultaneously, the contents of a revolver
cylinder. To show how it worked, Jerome removed the five cartridges and
then faced me.



“Tell me to throw up my hands,” directed he. I did so; his palms flew into
the air; and with a steely snap the mechanism was released.



Had there been cartridges in it, I should have been riddled, for I stood
right in front. And I shuddered as I noted the small straps around
Jerome's wrists, running up his sleeves, so disposed that the act of
surrendering meant instant death to him who might demand.



“May not be ethical, Fenton”—quietly—“but it certainly is good
sense to shoot first and explain later when you're handling a chap like
Avec. Better make preparations, too.”



I objected. I pointed out what I have already mentioned; that, together
with the ring, the Rhamda offered our only clues to the Blind Spot.
Destroy the man and we would destroy one of our two hopes of rescuing our
friends from the unthinkable fate that had overtaken them.



“No”—decisively. “We don't want to kill; we want to KEEP him.
Bullets won't do. I see no reason, however, why you shouldn't load that
thing with cartridges containing chemicals which would have an effect
similar to that of a gas bomb. Once you can make him helpless, so that you
can put those steel bracelets on him, we'll see how dangerous he is with
his hands behind him!”



“I get you”—thoughtfully. “I know a chemist who will make up
'Paralysis' gas for me, in the form of gelatine capsules. Shoot 'em at the
Rhamda; burst upon striking. Safe enough for me, and yet put him out of
business long enough to fit him with the jewellery.”



“That's the idea.”



But I had other notions about handling the Rhamda. Being satisfied that
mere strength and agility were valueless against him, I concluded that he,
likewise realising this, would be on the lookout for any possible trap.



Consequently, if I hoped to keep the man, and force him to tell us what we
wanted to know, then I must make use of something other than physical
means. Moreover, I gave him credit for an exceptional amount of insight.
Call it super-instinct, or what you will, the fellow's intellect was
transcendental.



Once having decided that it must be a battle of wits I took a step which
may seem, at first, a little peculiar.



I called upon a certain lady to whom I shall give the name of Clarke,
since that is not the correct one. I took her fully and frankly into my
confidence. It is the only way, when dealing with a practitioner. And
since, like most of my fellow citizens, she had heard something of the
come and go, elusive habits of our men, together with the Holcomb affair,
it was easy for her to understand just what I wanted.



“I see,” she mused. “You wish to be surrounded by an influence that will
not so much protect you, as vitalise and strengthen you whenever you come
in contact with Avec. It will be a simple matter. How far do you wish to
go?” And thus it was arranged, the plan calling for the co-operation of
some twenty of her colleagues.



My fellow engineers may sneer, if they like. I know the usual notion: that
the “power of mind over matter” is all in the brain of the patient. That
the efforts of the practitioner are merely inductive, and so on.



But I think that the most sceptical will agree that I did quite right in
seeking whatever support I could get before crossing swords with a man as
keen as Avec.



Nevertheless, before an opportunity arrived to make use of the
intellectual machinery which my money had started into operation,
something occurred which almost threw the whole thing out of gear.



It was the evening after I had returned from Miss Clarke's office. Both
Charlotte and I had a premonition, after supper, that things were going to
happen. We all went into the parlour, sat down, and waited.



Presently we started the gramophone. Jerome sat nearest the instrument,
where he could without rising, lean over and change the records. And all
three of us recall that the selection being played at the moment was “I Am
Climbing Mountains,” a sentimental little melody sung by a popular tenor.
Certainly the piece was far from being melancholy, mysterious, or
otherwise likely to attract the occult.



I remember that we played it twice, and it was just as the singer reached
the beginning of the final chorus that Charlotte, who sat nearest the
door, made a quick move and shivered, as though with cold.



From where I sat, near the dining-room door, I could see through into the
hall. Charlotte's action made me think that the door might have become
unlatched, allowing a draught to come through. Afterwards she said that
she had felt something rather like a breeze pass her chair.



In the middle of the room stood a long, massive table, of conventional
library type. Overhead was a heavy, burnished copper fixture, from which a
cluster of electric bulbs threw their brilliance upward, so that the room
was evenly lighted with the diffused rays as reflected from the ceiling.
Thus, there were no shadows to confuse the problem.



The chorus of the song was almost through when I heard from the direction
of the table a faint sound, as though someone had drawn fingers lightly
across the polished oak. I listened; the sound was not repeated, at least
not loud enough for me to catch it above the music. Next moment, however,
the record came to an end; Jerome leaned forward to put on another, and
Charlotte opened her mouth as though to suggest what the new selection
might be. But she never said the words.



It began with a scintillating iridescence, up on the ceiling, not eight
feet from where I sat. As I looked the spot grew, and spread, and flared
out. It was blue like the elusive blue of the gem; only, it was more like
flame—the flame of electrical apparatus.



Then, down from that blinding radiance there crept, rather than dropped a
single thread of incandescence, vivid, with a tinge of the colour from
which it had surged. Down it crept to the floor; it was like an irregular
streak of lightning, hanging motionless between ceiling and floor, just
for the fraction of a second. All in total silence.



And then the radiance vanished, disappeared, snuffed out as one might
snuff out a candle. And in its stead—



There appeared a fourth person in the room.




















XXII. — THE ROUSING OF A MIND



It was a girl. Not the Nervina. No; this girl was quite another person.



Even now I find it curiously hard to describe her. For me to say that she
was the picture of innocence, of purity, and of youth, is still to leave
unsaid the secret of her loveliness.



For this stranger, coming out of the thin air into our midst, held me with
a glorious fascination. From the first I felt no misgivings, such as Harry
confesses he experienced when he fell under the Nervina's charm. I knew as
I watched the stranger's wondering, puzzled features, that I had never
before seen anyone so lovely, so attractive, and so utterly beyond
suspicion.



It was only later that I noted her amazingly delicate complexion, fair as
her hair was golden; her deep blue eyes, round face, and the girlish
supple figure; or her robe-like garments of very soft, white material. For
she commenced almost instantly to talk.



But we understood only with the greatest of difficulty. She spoke as might
one who, after living in perfect solitude for a score of years, is
suddenly called upon to use language. And I remembered that Rhamda Avec
had told Jerome that he had only BEGUN the use of language.



“Who are you?” was her first remark, in the sweetest voice conceivable.
But there was both fear and anxiety in her manner. “How—did I—get—here?”



“You came out of the Blind Spot!” I spoke, jerking out the words nervously
and, as I saw, too rapidly. I repeated them more slowly. But she did not
comprehend.



“The—Blind—Spot,” she pondered. “What—is that?”



Next instant, before I could think to warn her, the room trembled with the
terrific clang of the Blind Spot bell. Just one overwhelming peal; no
more. At the same time there came a revival of the luminous spot in the
ceiling. But, with the last tones of the bell, the spot faded to nothing.



The girl was pitifully frightened. I sprang to my feet and steadied her
with one hand—something that I had not dared to do as long as the
Spot remained open. The touch of my fingers, as she swayed, had the effect
of bringing her to herself. She listened intelligently to what I said.



“The Blind Spot”—speaking with the utmost care—“is the name we
have given to a certain mystery. It is always marked by the sound you have
just heard; that bell always rings when the phenomenon is at an end.”



“And—the—phenomenon,” uttering the word with difficulty, “what
is that?”



“You,” I returned. “Up till now three human beings have disappeared into
what we call the Blind Spot. You are the first to be seen coming out of
it.”



“Hobart,” interrupted Charlotte, coming to my side. “Let me.”



I stepped back, and Charlotte quietly passed an arm round the girl's
waist. Together they stepped over to Charlotte's chair.



I noted the odd way in which the newcomer walked, unsteadily, uncertainly,
like a child taking its first steps. I glanced at Jerome, wondering if
this tallied with what he recalled of the Rhamda; and he gave a short nod.



“Don't be frightened,” said Charlotte softly, “we are your friends. In a
way we have been expecting you, and we shall see to it that no harm comes
to you.



“Which would you prefer—to ask questions, or to answer them?”



“I”—the girl hesitated—“I—hardly—know. Perhaps—you
had—better—ask something first.”



“Good. Do you remember where you came from? Can you recall the events just
prior to your arrival here?”



The girl looked helplessly from the one to the other of us. She seemed to
be searching for some clue. Finally she shook her head in a hopeless,
despairing fashion.



“I can't remember,” speaking with a shade less difficulty. “The last thing—I
recall is—seeing—you three—staring—at me.”



This was a poser. To think, a person who, before our very eyes, had
materialised out of the Blind Spot, was unable to tell us anything about
it!



Still this lack of memory might be only a temporary condition, brought on
by the special conditions under which she had emerged; an after-effect, as
it were, of the semi-electrical phenomena. And it turned out that I was
right.



“Then,” suggested Charlotte, “suppose you ask us something.”



The girl's eyes stopped roving and rested definitely, steadily, upon my
own. And she spoke; still a little hesitantly:



“Who are you? What is your name?”



“Name?” taken wholly by surprise. “Ah—it is Hobart Fenton. And”—automatically—“this
is my sister Charlotte. The gentleman over there is Mr. Jerome.”



“I am glad to know you, Hobart,” with perfect simplicity and apparent
pleasure; “and you, Charlotte,” passing an arm round my sister's neck;
“and you—Mister.” Evidently she thought the title of “mister” to be
Jerome's first name.



Then she went on to say, her eyes coming back to mine:



“Why do you look at me that way, Hobart?”



Just like that! I felt my cheeks go hot and cold by turns. For a moment I
was helpless; then I made up my mind to be just as frank and candid as
she.



“Because you're so good to look at!” I blurted out. “I never appreciated
my eyesight as I do right now!”



“I am glad,” she returned, simply and absolutely without a trace of
confusion or resentment. “I know that I rather like to look at you—too.”



Another stunned silence. And this time I didn't notice any change in the
temperature of my face; I was too busily engaged in searching the depths
of those warm blue eyes.



She didn't blush, or even drop her eyes. She smiled, however, a gentle,
tremulous smile that showed some deep feeling behind her unwavering gaze.



I recovered myself with a start, drew my chair up in front of her and took
both her hands firmly in mine. Whereupon my resolution nearly deserted me.
How warm and soft, and altogether adorable they were. I drew a long breath
and began:



“My dear—By the way, what is your name?”



“I”—regretfully, after a moment's thought—“I don't know,
Hobart.”



“Quite so,” as though the fact was commonplace. “We will have to provide
you with a name. Any suggestions?”



Charlotte hesitated only a second. “Let's call her Ariadne; it was Harry's
mother's name.”



“That's so; fine! Do you like the name—Ariadne?”



“Yes,” both pleased and relieved. At the same time she looked oddly
puzzled, and I could see her lips moving silently as she repeated the name
to herself.



Not for an instant did I let go of those wonderful fingers. “What I want
you to know, Ariadne, is that you have come into a world that is, perhaps,
more or less like the one that you have just left. For all I know it is
one and the same world, only, in some fashion not yet understood, you may
have transported yourself to this place. Perhaps not.



“Now, we call this a room, a part of the house. Outside is a street. That
street is one of hundreds in a vast city, which consists of a multitude of
such houses together with other and vastly larger structures. And these
structures all rest upon a solid material which we call the ground or
earth.



“The fact that you understand our language indicates that either you have
fallen heir to a body and a brain which are thoroughly in tune with ours,
or else—and please understand that we know very little of this
mystery—or else your own body has somehow become translated into a
condition which answers the same purpose.



“At any rate, you ought to comprehend what I mean by the term 'earth.' Do
you?”



“Oh, yes,” brightly. “I seem to understand everything you say, Hobart.”



“Then there is a corresponding picture in your mind to each thought I have
given you?”



“I think so,” not so positively.



“Well,” hoping that I could make it clear, “this earth is formed in a huge
globe, part of which is covered by another material, which we term water.
And the portions which are not so covered, and are capable of supporting
the structures which constitute the city, we call by still another name.
Can you supply that name?”



“Continents,” without hesitation.



“Fine!” This was a starter anyhow. “We'll soon have your memory working!



“However, what I really began to say is this; each of these continents—and
they are several in number—is inhabited by people more or less like
ourselves. There is a vast number, all told. Each is either male or
female, like ourselves—you seem to take this for granted, however—and
you will find them all exceedingly interesting.



“Now, in all fairness,” letting go her hands at last “you must understand
that there are, among the people whom you have yet to see, great numbers
who are far more—well, attractive, than I am.



“And you must know,” even taking my gaze away, “that not all persons are
as friendly as we. You will find some who are antagonistic to you, and
likely to take advantage of—well, your unsophisticated viewpoint. In
short”—desperately—“you must learn right away not to accept
people without question; you must form the habit of reserving judgment, of
waiting until you have more facts, before reaching an opinion of others.



“You must do this as a matter of self-protection, and in the interests of
your greatest welfare.”



And I stopped.



She seemed to be thinking over what I said. In the end she observed: “This
seems reasonable. I feel sure that wherever I came from such advice would
have fitted.



“However”—smiling at me in a manner to which I can give no
description other than affectionate—“I have no doubts about you,
Hobart. I know you are absolutely all right.”



And before I could recover from the bliss into which her statement threw
me, she turned to Charlotte with “You too, Charlotte; I know I can trust
you.”



But when she looked at Jerome she commented: “I can trust you, Mister,
too; almost as much, but not quite. If you didn't suspect me I could trust
you completely.”



Jerome went white. He spoke for the first time since the girl's coming.



“How—how did you know that I suspected you?”



“I can't explain; I don't know myself.” Then wistfully: “I wish you would
stop suspecting me, Mister. I have nothing to conceal from you.”



“I know it!” Jerome burst out, excitedly, apologetically. “I know it now!
You're all right, I'm satisfied of that from now on!”



She sighed in pure pleasure. And she offered one hand to Jerome. He took
it as though it were a humming-bird's egg, and turned almost purple. At
the same time the honest, fervid manliness which backed the detective's
professional nature shone through for the first time in my knowledge of
him. From that moment his devotion to the girl was as absolute as that of
the fondest father who ever lived.



Well, no need to detail all that was said during the next hour. Bit by bit
we added to the girl's knowledge of the world into which she had emerged,
and bit by bit there unfolded in her mind a corresponding image of the
world from which she had come. And when, for an experiment, we took her
out on the front porch and showed her the stars, we were fairly amazed at
the thoughts they aroused.



“Oh!” she cried, in sheer rapture. “I know what those are!” By now she was
speaking fairly well. “They are stars!” Then: “They don't look the same.
They're not outlined in the same way as I know. But they can't be anything
else!”



NOT OUTLINED THE SAME. I took this to be a very significant fact. What did
it mean?



“Look”—showing her the constellation Leo, on the ecliptic, and
therefore visible to both the northern and southern hemispheres—“do
you recognise that?”



“Yes,” decisively. “That is, the arrangement; but not the appearance of
the separate stars.”



And we found this to be true of the entire sky. Nothing was entirely
familiar to her; yet, she assured us, the stars could be nothing else. Her
previous knowledge told her this without explaining why, and without a
hint as to the reason for the dissimilarity.



“Is it possible,” said I, speaking half to myself, “that she has come from
another planet?”



For we know that the sky, as seen from any of the eight planets in this
solar system, would present practically the same appearance; but if viewed
from a planet belonging to any other star-sun, the constellations would be
more or less altered in their arrangement, because of the vast distance
involved. As for the difference in the appearance of the individual stars,
that might be accounted for by a dissimilarity in the chemical make-up of
the atmosphere.



“Ariadne, it may be you've come from another world!”



“No,” seemingly quite conscious that she was contradicting me. For that
matter there wasn't anything offensive about her kind of frankness. “No,
Hobart. I feel too much at home to have come from any other world than
this one.”



Temporarily I was floored. How could she, so ignorant of other matters,
feel so sure of this? There was no explaining it.



We went back into the house. As it happened, my eye struck first the
gramophone. And it seemed a good idea to test her knowledge with this.



“Is this apparatus familiar to you?”



“No. What is it for?”



“Do you understand what is meant by the term 'music'?”



“Yes,” with instant pleasure. “This is music.” She proceeded, without the
slightest self-consciousness, to sing in a sweet clear soprano, and
treated us to the chorus of “I Am Climbing Mountains!”



“Good heavens!” gasped Charlotte. “What can it mean?”



For a moment the explanation evaded me. Then I reasoned: “She must have a
sub-conscious memory of what was being played just before she
materialised.”



And to prove this I picked out an instrumental piece which we had not
played all the evening. It was the finale of the overture to “Faust”; a
selection, by the way, which was a great favourite of Harry's and is one
of mine. Ariadne listened in silence to the end.



“I seem to have heard something like it before,” she decided slowly. “The
melody, not the—the instrumentation. But it reminds me of something
that I like very much.” Whereupon she began to sing for us. But this time
her voice was stronger and more dramatic; and as for the composition—all
I can say is it had a wild, fierce ring to it, like “Men of Harlech”; only
the notes did not correspond to the chromatic scale. SHE SANG IN AN
ENTIRELY NEW MUSICAL SYSTEM.



“By George!” when she had done. “Now we HAVE got something! For the first
time, we've heard some genuine, unadulterated Blind Spot stuff!”



“You mean,” from Charlotte, excitedly, “that she has finally recovered her
memory?”



It was the girl herself who answered. She shot to her feet, and her face
became transfigured with a wonderful joy. At the same time she blinked
hurriedly, as though to shut off a sight that staggered her.



“Oh, I remember!”—she almost sobbed in her delight—“it is all
plain to me, now! I know who I am!”




















XXIII. — THE RHAMDA AGAIN



I could have yelled for joy. We were about to learn something of the Blind
Spot—something that might help us to save Harry, and Chick, and the
professor!



Ariadne seemed to know that a great deal depended upon what she was about
to tell us. She deliberately sat down, and rested her chin upon her hand,
as though determining upon the best way of telling something very
difficult to express.



As for Charlotte, Jerry, and myself, we managed somehow to restrain our
curiosity enough to keep silence. But we could not help glancing more or
less wonderingly at our visitor. Presently I realised this, and got up and
walked quietly about, as though intent upon a problem of my own.



Which was true enough. I had come to a very startling conclusion—I,
Hobart Fenton, had fallen in love!



What was more, this affection of the heart had come to me, a very strong
man, just as an affection of the lungs is said to strike such men—all
of a sudden and hard. One moment I had been a sturdy, independent soul,
intent upon scientific investigation, the only symptoms of sentimental
potentialities being my perfectly normal love for my sister and for my old
friend. Then, before my very eyes, I had been smitten thus!



And the worst part of it was, I found myself ENJOYING the sensation. It
made not the slightest difference to me that I had fallen in love with a
girl who was only a step removed from a wraith. Mysteriously she had come
to me; as mysteriously she might depart. I had yet to know from what sort
of country she had come!



But that made no difference. She was HERE, in the same house with me; I
had held her hands; and I knew her to be very, very real indeed just then.
And when I considered the possibility of her disappearing just as
inexplicably as she had come—well, my face went cold, I admit. But
at the same time I felt sure of this much—I should never love any
other woman.



The thought left me sober. I paused in my pacing and looked at her. As
though in answer to my gaze she glanced up and smiled so affectionately
that it was all I could do to keep from leaping forward and taking her
right into my arms.



I turned hastily, and to cover my confusion I began to hum a strain from
the part of “Faust” to which I have referred. I hummed it through, and was
beginning again, when I was startled to hear this from the girl: “Oh, then
you are Hobart!”



I wheeled, to see her face filled with a wonderful light.



“Hobart,” she repeated, as one might repeat the name of a very dear one.
“That—that music you were humming! Why, I heard Harry Wendel humming
that yesterday!”



I suppose we looked very stupid, the three of us, so dumbfounded that we
could do nothing but gape incredulously at that extraordinary creature and
her equally extraordinary utterance. She immediately did her best to atone
for her sensation.



“I'm not sure that I can make it clear,” she said, smiling dubiously, “but
if you will use your imaginations and try to fill in the gaps in what I
say you may get a fair idea of the place I have come from, and where Harry
is.”



We leaned forward, intensely alert. I shall never forget the pitiful
eagerness in poor Charlotte's face. It meant more to her, perhaps, than to
anyone else.



At the precise instant I heard a sound, off in the breakfast room. It
seemed to be a subdued knocking, or rather a pounding at the door.



Frowning at the interruption, I stepped through the dining-room into the
breakfast room, where the sounds came from. And I was not a little puzzled
to note that the door to the basement was receiving the blows.



Now I had been the last to visit the basement and had locked the door—from
force of habit, I suppose—leaving the key in the lock. It was still
there. And there is but one way to enter that basement: through this one
door, and no other.



“Who is it?” I called out peremptorily. No answer; only a repetition of
the pounds.



“What do you want?”—louder.



“Open this door, quick!” cane a muffled reply.



The voice was unrecognisable. I stood and thought quickly; then shouted:



“Wait a minute, until I get a key!”



I motioned to Charlotte. She tip-toed to my side. I whispered something in
her ear; and she slipped off into the kitchen, there to phone Miss Clarke
and warn her to notify her colleagues at once. And so, as I unlocked the
door, I was fortified by the knowledge that I would be assisted by the
combined mind-force of a score of highly developed intellects.



I was little surprised, a second later, to see that the intruder was
Rhamda Avec. What reason to expect anyone else?



“How did you get down there?” I demanded. “Don't you realise that you are
liable to arrest for trespass?”



I said it merely to start conversation but it served only to bring a
slight smile to the face of this professed friend of ours, for whom we
felt nothing but distrust and fear.



“Let us not waste time in trivialities, Fenton,” he rejoined gently. He
brushed a fleck of cobweb from his coat. “By this time you ought to know
that you cannot deal with me in any ordinary fashion.”



I made no comment as, without asking my leave or awaiting an invitation,
he stepped through into the dining-room and thence into the parlour. I
followed, half tempted to strike him down from behind, but restrained more
by the fact that I must spare him than from any compunctions. Seemingly he
knew this as well as I, he was serenely at ease.



And thus he stood before Jerome and Ariadne. The detective made a single
exclamation, and furtively shifted his coat sleeves. He was getting that
infernal breast gun into action. As for Ariadne, she stared at the new
arrival as though astonished at first.



When Charlotte returned, a moment later, she showed only mild surprise.
She quietly took her chair and as quietly moved her hand so that the gem
shone in full view of our visitor.



But he gave her and the stone only a single glance, and then rested his
eyes upon our new friend. To my anxiety, Ariadne was gazing fixedly at him
now, her expression combining both agitation and a vague fear.



It could not have been due entirely to his unusual appearance; for there
was no denying that this grey-haired yet young-faced man with the
distinguished, courteous bearing, looked even younger that night than ever
before. No; the girl's concern was deeper, more acute. I felt an
unaccountable alarm.



From Ariadne to me the Rhamda glanced, then back again; and a quick
satisfied smile came to his mouth. He gave an almost imperceptible nod.
And, keeping his gaze fixed upon her eyes, he remarked carelessly:



“Which of these chairs shall I sit in, Fenton?”



“This one,” I replied instantly, pointing to the one I had just quit.



Smiling, he selected a chair a few feet away.



Whereupon I congratulated myself. The man feared me, then; yet he ranked
my mentality no higher than that! In other words, remarkably clever though
he might be, and as yet unthwarted, he could by no means be called
omnipotent.



“For your benefit, Mr. Jerome, let me say that I phoned Miss Fenton and
her brother a few days ago, and urged them to give up their notion of
occupying this house or of attempting to solve the mystery that you are
already acquainted with. And I prophesied, Mr. Jerome, that their refusal
to accept my advice would be followed by events that would justify me.



“They refused, as you know; and I am here tonight to make a final plea, so
that they may escape the consequences of their wilfulness.”



“You're a crook! And the more I see of you, Avec, the more easily I can
understand why they turned you down!”



“So you too, are prejudiced against me. I cannot understand this. My
motives are quite above question, I assure you.”



“Really!” I observed sarcastically. I stole a glance at Ariadne; her eyes
were still riveted, in a rapt yet half-fearful abstraction, upon the face
of the Rhamda. It was time I took her attention away.



I called her name. She did not move her head, or reply. I said it louder:
“Ariadne!”



“What is it, Hobart?”—very softly.



“Ariadne, this gentleman possesses a great deal of knowledge of the
locality from which you came. We are interested in him, because we feel
sure that, if he chose to, he could tell us something about our friends
who—about Harry Wendel.” Why not lay the cards plainly on the table?
The Rhamda must be aware of it all, anyhow. “And as this man has said, he
has tried to prevent us from solving the mystery. It occurs to me,
Ariadne, that you might recognise this man. But apparently—”



She shook her head just perceptibly. I proceeded:



“He is pleased to call his warning a prophecy; but we feel that a threat
is a threat. What he really wants is that ring.”



Ariadne had already, earlier in the hour, given the gem several curious
glances. Now she stirred and sighed, and was about to turn her eyes from
the Rhamda to the ring when he spoke again; this time in a voice as sharp
as a steel blade:



“I do not enjoy being misunderstood, much less being misrepresented, Mr.
Fenton. At the same time, since you have seen fit to brand me in such
uncomplimentary terms, suppose I state what I have to say very bluntly, so
that there may be no mistake about it. If you do not either quit this
house, or give up the ring—NOW—you will surely regret it the
rest of your lives!”



From the corner of my eye I saw Jerome moving slowly in his chair, so that
he could face directly towards the Rhamda. His hands were ready for the
swift, upward jerk which, I knew, would stifle our caller.



As for my sister, she merely turned the ring so that the gem no longer
faced the Rhamda; and with the other hand she reached out and grasped
Ariadne's firmly.



Avec sat with his two hands clasping the arms of his chair. His fingers
drummed nervously but lightly on the wood. And then, suddenly, they
stopped their motion.



“Your answer, Fenton,” in his usual gentle voice. “I can give you no more
time,” I did not need to consult Charlotte or Jerome. I knew what they
would have said.



“You are welcome to my answer. It is—no!”



As I spoke the last word my gaze was fixed on the Rhamda's eyes. He, on
the other hand, was looking towards Ariadne. And at the very instant an
expression, as of alarm and sorrow, swept into the man's face.



My glance jumped to Ariadne. Her eyes were closed, her face suffused; she
seemed to be suffocating. She gave a queer little sound, half gasp and
half cry.



Simultaneously Jerome's hands shot into the air. The room shivered with
the stunning report of his breast gun. And every pellet struck the Rhamda
and burst.



A look of intense astonishment came into his face. He gave Jerome a
fleeting glance, almost of admiration; then his nostrils contracted with
pain as the gas attacked his lungs.



Another second, and each of us were reeling with the fumes. Jerome started
toward the window, to raise it, then sank back into his chair. And when he
turned round—



He and I and Charlotte saw an extraordinary thing. Instead of succumbing
to the gas, Rhamda Avec somehow recovered himself. And while the rest of
us remained still too numbed to move or speak, he found power to do both.



“I warned you plainly, Fenton,” as though nothing in particular had
happened. “And now see what you have brought upon the poor child!”



I could only roll my head stupidly, to stare at Ariadne's now senseless
form.



“As usual, Fenton, you will blame me for it. I cannot help that. But it
may still be possible for you to repent of your folly and escape your
fate. You are playing with terrible forces. If you do repent, just follow
these instructions”—laying a card on the table—“and I will see
what I can do for you. I wish you all good night.”



And with that, pausing only to make a courtly bow to Charlotte, Rhamda
Avec turned and walked deliberately, dignifiedly from the room, while the
two men and a woman stared helplessly after him and allowed him to go in
peace.




















XXIV. — THE LIVING DEATH



As soon as the fresh air had revived us somewhat, we first of all examined
Ariadne. She still lay unconscious, very pale, and alarmingly limp. I
picked her up and carried her into the next room, where there was a sofa,
while Jerome went for water and Charlotte brought smelling-salts.



Neither of these had any effect. Ariadne seemed to be scarcely breathing;
her heart beat only faintly, and there was no response to such other
methods as friction, slapping, or pinching of fingernails.



“We had better call a doctor,” decided Charlotte promptly, and went to the
phone.



I picked up the card which the Rhamda had left. It contained simply his
name, together with one other word—the name of a morning newspaper.
Evidently he meant for us to insert an advertisement as soon as we were
ready to capitulate.



“Not yet!” the three of us decided, after talking it over. And we waited
as patiently as we could during the fifteen minutes that elapsed before
the telephoning got results.



It brought Dr. Hansen, who, it may be remembered, was closely identified
with the Chick Watson disappearance. He made a rapid but very careful
examination.



“It has all the appearance of a mild electric shock. What caused it,
Fenton?”



I told him. His eyes narrowed when I mentioned Avec, then widened in
astonishment and incredulity as I related the man's inexplicable effect
upon the girl, and his strange immunity to the poison gas. But the doctor
asked nothing further about our situation, proceeding at once to apply
several restoratives. All were without result. As a final resort, he even
rigged up an electrical connection, making use of some coils which I had
upstairs, and endeavoured to arouse the girl in that fashion. Still
without result.



“Good Lord, Hansen!” I finally burst out, when he stood back, apparently
baffled. “She's simply GOT to be revived! We can't allow her to succumb to
that scoundrel's power, whatever it is!”



“Why not a blood transfusion?” I asked eagerly, as an idea came to me.
“I'm in perfect condition. What about it? Go to it, doc!”



He slowly shook his head. And beyond a single searching glance into my
eyes, wherein he must have read something more than I had said, he
regretfully replied:



“This is a case for a specialist, Fenton. Everything considered, I should
say that she is suffering from a purely mental condition; but whether it
had a physical or a psychic origin, I can't say.”



In short, he did not feel safe about going ahead with any really heroic
measures until a brain specialist was called in.



I had a good deal of confidence in Hansen. And what he said sounded
reasonable. So we agreed to his calling in a Dr. Higgins—the same
man, in fact, who was too late in reaching the house to save Chick on that
memorable night a year before.



His examination was swift and convincingly competent. He went over the
same ground that Hansen had covered, took the blood pressure and other
instrumental data, and asked us several questions regarding Ariadne's
mentality as we knew it. Scarcely stopping to think it over, Higgins
decided:



“The young woman is suffering from a temporary dissociation of brain
centres. Her cerebrum does not co-act with her cerebellum. In other words,
her conscious mind, for lack of means to express itself, is for the time
being dormant as in sleep.



“But it is not like ordinary sleep. Such is induced by fatigue of the
nerve channels. This young woman's condition is produced by shock; and
since there was no physical violence, we must conclude that the shock was
psychic.



“In that case, the condition will last until one of two things occurs;
either she must be similarly shocked back into sensibility—and I
can't see how this can happen, Fenton, unless you can secure the
co-operation of the man to whom you attribute the matter—or she must
lie that way indefinitely.”



“Indefinitely!” I exclaimed, sensing something ominous. “You mean—”



“That there is no known method of reviving a patient in such a condition.
It might be called psychic catalepsy. To speak plainly, Fenton, unless
this man revives her, she will remain unconscious until her death.”



I shuddered. What horrible thing had come into our lives to afflict us
with so dreadful a prospect?



“Is—is there no hope, Dr. Higgins?”



“Very little”—gently but decisively. “All I can assure you is that
she will not die immediately. From the general state of her health, she
will live at least seventy-two hours. After that—you must be
prepared for the worst at any moment.”



I turned away quickly, so that he could not see my face. What an awful
situation! Unless we could somehow lay hands on the Rhamda—



I hunted up Jerome. I said:



“Jerry, the thing is plainly up to you and me. Higgins gives us three
days. Day after tomorrow morning, if we haven't got results by that time,
we've got to give in and put that ad in the paper. But I don't mean to
give in, Jerry! Not until I've exhausted every other possibility!”



“What're you going to do?” he asked thoughtfully.



“Work on that ring. I was a fool not to get busy sooner. As for the rest,
that's up to you! You've got to get yourself on the Rhamda's trail as soon
as you can, and camp there! The first chance you get, ransack his room and
belongings, and bring me every bit of data you find. Between him and the
ring, the truth ought to come out.”



“All right. But don't forget that—” pointing to the unexplained spot
on the wood of the doorway. “You've got a mighty important clue there,
waiting for you to analyse it.”



And he went and got his hat, and left the house. His final remark was that
we wouldn't see him back until he had something to report about our man.



Five o'clock the next morning found my sister and me out of our beds and
desperately busy. She spent a good deal of time, of course in caring for
Ariadne. The poor girl showed no improvement at all; and we got scant
encouragement from the fact that she looked no worse.



Not a sound escaped her lips; her eyes remained closed; she gave no sign
of life, save her barely perceptible breathing. It made me sick at heart
just to look at her; so near, and yet so fearfully far away.



But when Charlotte could spare any time she gave me considerable help in
what I was trying to do. One great service she was rendering has already
been made clear: she wore the ring constantly, thus relieving me of the
anxiety of caring for it. I was very cautious not to have it in my
possession for more than a few minutes at a time.



My first move was to set down, in orderly fashion, the list of the gem's
attributes. I grouped together the fluctuating nature of its pale blue
colour, its power of reproducing those who had gone into the Blind Spot,
its combination of perfect solidity with extreme lightness; its quality of
coldness to the touch of a male, and warmth to that of a female; and
finally its ability to induct—I think this is the right term—to
induct sounds out of the unknown. This last quality might be called
spasmodic or accidental, whereas the others were permanent and constant.



Now, to this list I presently was able to add that the gem possessed no
radioactive properties that I could detect with the usual means. It was
only when I began dabbling in chemistry that I learned things.



By placing the gem inside a glass bell, and exhausting as much air as
possible from around it, the way was cleared for introducing other forms
of gases. Whereupon I discovered this:



The stone will absorb any given quantity of hydrogen gas.



In this respect it behaves analogously to that curious place on the
door-frame. Only, it absorbs gas, no liquid; and not any gas, either—none
but hydrogen.



Now, obviously this gem cannot truly absorb so much material, in the sense
of retaining it as well. The simple test of weighing it afterwards proves
this; for its weight remains the same in any circumstances.



Moreover, unlike the liquids which I poured into the wood and saw
afterwards in the basement, the gas does not escape back into the air. I
kept it under the Dell long enough to be sure of that. No; that hydrogen
is, manifestly, translated into the Blind Spot.



Learning nothing further about the gem at that time, I proceeded to
investigate the trim of the door. I began by trying to find out the
precise thickness of that liquid-absorbing layer.



To do this I scraped off the “skin” of the air-darkened wood. This layer
was .02 of an inch thick. And—that was the total amount of the
active material!



I put these scrapings through a long list of experiments. They told me
nothing valuable. I learned only one detail worth mentioning; if a
fragment of the scrapings be brought near to the Holcomb gem—say, to
within two inches—the scrapings will burst into flame. It is merely
a bright, pinkish flare, like that made by smokeless rifle-powder. No
ashes remain. After that we took care not to bring the ring near the
remaining material on the board.



All this occurred on the first day after Ariadne was stricken. Jerome
phoned to say that he had engaged the services of a dozen private
detectives, and expected to get wind of the Rhamda any hour. Both Dr.
Hansen and Dr. Higgins called twice, without being able to detect any
change for the better or otherwise in their patient.



That evening Charlotte and I concluded that we could not hold out any
longer. We must give in to the Rhamda. I phoned for a messenger, and sent
an advertisement to the newspaper which Avec had indicated.



The thing was done. We had capitulated.



The next development would be another and triumphant call from the Rhamda,
and this time we would have to give up the gem to him if we were to save
Ariadne.



The game was up.



But instead of taking the matter philosophically, I worried about it all
night. I told myself again and again that I was foolish to think about
something that couldn't be helped. Why not forget it, and go to sleep?



But somehow I couldn't. I lay wide awake till long past midnight, finding
myself growing more and more nervous. At last, such was the tension of it
all, I got up and dressed. It was then about one-thirty, and I stepped out
on the street for a walk.



Half an hour later I returned, my lungs full of fresh air, hoping that I
could now sleep. It was only a hope. Never have I felt wider awake than I
did then.



Once more—about three—I took another stroll outside. I seemed
absolutely tireless.



Each time that I had turned back home I seemed to feel stronger than ever,
more wakeful. Finally I dropped the idea altogether, went to the house,
and left a note for Charlotte, then walked down to the waterfront and
watched some ships taking advantage of the tide. Anything to pass the
time.



And thus it happened, that, about eight o'clock—breakfast time at
288 Chatterton Place—I returned to the house, and sat down at the
table with Charlotte. First, however, I opened the morning paper to read
our little ad.



It was not there. It had not been printed.




















XXV. — AT THE ELEVENTH HOUR



I dropped the paper in dismay. Charlotte looked up, startled, gave me a
single look, and turned pale,



“What—what's the matter?” she stammered fearfully.



I showed her. Then I ran to the phone. In a few seconds I was talking to
the very man who had taken the note from the messenger the day before.



“Yes, I handed it in along with the rest,” he replied to my excited query.
Then—“Wait a minute,” said he; and a moment later added: “Say, Mr.
Fenton, I've made a mistake! Here's the darned ad on the counter; it must
have slipped under the blotter.”



I went back and told Charlotte. We stared at one another blankly. Why in
the name of all that was baffling had our ad “slipped” under that blotter?
And what were we to do?



This was the second day!



Well, we did what we could. We arranged for the insertion of the same
notice in each of the three afternoon papers. There would still be time
for the Rhamda to act, if he saw it.



The hours dragged by. Never did time pass more slowly; and yet, I
begrudged every one. So much for being absolutely helpless.



About ten o'clock the next morning—that is to say, today; I am
writing this the same evening—the front door bell rang. Charlotte
answered and in a moment came back with a card. It read:



SIR HENRY HODGES



I nearly upset the table in my excitement. I ran into the hall. Who
wouldn't? Sir Henry Hodges! The English scientist about whom the whole
world was talking! The most gifted investigator of the day; the most
widely informed; of all men on the face of the globe, the best equipped,
mentally, to explore the unknown! Without the slightest formality I
grabbed his hand and shook it until he smiled at my enthusiasm.



“My dear Sir Henry,” I told him, “I'm immensely glad to see you! The truth
is, I've been hoping you'd be interested in our case; but I didn't have
the nerve to bother you with it!”



“And I,” he admitted in his quiet way, “have been longing to take a hand
in it, ever since I first heard of Professor Holcomb's disappearance.
Didn't like to offer myself; understood that the matter had been hushed up
and—”



“For the very simple reason,” I explained, “that there was nothing to be
gained by publicity. If we had given the public the facts, we would have
been swamped with volunteers to help us. I didn't know whom to confide in,
Sir Henry; couldn't make up my mind. I only knew that one such man as
yourself was just what I needed.”



He overlooked the compliment, and pulled out the newspaper from his
pocket. “Bought this a few minutes ago. Saw your ad, and jumped to the
conclusion that matters had reached an acute stage. Let me have the whole
story, my boy, as briefly as you can.”



He already knew the published details. Also, he seemed to be acquainted—in
some manner which puzzled me—with much that had not been printed. I
sketched the affair as quickly as I could, making it clear that we were
face to face with a crisis. When I wound up by saying that it was Dr.
Higgins who gave Ariadne three days, ending about midnight, in which she
might recover if we could secure Rhamda Avec, he said kindly:



“I'm afraid you made a mistake, my boy, in not seeking some help. The game
has reached a point where you cannot have too many brains on your side.
Time is short for reinforcements!”



He heartily approved of my course in enlisting the aid of Miss Clarke and
her colleagues. “That is the sort of thing you need! People with
mentality; plenty of intellectual force!” And he went on to make
suggestions.



As a result, within an hour and a half our house was sheltering five more
persons.



Miss Clarke has already been introduced. She was easily one of the ten
most advanced practitioners in her line. And she had the advantage of a
curiosity that was interested in everything odd, even though she labelled
it “non-existent.” She said it helped her faith in the real truths to be
conversant with the unreal.



Dr. Malloy was from the university, an out-and-out materialist, a
psychologist who made life interesting for those who agreed with William
James. His investigations of abnormal psychology are world-acknowledged.



Mme. Le Fabre, we afterwards learned, had come from Versailles especially
to investigate the matter that was bothering us. She possessed no
mediumistic properties of her own but was a staunch proponent of
spiritualism, believing firmly in immortality and the omnipotence of
“translated” souls.



Professor Herold is most widely known as the inventor of certain apparatus
connected with wireless. But he is also considered the West's most
advanced student of electrical and radio-active subjects.



I was enormously glad to have this man's expert, high-tension knowledge
right on tap.



The remaining member of the quintet which Sir Henry advised me to summon
requires a little explanation. Also, I am obliged to give him a name not
his own; for it is not often that brigadier-generals of the United States
army can openly lend their names to anything so far removed apparently
from militarism as the searching of the occult.



Yet we knew that this man possessed a power that few scientists have
developed; the power of co-ordination, of handling and balancing great
facts and forces, and of deciding promptly how best to meet any given
situation. Not that we looked for anything militaristic out of the Blind
Spot; far from it. We merely knew not what to expect, which was exactly
why we wanted to have him with us; his type of mind is, perhaps, the most
solidly comforting sort that any mystery-bound person can have at his
side.



By the time these five had gathered, Jerome had neither returned nor
telephoned. There was not the slightest trace of Rhamda Avec; no guessing
as to whether he had seen the ad. It was then one o'clock in the
afternoon. Only six hours ago! It doesn't seem possible.



So there were eight of us—three women and five men—who went
upstairs and quietly inspected the all but lifeless form of Ariadne and
afterwards gathered in the library below.



All were thoroughly familiar with the situation. Miss Clarke calmly
commented to the effect that the entire Blind Spot affair was due wholly
and simply to the cumulative effects of so many, many subjects; the
result, in other words, of error.



Dr. Malloy was equally outspoken in his announcement that he proposed to
deal with the matter from the standpoint of psychic aberration. He
mentioned dissociated personalities, group hypnosis, and so on. But he
declared that he was open to conviction, and anxious to get any and all
facts.



Sir Henry had a good deal of difficulty in getting Mme. Le Fabre to commit
herself. Probably she felt that, since Sir Henry had gone on record as
being doubtful of the spiritistic explanation of psychic phenomena, she
might get into a controversy with him. But in the end she stated that she
expected to find our little mystery simply a novel variation on what was
so familiar to her.



As might be supposed, General Hume had no opinion. He merely expressed
himself as being prepared to accept any sound theory, or portions of such
theories as might be advanced, and arrive at a workable conclusion
therefrom. Which was exactly what we wanted of him.



Of them all, Professor Herold showed the most enthusiasm. Perhaps this was
because, despite his attainments, he is still young. At any rate, he made
it clear that he was fully prepared to learn something entirely new in
science. And he was almost eager to adjust his previous notions and facts
to the new discoveries.



When all these various viewpoints had been cleared up, and we felt that we
understood each other, it was inevitable that we should look to Sir Henry
to state his position. This one man combined a large amount of the
various, specialised abilities for which the others were noted, and they
all knew and respected him accordingly. Had he stood and theorised half
the afternoon, they would willingly have sat and listened. But instead he
glanced at his watch, and observed:



“To me, the most important development of all was hearing the sound of a
dog's bark coming from the ring. As I recall the details, the sound was
emitted just after the gem had been submitted to considerable handling,
from Miss Fenton's fingers to her brother's and back again. In other
words, it was subjected to a mixture of opposing animal magnetisms.
Suppose we experiment further with it now.”



Charlotte slipped the gem from her finger and passed it around. Each of us
held it for a second or two; after which Charlotte clasped the ring
tightly in her palm, while we all joined hands.



It was, as I have said, broad daylight; the hour, shortly after one.
Scarcely had our hands completed the circuit than something happened.



From out of Charlotte's closed hand there issued an entirely new sound. At
first it was so faint and fragmentary that only two of us heard it. Then
it became stronger and more continuous, and presently we were all gazing
at each other in wonderment.



For the sound was that of footsteps.




















XXVI. — DIRECT FROM PARADISE



The sound was not like that of the walking of the human. Nor was it such
as an animal would make. It was neither a thud nor a pattering, but more
like a scratching shuffle, such as reminded me of nothing that I had ever
heard before.



Next moment, however, there came another sort of sound, plainly audible
above the footsteps. This was a thin, musical chuckle which ended in a
deep, but faint, organ-like throb. It happened only once.



Immediately it was followed by a steady clicking, such as might be made by
gently striking a stick against the pavement; only sharper. This lasted a
minute, during which the other sounds ceased.



Once more the footsteps. They were not very loud, but in the stillness of
that room they all but resounded.



Presently Charlotte could stand it no longer. She placed the ring on the
table, where it continued to emit those unplaceable sounds.



“Well! Do—do you people,” stammered Dr. Malloy, “do you people all
hear THAT?”



Miss Clarke's face was rather pale. But her mouth was firm. “It is
nothing,” said she, with theosophical positiveness. “You must not believe
it—it is not the truth of—”



“Pardon me,” interrupted Sir Henry, “but this isn't something to argue
about! It is a reality; and the sooner we all admit it, the better. There
is a living creature of some kind making that sound!”



“It is the spirit of some two-footed creature,” asserted Mme. Le Fabre,
plainly at her ease. She was on familiar ground now. “If only we had a
medium!”



Abruptly the sounds left the vicinity of the ring. At first we could not
locate their new position. Then Herold declared that they came from under
the table; and presently we were all gathered on the floor, listening to
those odd little sounds, while the ring remained thirty inches above, on
the top of the table!



It may be that the thing, whatever it was, did not care for such a crowd.
For shortly the shuffling ceased. And for a while we stared and listened,
scarcely breathing, trying to locate the new position.



Finally we went back to our chairs. We had heard nothing further.
Nevertheless, we continued to keep silence, with our ears alert for
anything more.



“Hush!” whispered Charlotte all of a sudden. “Did you hear that?” And she
looked up toward the ceiling.



In a moment I caught the sound. It was exceedingly faint, like the distant
thrumming of a zither. Only it was a single note, which did not rise and
fall, although there seemed a continual variation in its volume.



Unexpectedly the other sounds came again, down under the table. This time
we remained in our seats and simply listened. And presently Sir Henry,
referring to the ring, made this suggestion:



“Suppose we seal it up, and see whether it inducts the sound then as well
as when exposed.”



This appealed to Herold very strongly; the others were agreeable; so I ran
upstairs to my room and secured a small screw-top metal canister, which I
knew to be airtight. It was necessary to remove the stone from the ring,
in order to get it into the opening in the can. Presently this was done;
and while our invisible visitor continued his scratchy little walking as
before, I screwed the top of the can down as tightly as I could.



Instantly the footsteps halted.



I unscrewed the top a trifle. As instantly the stepping was resumed.



“Ah!” cried Herold. “It's a question of radioactivity, then! Remember Le
Bon's experiments, Sir Henry?”



But Miss Clarke was sorely mystified by this simple matter, and herself
repeated the experiments. Equally puzzled was Mme. Le Fabre. According to
her theory, a spirit wouldn't mind a little thing like a metal box. Of
them all, Dr. Malloy was the least disturbed; so decidedly so that General
Hume eyed him quizzically.



“Fine bunch of hallucinations, doctor.”



“Almost commonplace,” retorted Malloy.



Presently I mentioned that the Rhamda had come from the basement on the
night that Ariadne had materialised; and I showed that the only possible
route into the cellar was through the locked door in the breakfast room,
since the windows were all too small, and there was no other door. Query:
How had the Rhamda got there? Immediately they all became alert. As Herold
said:



“One thing or the other is true; either there is something downstairs
which has escaped you, Fenton, or else Avec is able to materialise in any
place he chooses. Let's look!”



We all went down except Charlotte, who went upstairs to stay with Ariadne.
By turns, each of us held the ring. And as we unlocked the basement door
we noted that the invisible, walking creature had reached there before us.



Down the steps went those unseen little feet, jumping from one step to the
next just ahead of us all the way. When within three or four steps of the
bottom, the creature made one leap do for them all.



I had previously run an extension cord down into the basement, and both
compartments could now be lighted by powerful electric lamps. We gave the
place a quick examination.



“What's all this newly turned earth mean?” inquired Sir Henry, pointing to
the result of Jerome's efforts a few months before. And I explained how he
and Harry, on the chance the basement might contain some clue as to the
localisation of the Blind Spot, had dug without result in the bluish clay.



Sir Henry picked up the spade, which had never been moved from where
Jerome had dropped it. And while I went on to tell about the pool of
liquids, which for some unknown reason had not seeped into the soil since
forming there, the Englishman proceeded to dig vigorously into the heap I
had mentioned.



The rest of us watched him thoughtfully. We remembered that Jerome's
digging had been done after Queen's disappearance. And the dog had
vanished in the rear room, the one in which Chick and Dr. Holcomb had last
been seen. Now, when Jerome had dug the clay from the basement under this,
the dining-room, he had thrown it through the once concealed opening in
the partition; had thrown the clay, that is, in a small heap under the
library. And—after Jerome had done this the phenomena had occurred
in the library, not in the dining-room.



“By Jove!” ejaculated General Hume, as I pointed this out. “This may be
something more, you know, that mere coincidence!”



Sir Henry said nothing, but continued his spading. He paid attention to
nothing save the heap that Jerome had formed. And with each spadeful he
bent over and examined the clay very carefully.



Miss Clarke and Mme. Le Fabre both remained very calm about it all. Each
from her own viewpoint regarded the work as more or less a waste of time.
But I noticed that they did not take their eyes from the spade.



Sir Henry stopped to rest. “Let me,” offered Herold; and went on as the
Englishman had done, holding up each spadeful for inspection. And it was
thus that we made a strange discovery.



We all saw it at the same time. Embedded in the bluish earth was a small,
egg-shaped piece of light-coloured stone. And protruding from its upper
surface was a tiny, blood-red pebble, no bigger than a good-sized shot.



Herold thrust the point of his spade under the stone, to lift it up.
Whereupon he gave a queer exclamation.



“Well, that's funny!” holding the stone up in front of us. “That little
thing's as heavy as—as—it's HEAVIER than lead!”



Sir Henry picked the stone off the spade. Immediately the material
crumbled in his hands, as though rotting, so that it left only the small,
red pebble intact. Sir Henry weighed this thoughtfully in his palm, then
without a word handed it around.



We all wondered at the pebble. It was most astonishingly heavy. As I say,
it was no bigger than a fair-sized shot, yet it was vastly heavier.



Afterward we weighed it, upstairs, and found that the trifle weighed over
half a pound. Considering its very small bulk, this worked out to be a
specific gravity of 192.6 or almost ten times as heavy as the same bulk of
pure gold. And gold is heavy.



Inevitably we saw that there must be some connection between this
unprecedentedly heavy speck of material and that lighter-than-air gem of
mystery. For the time being we were careful to keep the two apart. As for
the unexplained footsteps, they were still slightly audible, as the
invisible creatures moved around the cellar.



At last we turned to go. I let the others lead the way. Thus I was the
last to approach the steps; and it was at that moment that I felt
something brush against my foot.



I stooped down. My hands collided with the thing that had touched me. And
I found myself clutching—



Something invisible—something which, in that brilliant light, showed
absolutely nothing to my eyes. But my hands told me I was grasping a very
real thing, as real as my fingers themselves.



I made some sort of incoherent exclamation. The others turned and peered
at me.



“What is it?” came Herold's excited voice.



“I don't know!” I gasped. “Come here.”



But Sir Henry was the first to reach me. Next instant he, too, was
fingering the tiny, unseen object. And such was his iron nerve and
superior self-control, he identified it almost at once.



“By the lord!”—softly. “Why, it's a small bird! Come here.”



Another second and they were all there. I was glad enough of it; for, like
a flash, with an unexpectedness that startles me even now as I think of it—



The thing became visible. Right in my grasp, a little fluttering bird came
to life.




















XXVII. — SOLVED



It was a tiny thing, and most amazingly beautiful. It could not have stood
as high as a canary; and had its feathers been made of gleaming silver
they could not have been lovelier. And its black-plumed head, and long,
blossom-like tail, were such as no man on earth ever set eyes on.



Like a flash it was gone. Not more than a half a second was this
enchanting apparition visible to us. Before we could discern any more than
I have mentioned, it not only vanished but it ceased to make any sounds
whatever. And each of us drew a long breath, as one might after being
given a glimpse of an angel.



Right now, five or six hours after the events I have just described, it is
very easy for me to smile at my emotions of the time. How startled and
mystified I was! And—why not confess it?—just a trifle afraid.
Why? Because I didn't understand! Merely that.



At this moment I sit in my laboratory upstairs in that house, rejoicing in
having reached the end of the mystery. For the enigma of the Blind Spot is
no more. I have solved it!



Now twenty feet away, in another room, lies Ariadne. Already there is a
faint trace of colour in her cheeks, and her heart is beating more
strongly. Another hour, says Dr. Higgins, and she will be restored to us!



The time is seven p.m. I didn't sleep at all last night; I haven't slept
since. For the past five hours we have been working steadily on the
mystery, ever since our finding that little, red pebble in the basement.
The last three hours of the time I have been treating Ariadne, using means
which our discoveries indicated. And in order to keep awake I have been
dictating this account to a stenographer.



This young lady, a Miss Dibble, is downstairs, where her typewriter will
not bother. Yes, put that down, too, Miss Dibble; I want people to know
everything! She has a telephone clamped to her ears, and I am talking into
a microphone which is fixed to a stand on my desk.



On that desk are four switches. All are of the four-way two-pole type; and
from them run several wires, some going to one end of the room, where they
are attached to the Holcomb gem. Others, running to the opposite end,
making contact with the tiny heavy stone we found in the basement. Other
wires run from the switches to lead bands around my wrists. Also, between
switches are several connections—one circuit containing an
amplifying apparatus. By throwing these switches in various combinations,
I can secure any given alteration of forces, and direct them where I
choose.



For there are two other wires. These run from my own lead bracelets to
another room; a pair clamped around the wrists of Ariadne.



For I, Hobart Fenton, am now a living, human transforming station. I am
converting the power of the Infinite into the Energy of Life. And I am
transmitting that power directly out of the ether, as conduced through
these two marvellous stones, back into the nervous system of the girl I
love. Another hour, and she will Exist!



It was all so very simple, now that I understand it. And yet—well,
an absolutely new thing is always very hard to put into words.



To begin with, I must acknowledge the enormous help which I have had from
my friends: Miss Clarke, Mme. Le Fabre, General Hume, Dr. Malloy, and
Herold. These people are still in the house with me; I think they are
eating supper. I've already had mine. Really, I can't take much credit to
myself for what I have found out. The others supplied most of the facts. I
merely happened to fit them together; and, because of my relationship to
the problem, am now doing the heroic end of the work.



As for Harry—he and Dr. Holcomb, Chick Watson and even the dog—I
shall have them out of the Blind Spot inside of twelve hours. All I need
is a little rest. I'll go straight to bed as soon as I finish reviving
Ariadne; and when I wake up, we'll see who's who, friend Rhamda!



I'm too exuberant to hold myself down to the job of telling what I've
discovered. But it's got to be done. Here goes!



I practically took my life in my hands when I first made connection.
However, I observed the precaution of rigging up a primary connection
direct from the ring to the pebble, running the wire along the floor some
distance away from where I sat. No ill effects when I ventured into the
line of force; so I began to experiment with the switches.



That precautionary circuit was Herold's idea. His, also, the amplifying
apparatus. The mental attitude was Miss Clarke's, modified by Dr. Malloy.
The lead bracelets were Mme. Le Fabre's suggestion; they work fine. Sir
Henry was the one who pointed out the advantage of the microphone I am
using. If my hands become paralysed I can easily call for help to my side.



Well, the first connection I tried resulted in nothing. Perfectly blank.
Then I tried another and another, meanwhile continually adjusting the
amplifier; and as a result I am now able, at will, to do either or all of
the following:



(1) I can induct sounds from the Blind Spot; (2) I can induct light, or
visibility; or (3) any given object or person, in toto.



And now to tell how. No, I'm just sleepy, not weak.



Let's see; where was I? Oh, yes; those connections. They've got to be done
just right, with the proper tension in the coils, and the correct mental
attitude, to harmonise. I wish I wasn't so tired!



One moment! No, no; I'm all right. I—Queer! By Jove, that's a funny
thing just now! I must have got an inducted current from another wire,
mixed with these! And—I got a glimpse into the Blind Spot!



A great—No; it's a—What a terrific crowd! Wonder what they're
all—By Jove, it's—Good Lord, it's he! And Chick! No, I'm not
wandering! I'm having the experience of my life!



Now—THAT'S the boy! Don't let 'em bluff you! Good! Good! Tell 'em
where to head in! That's the boy! Rub it in! I don't know what you're up
to, but I'm with you!



Er—there's a big crowd of ugly looking chaps there, and I can't make
it out—Just a moment—a moment. What does it mean, anyway? Just—I—



DANGER, by Heaven! THAT'S what it means!



No; I'm all right. The—thing came to an end, abruptly. That's all;
everything normal again; the room just the same as it was a moment ago.
Hello! I seem to have started something! The wire down on the floor has
commenced to hum! Oh, I've got my eye on it, and if anything—



Miss Dibble! Tell Herold to come! On the run! Quick! Did you? Good! don't
stop writing! I—



There's Chick! CHICK! How did you get here? What? YOU CAN'T SEE ME! Why—



Chick! Listen! Listen, man! I've gone into the Blind Spot! Write this
down! The connection—



That's Herold! Herold, this is Chick Watson! Listen, now, you two! The—the—I
can hardly—it's from No. 4 to—to—to the ring—then—coil—



Both switches, Chick! Ah! I've—



NOTE BY MISS L. DIBBLE.—Just as Mr. Fenton made the concluding
remark as above, there came a loud crash, followed by the voice of Mr.
Herold. Then, there came a very loud clang from a bell; just one stroke.
After which I caught Mr. Fenton's voice:



“Herold—Chick can tell you what IT wants us to do—”



And with that, his voice trailed off into nothing, and died away. As for
Mr. Fenton himself, I am informed that he has utterly disappeared; and in
his stead there now exists a man who is known to Dr. Hansen as Chick
Watson.




















XXVIII. — THE MAN FROM SPACE



Before starting the conclusion of the Blind Spot mystery it may be just as
well for the two publicists who are bringing it to the press to follow
Hobart Fenton's example and go into a bit of explanation.



The two men who wrote the first two parts were participants, and
necessarily writing almost in the present tense. While they could give an
accurate and vivid account of their feelings and experiences, they could
only guess at what lay in the future, at the events that would unravel it
all.



But the present writers have the advantage of working, of seeing, of
weighing in the retrospect. They know just where they are going.



The coming of Chick Watson brought new perspective. Hitherto we had been
looking into the darkness. Whatever had been caught in the focus of the
Spot had become lost to our five senses.



Yet, facts are facts. It was no mere trickery that had caught Dr. Holcomb
in the beginning. One by one, men of the highest standards and character
had been either victims or witness to its reality and power.



So the coming of Watson may well be set down as one of the deciding
moments of history. He who had been the victim a year before was returning
through the very Spot that had engulfed him. He was the herald of the
great unknown, an ambassador of the infinite itself.



It will be remembered that of all the inmates of the house, Dr. Hansen was
the only one who had a personal acquaintance with Watson. One year before
the doctor had seen him a shadow—wasted, worn, exhausted. He had
talked with him on that memorable night in the cafe. Well he remembered
the incident, and the subject of that strange conversation—the
secret of life that had been discovered by the missing Dr. Holcomb. And
Dr. Hansen had pondered it often since.



What was the force that was pulsing through the Blind Spot? It had reached
out on the earth, and had plucked up youth as well as wisdom. THIS was the
first time it had ever given up that which it had taken!



It was Watson, sure enough; but it was not the man he had known one year
before. Except for the basic features Hansen would not have recognized
him; the shadow was gone, the pallor, the touch of death. He was hale and
radiant; his skin had the pink glow of alert fitness; except for being
dazed, he appeared perfectly natural. In the tense moment of his arrival
the little group waited in silence. What had he to tell them?



But he did not see them at first. He groped about blindly, moving slowly
and holding his hands before him. His face was calm and settled; its lines
told decision. There was not a question in any mind present but that the
man had come for a purpose.



Why could he not see? Perhaps the light was too dim. Some one thought to
turn on the extra lights.



It brought the first word from Watson. He threw up both arms before his
face; like one shutting out the lightning.



“Don't!” he begged. “Don't! Shut off the lights; you will blind me!
Please; please! Darken the room!”



Sir Henry sprang to the switch. Instantly the place went to shadow; there
was just enough light from the moon to distinguish the several forms
grouped in the middle of the room. Dr. Hansen proffered a chair.



“Thank you! Ah! Dr. Hansen! You are here—I had thought—This is
much better! I can see fairly well now. You came very near to blinding me
permanently! You didn't know. It's the transition.” Then: “And yet—of
course! It's the moon! THE MOON!”



He stopped. There was a strange wistfulness in the last word. And suddenly
he rose to his feet. He turned in gladness, as though to drink in the
mellow flow of the radiance.



“The moon! Gentlemen—doctor—who are these people? This is the
house of the Blind Spot! And it is the moon—the good old earth! And
San Francisco!”



He stopped again. There was a bit of indecision and of wonder mixed with
his gladness. The stillness was only broken by the scarcely audible voice
of Mme. Le Fabre.



“Now we KNOW! It is proven. The sceptics have always asked why the spirits
work only in the half light. We know now.”



Watson looked to Dr. Hansen. “Who is this lady? Who are these others?”



“Can you see them?”



“Perfectly. It is the lady in the corner; she thinks—”



“That you are a spirit!”



Watson laughed. “I a spirit? Try me and see!”



“Certainly,” asserted Mme. Le Fabre. “You are out of the Blind Spot. I
know; it will prove everything!”



“Ah, yes; the Spot.” Watson hesitated. Again the indecision. There was
something latent that he could not recall; though conscious, part of his
mind was still in the apparent fog that lingers back into slumber.



“I don't understand,” he spoke. “Who are you?”



It was Sir Henry this time. “Mr. Watson, we are a sort of committee. This
is the house at 288 Chatterton Place. We are after the great secret that
was discovered by Dr. Holcomb. We were summoned by Hobart Fenton.”



Consciousness is an enigma. Hitherto Watson had been almost inert; his
actions and manner of speech had been mechanical. That it was the natural
result of the strange force that had thrown him out, no one doubted. The
mention of Hobart Fenton jerked him into the full vigour of wide-awake
thinking; he straightened himself.



“Hobart! Hobart Fenton! Where is he?”



“That we do not know,” answered Sir Henry. “He was here a moment ago. It
is almost too impossible for belief. Perhaps you can tell us.”



“You mean—”



“Exactly. Into the Blind Spot. One and the other; your coming was
coincident with his going!”



Chick raised up. Even in that faint light they could appreciate the full
vigour of his splendid form. He was even more of an athlete than in his
college days, before the Blind Spot took him. And when he realised what
Sir Henry had said he held up one magnificent arm, almost in the manner of
benediction:



“Hobart has gone through? Thank Heaven for that!”



It was a puzzle. True, in that little group there was represented the
accumulated wisdom of human effort. With the possible exception of the
general, there was not a sceptic among them. They were ready to explain
almost anything—but this.



In the natural weakness of futility they had come to associate the aspect
of death or terror with the Blind Spot. Yet, here was Watson! Watson,
alive and strong; he was the reverse of what they had subconsciously
expected.



“What is this Blind Spot?” inquired Sir Henry evenly. “And what do you
mean by giving thanks that Fenton has gone into it?”



“Not now. Not one word of explanation until—What time is it?” Watson
broke off to demand.



They told him. He began to talk rapidly, with amazing force and decision,
and in a manner whose sincerity left no chance for doubt.



“Then we have five hours! Not one second to lose. Do what I say, and
answer my questions!” Then: “We must not fail; one slip, and the whole
world will be engulfed—in the unknown! Turn on the lights.”



There was that in the personality and the vehemence of the man that
precluded opposition. Out of the Blind Spot had come a dynamic quality,
along with the man; a quickening influence that made Watson swift, sure,
and positive. Somehow they knew it was a moment of Destiny.



Watson went on:



“First, did Hobart Fenton open the Spot? Or was it a period? By 'period' I
mean, did it open by chance, as it did when it caught Harry and me? Just
what did Hobart do? Tell me!”



It was a singular question. How could they answer it? However, Dr. Malloy
related as much as he knew of what Hobart had done; his wires and
apparatus were now merely a tangled mass of fused metals. Nothing remained
intact but the blue gem and the red pebble.



“I see. And this pebble: you found it by digging in the cellar, I
suppose.”



How did he know that? Dr. Hansen brought that curiously heavy little stone
and laid it in Watson's hand. The newcomer touched it with his finger, and
for a brief moment he studied it. Then he looked up.



“It's the small one,” he stated. “And you found it in the cellar. It was
very fortunate; the opening of the Spot was perhaps a little more than
half chance. But it was wonderfully lucky. It let me out. And with the
help of God and our own courage we may open it again, long enough to
rescue Hobart, Harry, and Dr. Holcomb. Then—we must break the chain—we
must destroy the revelation; we must close the Spot forever!”



Small wonder that they couldn't understand what he meant. Dr. Hansen
thought to cut in with a practical question:



“My dear Chick, what's inside the Spot? We want to know!”



But it was not Watson who answered. It was Mme. Le Fabre.



“Spirits, of course.”



Watson gave a sudden laugh. This time he answered:



“My dear lady, if you know what I know, and what Dr. Holcomb has
discovered, you would ask YOURSELF a question or so. Possibly you yourself
are a spirit!”



“What!” she gasped. “I—a spirit!”



“Exactly. But there is no time for questions. Afterwards—not now.
Five hours, and we must—”



Someone came to the door. It was Jerome. At the sight of Watson he
stopped, clutching the stub of his cigar between his teeth. His grey eyes
took in the other's form from head to shoe leather.



“Back?” he inquired. “What did you find out, Watson? They must have fed
you well over yonder!”



And Jerome pointed toward the ceiling with his thumb. It wasn't in his
dour nature to give way to enthusiasm; this was merely his manner of
welcome. Watson smiled.



“The eats were all right, Jerome, but not all the company. You're just the
man I want. We have little time; none to spare for talk. Are you in touch
with Bertha Holcomb?”



The detective nodded.



Watson took the chair that Fenton had so strangely vacated and reached for
paper and pencil. Once or twice he stopped to draw a line, but mostly he
was calculating. He referred constantly to a paper he took from his
pocket. When he was through he spread his palm over what he had written.



“Jerome!”



“Yes.”



“You are no longer connected with headquarters, I presume. But—can
you get men?”



“If need be.”



“You will need them!” Just then Watson noticed the uniform of General
Hume. “Jerome, can you give this officer a bodyguard?”



It was both unusual and lightning-sudden. Nevertheless, there was
something in Watson's manner that called for no challenge; something that
would have brooked no refusal. And the general, although a sceptic, was
acting solely from force of habit when he objected:



“It seems to me, Watson, that you—”



Those who were present are not likely to forget it. Some men are born,
some rise, to the occasion; but Watson was both. He was clear-cut,
dominant, inexorable. He levelled his pencil at the general.



“It SEEMS to you! General, let me ask you: If your country's safety were
at stake, would you hesitate to throw reinforcements into the breach?”



“Hardly.”



“All right. It's settled. Take care of your red tape AFTERWARDS.”



He wheeled to the detective. “Jerome, this is a sketch of the compartments
of Dr. Holcomb's safe. Not the large one in his house, but the small one
in his laboratory. Go straight to Dwight Way. Give this note,” indicating
another paper, “to Bertha Holcomb. Tell her that her father is safe, and
that I am out of the Blind Spot. Tell her you have come to open the
laboratory safe. I've written down the combination. If it doesn't work use
explosives; there's nothing inside which force can harm. In the
compartment marked 'X' you will find a small particle about the size of a
pea, wrapped in tin-foil, and locked in a small metal box. You will have
to break the box. As for the contents, once you see the stone you can't
mistake it; it will weigh about six pounds. Get it, and guard it with your
life!”



“All right.”



Jerome put Watson's instructions in his wallet, at the same time glancing
about the room.



“Where is Fenton?” he asked.



It was Watson who answered. He gave us the first news that had ever come
from the Blind Spot. He spoke with firm deliberation, as though in full
realisation of the sensation:



“Hobart Fenton has gone through the Blind Spot. Just now he is right here
in this room.”



Sir Henry jumped.



“In this room! Is that what you said, Watson?”



The other ignored him.



“Jerome, you haven't a minute to lose! You and the general; bring that
stone back to this house at ANY cost! Hurry!”



In another moment Jerome and Hume were gone. And few people, that day,
suspected the purport of that body of silent men who crossed over the Bay
of San Francisco. They were grim, and trusted, and under secret orders.
They had a mission, did they but know it, as important as any in history.
But they knew only that they were to guard Jerome and the general at all
hazards. One peculiarly heavy stone, “the size of a pea”! How are we ever
to calculate its value?



As for the group remaining with Watson, not one of them ever dreamed that
any danger might come out of the Blind Spot. Its manifestations had been
local and mostly negative. No; the main incentive of their interest had
been simply curiosity.



But apparently Watson was above them all. He paid no further attention to
them for a while; he bent at Fenton's desk and worked swiftly. At length
he thrust his papers aside.



“I want to see that cellar,” he announced. “That is, the point where you
found that red pebble!”



Down in the basement, Sir Henry gave the details. When he came to mention
the various liquids which Fenton had poured into the woodwork upstairs
Watson examined the pool intently.



“Quite so. They would come out here—naturally.”



“Naturally!”



Sir Henry could not understand. His perplexity was reflected in the faces
of Herold, the two physicians, Dr. Malloy, Miss Clarke, and Mme. Le Fabre—and
Charlotte spoke for them all:



“Can't you explain, Mr. Watson? The woodwork had nothing whatever to do
with the cellar. There was the floor between, just as you see it now.”



“Naturally,” Watson repeated. “It could be no other place! It was on its
way to the other side, but it could go only half-way. Simply a matter of
focus, you know. I beg pardon; you must hold your curiosity a little
longer.”



He began measuring. First he located the line across the floorjoists
overhead, where rested the partition separating the dining-room from the
parlour. Finding the middle of this line, he dropped an improvised
plumb-line to the ground; and from this spot as centre, using a string
about ten feet long, he described a circle on the earth. Then, referring
to his calculations, he proceeded to locate several points with small
stakes pressed into the soil. Then he checked them off and nodded.



“It's even better than the professor thought. His theory is all but
proven. If Jerome and Hume can deliver the other stone without accident,
we can save those now inside the Spot.” Then, very solemnly: “But we face
a heavy task. It will be another Thermopylae. We must hold the gate
against an occult Xerxes, together with all his horde.”



“The hosts of the dead!” exclaimed Mme. Le Fabre.



“No; the living! Just give me time, Madame, and you will see something
hitherto undreamed of. As for your theory—tomorrow you may doubt
whether you are living or dead! In other words, Dr. Holcomb has certainly
proved the occult by material means. He has done it with a vengeance. In
so doing he has left us in doubt as to ourselves; and unless he discovers
the missing factor within the next few hours we are going to be in the
anomalous position of knowing plenty about the next world, but nothing
about ourselves.”



He paused. He must have known that their curiosity could not hold out much
longer. He said:



“Now, just one thing more, friends, and I can tell you everything, while
we are waiting for Jerome and the general to return. But first I must see
the one who preceded me out of the spot.”



“Ariadne!” from Charlotte, in wonder.



“Ariadne!” exclaimed Watson. He was both puzzled and amazed. “Did you call
her—Ariadne?”



“She is upstairs,” cut in Dr. Higgins.



“I must see her!”



A minute or two later they stood in the room where the girl lay. The
coverlet was thrown back somewhat revealing the bare left arm and
shoulder, and the delicately beautiful face upon the pillow. Her golden
hair was spread out in riotous profusion. The other hand was just
protruding from the coverlet, and displayed a faint red mark, showing
where Hobart's bracelet had been fastened at the moment he disappeared.



Charlotte stepped over and laid her hand against the girl's cheek. “Isn't
she wonderful!” she murmured.



But Dr. Higgins looked to Watson.



“Do you know her?”



The other nodded. He stooped over and listened to her breathing. His
manner was that of reverence and admiration. He touched her hand.



“I see how it must have happened. Precisely what I experienced, only—”
Then: “You call her Ariadne?”



“We had to call her something,” replied Charlotte. “And the name—it
just came, I suppose.”



“Perhaps. Anyhow, it was a remarkably good guess. Her true name is the
Aradna.”



“THE Aradna? Who—what is she?”



“Just that: the Aradna. She is one of the factors that may save us. And on
earth we would call her queen.” Then, without waiting for the inevitable
question, Watson said:



“Your professional judgment will soon come to the supreme test, Dr.
Higgins. She is simply numbed and dazed from coming through the Spot.”
Charlotte had already described to him the girl's arrival. “The mystery is
that she was permitted an hour of rationality before this came upon her. I
wonder if Hobart's vitality had anything to do with it?”—half to
himself. “As for the Rhamda”—he smiled—“he is merely
interested in the Spot; that is all. He would never harm the Aradna; he
had nothing whatever to do with her condition. We were mistaken about the
man. Anyway, it is the Spot of Life that interests us now.”



“The Spot of Life,” repeated Sir Henry. “Is that—”



“Yes; the Blind Spot, as it is known from the other side. It overtops all
your sciences, embraces every cult, and lies at the base of all truth. It
is—it is everything.”



“Explain!”



Watson turned to the head upon the pillow. He ventured to touch the cheek,
with a trace of tenderness in his action and of wistfulness near to
reverence. It was not love; it was rather as one might touch a fairy. In
both spirit and substance she was truly of another world. Watson gave a
soft sigh and looked up at the Englishman.



“Yes, I can explain. Now that I know she is well, I shall tell you all I
know from the beginning. It's certainly your turn to ask questions. I may
not be able to tell you all that you want to know; but at least I know
more than any other person this side of the Spot. Let us go down to the
library.”



He glanced at a clock. “We have nearly five hours remaining. Our test will
come when we open the Spot. We must not only open it, but we must close it
at all costs.”



They had reached the lower hall. At the front door Watson paused and
turned to the others.



“Just a moment. We may fail tonight. In case we do, I would like one last
look at my own world—at San Francisco.”



He opened the door. The rest hung back; though they could not understand,
they could sense, vaguely, the emotion of this strange man of brave
adventure. The scene, the setting, the beauty, were all akin to the
moment. Watson, stood bareheaded, looking down at the blinking lights of
the city of the Argonauts. The moon in a starlit sky was drifting through
a ragged lace of cloud. And over it all was a momentary hush, as though
the man's emotion had called for it.



No one spoke. At last Watson closed the door. And there was just the trace
of tears in his eyes as he spoke:



“Now my friends—” And led the way into the parlour.




















XXIX. — THE OCCULT WORLD



“In telling what I know,” began Watson, “I shall use a bit of a preface.
It's necessary, in a way, if you are to understand me; besides, it will
give you the advantage of looking into the Blind Spot with the clear eyes
of reason. I intend to tell all, to omit nothing. My purpose in doing this
is that, in case we should fail tonight, you will be able to give my
account to the world.”



It was a strange introduction. His listeners exchanged thoughtful glances.
But they all affirmed, and Sir Henry hitched his chair almost impatiently.



“All right, Mr. Watson. Please proceed.”



“To begin with,” said Watson, “I assume that you all know of Dr. Holcomb's
announcement concerning the Blind Spot. You remember that he promised to
solve the occult; how he foretold that he would prove it not by immaterial
but by the very material means; that he would produce the fact and the
substance.



“Now, the professor had promised to deliver something far greater than he
had thought it to be. At the same time, what he knew of the Blind Spot was
part conjecture and part fact. Like his forebears and contemporaries, he
looked upon man as the real being.



“But it's a question, now, as to which is reality and which is not. There
is not a branch of philosophy that looks upon the question in that light.
Bishop Berkeley came near and he has been followed by others; but they all
have been deceived by their own sophistry. However, except for the
grossest materialists, all thinkers take cognizance of a hereafter.



“No one dreamed of a Blind Spot and what it may lead to, what it might
contain. We are five-sensed; we interpret the universe by the measure of
five yardsticks. Yet, the Blind Spot takes even those away; the more we
know, it seems, the less certain we are of ourselves. As I said to Mme. Le
Fabre, it is a difficult question to determine, after all, just who are
the ghosts. At any rate, I KNOW”—and he paused for effect—“I
know that there are uncounted millions who look upon us and our workings
as entirely supernatural!



“Remember that what I have to tell you is just as real as your own lives
have been since babyhood.



“It was slightly over a year ago that my last night on the earth arrived.



“I had gone out for the evening, in the forlorn hope of meeting a friend,
of having some slight taste of pleasure before the end came.



“For several days I had been labouring under a sort of premonition,
knowing that my life was slowly seeping away and that my vitality was
slipping, bit by bit, to what I thought must be death. Had I then known
what I know now, I could have saved myself. But if I had done it, if I had
saved myself, we would never have found Dr. Holcomb.



“Perhaps it was the same fate that led me to Harry, that night. I don't
know. Nevertheless, if there is any truth in what I have learned on the
other side of the Blind Spot, it would seem that there is something higher
than mere fate. I had never believed in luck; but when everything works
out to a fraction of a breath, one ceases to be sceptical on the question
of destiny and chance. I say, everything that happened that night
was FORCED from the other side. In short, my giving that ring to Harry was
simply a link in the chain of circumstances. It just had to be; the
PROPHECY would not have had it otherwise.”



Without stopping to explain what he meant by the word “prophecy,” Watson
went on:



“That's what makes it puzzling. I have never been able to understand how
every bit has dovetailed with such exactness. We—you and I—are
certainly not supernatural; and yet, on the other side of the Spot, the
proof is overwhelmingly convincing.



“I was very weak that night. So weak that it is difficult for me to
remember. The last I recollect was my going to the back of the house; to
the kitchen, I think. I had a light in my hands. The boys were in the
front room, waiting. One of them had opened a door some yards away from
where I stood.



“Coming as it did, on the instant, it is difficult to describe. But I knew
it instinctively for what it was: the dot of blue on the ceiling, and the
string of light. Then, a sensation of falling, like dropping into space
itself. It is hard to describe the horrifying terror of plunging head on
from an immense height to a plain at a vastly lower level.



“And that's all that I remember—from this side.” [Footnote: NOTE.—In
justice to Mr. Watson, the present writers have thought it best at this
stage to transpose the story from the first to the third person. Any
narrative, unless it is negative in its material, is hard to give in the
first person; for where the narrator has played an active, positive part,
he must either curb himself or fall under the slur of braggadocio. Yet,
the world wants the details exactly as they happened; hence the
transposition. EDITORS.]



Watson opened his eyes.



The first thing was light and a sense of great pain. There was a pressure
at the back of the eyeballs, a poignant sensation not unlike a
knife-thrust; that, and a sudden fear of madness, of drivelling
helplessness.



The abrupt return of consciousness in such a condition is not easy to
imagine. After all he had gone through, this strange sequel must have been
terribly puzzling to him. He was a man of good education, well versed in
psychology; in the first rush of consciousness he tried, as best he could,
to weigh himself up in the balance of aberration. And it was this very
fact that gave him his reassurance; for it told him that he could think,
could reason, could count on a mind in full function.



But he could not see. The pain in his eyeballs was blinding. There was
nothing he could distinguish; everything was woven together, a mere blaze
of wonderful, iridescent, blazing coloration.



But if he could not see, he could feel. The pain was excruciating. He
closed his eyes and fell to thinking, curiously enough, that the
experience was similar to what he had gone through when upon learning to
swim, he had first opened his eyes under the water. It had been under a
blazing sun. The pain and the colour—it was much the same, only
intensified.



Then he knew that he was very tired. The mere effort of that one thought
had cost him vitality. He dropped back into unconsciousness, such as was
more insensibility than slumber. He had strange dreams, of people walking,
of women, and of many voices. It was blurred and indistinct, yet somehow
not unreal. Then, after an unguessable length of time—he awoke.



He was much stronger. The lapse may have been very long; he could not
know. But the pain in his eyes was gone; and he ventured to open the lids
again in the face of the light that had been so baffling. This time he
could see; not distinctly, but still enough to assure him of reality. By
closing his eyes at intervals he was able to rest them and to accustom
them gradually to the new degree of light. And after a bit he could see
plainly.



He was on a cot, and in a room almost totally different from any that he
had ever seen before. The colour of the walls, even, was dissimilar;
likewise the ceiling. It was white, in a way, and yet unlike it; neither
did it resemble any of the various tints; to give it a name that he
afterward learned—alna—implies but little. It was utterly new
to him.



Apparently he was alone. The room was not large; about the size of an
ordinary bedroom. And after the first novelty of the unplaceable colour
had worn off he began to take stock of his own person.



First, he was covered by the finest of bed clothing, thick but exceedingly
light. There was no counterpane, but two blankets and two sheets; and none
of them corresponded to any colour or material he had ever known. He only
knew that their tints were light rather than dark.



Next, he moved his hands out from under the coverings, and held them up
before his eyes. He was immensely puzzled. He naturally expected to see
the worn, emaciated hands which had been his on that dramatic night; but
the ones before him were plump, normal, of a healthy pink. The wrists
likewise were in perfect condition, also his arms. He could not account
for this sudden return to health, of the vigour he had known before he
began to wear the ring. He lay back pondering.



Presently he fell to examining his clothes. There were two garments made
of a silk-like textile, rather heavy as to weight, but exceedingly soft as
to touch. They were slightly darker than the bed clothing. In a way they
were much like pyjamas, except that both were designed to be merely
slipped into place, without buttons or draw-strings. That is, they were
tailored to fit snugly over the shoulders and waist, while loose enough
elsewhere.



Then he noticed the walls of the room. They were after a simple,
symmetrical style; coved—to use an architectural expression—or
curved, where the corner would come with a radius much larger than common,
amounting to four or five feet; so that a person of ordinary height could
not stand close to the wall without stooping. Where the coved portion
flowed into the perpendicular of the wall there was a broad moulding, like
a plate rail, which acted as a support for the hanging pictures.



Watson counted four of these pictures. Instinctively he felt that they
might give him a valuable clue as to his whereabouts. For, while his mind
had cleared enough for him to feel sure that he had truly come through the
Spot, he knew nothing more. Where was he? What would the pictures tell?



The first was directly before his eyes. In size perhaps two by three feet,
with its greater length horizontal, it was more of a landscape than a
portrait. And Watson's eagerness for the subject itself made him forget to
note whether the work was mechanically or manually executed.



For it revealed a girl—about ten or twelve—very slightly
draped, enjoying a wild romp with a most extraordinary creature. It was
this animal that made the picture amazing; there was no subtle
significance in the scene—there was nothing remarkable about the
technique. The whole interest, for Watson, was in the animal.



It was a deer; perfect and beautiful, but cast in a Lilliputian mould. It
stood barely a foot high, the most delicate thing he had ever looked upon.
Mature in every detail of its proportion, the dainty hoofs, the fragile
legs, smooth-coated body, and small, wide-antlered head—a miniature
eight-pointer—made such a vision as might come to the dreams of a
hunter.



Chick rose up in bed, in order to examine it more closely. Immediately he
fell back again slightly dizzy. He closed his eyes.



Shortly he began examining the other pictures. Two of these were simple
flower studies. Watson scarcely knew which puzzled him most; the blossoms
or their containers. For the vases were like large-sized loving cups,
broad as to body, and provided with a handle on either side. Their colours
were unfamiliar. As for the blossoms—in one study the blooms were a
half-dozen in number, and more like Shasta daisies than anything else. But
their colour was totally unlike, while they possessed wide, striped
stamens that gave the flowers an identity all their own. In the other vase
were several varieties, and every one absolutely unrecognisable.



On the opposite side of the room was something fairly familiar. At first
glance it seemed a simple basket of kittens, done in black and white—something
like crayon, and yet resembling sepia. Alongside the basket, however, was
a spoon, one end resting on the edge of a saucer. And it was the size of
the spoon that commanded Chick's attention; rather, the size of the
kittens, any one of which could have curled up comfortably in the bowl of
the spoon! Judging relatively, if it were an ordinary tablespoon, then the
kittens were smaller than the smallest of mice.



Chick gave it up. Presently he began speculating about the time. He
decided that, whatever the hour might be, it was still daylight. In one
wall of the room was a large, oval window, of a material which may as well
be called glass, frosted, so as to permit no view of what might lie
outside. But it allowed plenty of light to enter.



Cut in the opposite wall was a doorway, hung with a curtain instead of a
door. This curtain was a gauzy material, but its maroonlike shade
completely hid all view of whatever lay beyond.



Chick waited and listened. Hitherto he had not heard a sound. There was
not even that subtle, mixed hum from the distance that we are accustomed
to associate with silence. He felt certain that he was inside the Blind
Spot; but as to just where that locality might lie, he knew as little as
before. He knew only that he in a building of some sort. Where, and what,
was the building?



Just then he noticed a cord dangling from the ceiling. It came down to
within six inches of his head. He gave it a pull.



Whereupon he heard a faint, musical jangling in the distance. He tried to
analyse the sound. It was not bell-like; perhaps the word “tinkling” would
serve better. Provisionally, Chick placed the key at middle D.



A moment later he heard steps outside the curtain. They were very soft and
light and deliberate; and almost at the same instant a delicate white hand
moved the curtain aside.



It was a woman. Chick lay back and wondered. Although not beautiful she
was very good to look at, with large blue eyes of a deep tenderness and
sympathy, even features, and a wonderful fold of rich brown hair held in
place by a satiny net.



She started when she saw Chick's wide open eyes; then smiled, a motherly
smile and compassionate. She was dressed in a manner at once becoming and
odd, to one unaccustomed, in a gown that draped the entire figure, yet
left the right arm and shoulder bare. Chick noticed that arm especially;
it was white as marble, moulded full, and laced with fine blue veins. He
had never seen an arm like that. Nor such a woman. She might have been
forty.



She came over to the bed and placed a hand on Chick's forehead. Again she
smiled, and nodded.



“How do you feel?” she asked.



Now this is a strange thing; Watson could not account for it. For,
although she did not speak English, yet he could understand her quite
well. At the moment it seemed perfectly obvious; afterward, the fact
became amazing.



He answered in the same way, his thoughts directing his lips. And he found
that as long as he made no conscious attempt to select the words for his
thought, he could speak unhesitatingly.



“Where am I?”



She smiled indulgently, but did not answer.



“Is this the—Blind Spot?”



“The Blind Spot! I do not understand.”



“Who are you?”



“Your nurse. Perhaps,” soothingly, “you would like to talk to the Rhamda.”



“The Rhamda!”



“Yes. The Rhamda Geos.”




















XXX. — THE PLUNGE



The woman left him. For a while Chick reflected upon what she had said. In
full rush of returning vigour his mind was working clearly and with
analytical exactness.



For the first time he noticed a heaviness in the air, overladen, pregnant.
He became aware of a strange, undercurrent of life; of an exceedingly
faint, insistent sound, pulse-like and rhythmical, like the breathing
undertones of multitudes. He was a city man, and accustomed to the
murmuring throbs of a metropolitan heart. But this was very different.



Presently, amid the strangeness, he could distinguish the tinkle of elfin
bells, almost imperceptible, but musical. The whole air was laden with a
subdued music, lined, as it were, with a golden vibrancy of tintinnabulary
cadence—distant, subdued, hardly more than a whisper, yet part of
the air itself.



It gave him the feeling that he was in a dream. In the realms of the
subconscious he had heard just such sounds—exotic and unearthly—fleeting
and evanescent.



The notion of dreams threw his mind into sudden alertness. In an instant
he was thinking systematically, and in the definite realisation of his
plight.



The woman had spoken of “the Rhamda.” True, she had added a qualifying
“Geos,” but that did not matter. Whether Geos or Avec, it was still the
Rhamda. By this time Watson was convinced that the word indicated some
sort of title—whether doctor, or lord, or professor, was not
important. What interested Chick was identity. If he could solve that he
could get at the crux of the Blind Spot.



He thought quickly. Apparently, it was Rhamda Avec who had trapped Dr.
Holcomb. Why? What had been the man's motive? Watson could not say. He
only knew the ethics of the deed was shaded with the subtleness of
villainy. That behind it all was a purpose, a directing force and
intelligence that was inexorable and irresistible.



One other thing he knew; the Rhamda Avec came out of the region in which
he, Watson, now found himself. Rather, he could have come from nowhere
else. And Watson could feel certain that somewhere, somehow, he would find
Dr. Holcomb.



In that moment Watson determined upon his future course of action. He
decided to state nothing, intimate nothing, either by word or deed, that
might in any manner incriminate or endanger the professor. It was for him
to learn everything possible and to do all he could to gain his points,
without giving a particle of information in return. He must play a lone
hand and a cautious one—until he found Dr. Holcomb.



The fact of his position didn't appall him. Somehow, it had just the
opposite effect. Perhaps it was because his strength had come back, and
had brought with it the buoyancy that is natural to health. He could sense
the vitality that surrounded him, poised, potential, waiting only the
proper attitude on his part to become an active force. Something
tremendous had happened to him, to make him feel like that. He was ready
for anything.



Five minutes passed. Watson was alert and ready when the woman returned,
together with a companion. She smiled kindly, and announced:



“The Rhamda Geos.”



At first Chick was startled. There was a resemblance to Rhamda Avec that
ran almost to counterpart. The same refinement and elegance, the fleeting
suggestion of youth, the evident age mingled with the same athletic ease
and grace of carriage. Only he was somewhat shorter. The eyes were almost
identical, with the peculiar quality of the iris and pupil that suggested,
somehow, a culture inherited out of the centuries. He was dressed in a
black robe, such as would befit a scholar.



He smiled, and held out a hand. Watson noted the firm clasp, and the cold
thrill of magnetism.



“You wish to speak with me?”



The voice was soft and modulated, resonant, of a tone as rich as bronze.



“Yes. Where am I—sir?”



“You do not know?”



It seemed to Watson that there was real astonishment in the man's eyes. As
yet it had not come to Chick that he himself might be just as much a
mystery as the other. The only question in his mind at the moment was
locality.



“Is this the Blind Spot?”



“The Blind Spot!”—with the same lack of comprehension that the woman
had shown. “I do not understand you.”



“Well, how did I get here?”



“Oh, as to that, you were found in the Temple of the Leaf. You were lying
unconscious on the floor.”



“A temple! How did I get there, sir? Do you know?”



“We only know that a moment before there was nothing; next instant—you.”



Watson thought. There was a subconscious sound that still lingered in his
memory; a sound full-toned, flooding, enveloping. Was there any connection—



“'The Temple of the Leaf,' you call it, sir. I seem to remember having
heard a bell. Is there such a thing in that temple?”



The Rhamda Geos smiled, his eyes brightening. “It is sometimes called the
Temple of the Bell.”



“Ah!” A pause, and Watson asked, “Where is this temple? And is this room a
part of the building?”



“No. You are in the Sar-Amenive Hospital, an institution of the Rhamdas.”



The Rhamdas! So there were several of them. A sort of society, perhaps.



“In San Francisco?”



“No. San Francisco! Again I fail to understand. This locality is known as
the Mahovisal.”



“The Mahovisal!” Watson thought in silence for a moment. He noted the
extremely keen interest of the Rhamda, the ultra-intelligent flicker of
the eyes, the light of query and critical analysis. “You call this the
Mahovisal, sir? What is it: town, world or institution?”



The other smiled again. The lines about his sensitive mouth were
susceptible of various interpretations: emotion, or condescension, or the
satisfying feeling that comes from the simple vindication of some inner
conviction. His whole manner was that of interest and respectful wonder.



“You have never heard of the Mahovisal? Never?”



“Not until this minute,” answered Watson.



“You have no knowledge of anything before? Do you know WHO YOU ARE?”



“I”—Watson hesitated, wondering whether he had best withhold this
information. He decided to chance the truth. “My name is Chick Watson. I
am—an American.”



“An American?”



The Rhamda pronounced the word with a roll of the “r” that sounded more
like the Chinese “Mellican” than anything else. It was evident that the
sounds were totally unfamiliar to him. And his manner was a bit
indefinite, doubtful, yet weighted with care, as he slowly repeated the
question:



“An American? Once more I don't understand. I have never heard the word,
my dear sir. You are neither D'Hartian nor Kospian; although there are
some—materialists for the most part—who contend that you are
just as any one else. That is—a man.”



“Perhaps I am,” returned Watson, utterly confounded. He did not know what
to say. He had never heard of a Kospian or a D'Hartian, nor of the
Mahovisal. It made things difficult; he couldn't get started. Most of all,
he wanted information; and, instead, he was being questioned. The best he
could do was to equivocate.



As for the Rhamda, he frowned. Apparently his eager interest had been
dashed with disappointment. But only slightly, as Watson could see; the
man was of such culture and intellect as to have perfect control over his
emotions. In his balance and poise he was very like Avec, and he had the
same pleasing manner.



“My dear sir,” he began, “if you are really a man, then you can tell me
something of great importance.”



“I” Chick retorted, “can tell you nothing until you first let me know just
where I stand!”



Certainly there was a lack of common ground. Until one of them supplied
it, there could be no headway. Watson realised that his whole future might
revolve about the axis of his next words.



The Rhamda thought a moment, dubiously, like one who has had a pet theory
damaged, though not shattered. Suddenly he spoke to the woman.



“Open the portal,” said he.



She stepped to the oval window, touched a latch, and swung the pane
horizontally upon two pivots. Immediately the room was flooded with a
strange effulgence, amber-like, soft and mellow, as real sunshine.



But it was NOT real sunshine!



The window was set in a rather thick wall, beyond which Watson could see a
royal sapphiric sky, flecked with white and purple and amethyst-threaded
clouds poised above a great amber sleeping sun.



It was the sun that challenged attention. It was so mild, and yet so
utterly beyond what might be expected. In diameter it would have made six
of the one Watson had known; in the blue distance, touching the rim of the
horizon, it looked exactly like a huge golden plate set edgewise on the
end of the earth.



And—he could look straight at it without blinking!



His thoughts ran back to the first account of the Rhamda. The man had
looked straight at the sun and had been blinded. This accounted for it!
The man had been accustomed to this huge, soft-glowing beauty. An amberous
sun, deep yellow, sleeping; could it be, after all, dreamland?



But there were other things: the myriad tintinnabulations of these
microscopic bells, never ceasing, musically throbbing; and now, the exotic
delight of the softest of perfumes, an air barely tinted with violet and
rose, and the breath of woodland wild flowers. He could not comprehend it.
He looked at the purple clouds above the lotus sun, hardly believing, and
deeply in doubt.



A great white bird dived suddenly out of the heavens and flew into the
focus of his vision. In all the tales of his boyhood, of large and
beautiful rocs and other birds, he had come across nothing like this. From
the perspective it must have measured a full three hundred feet from tip
to tip; it was shaped like a swan and flew like an eagle, with
magnificent, lazy sweeps of the wings; while its plumage was as white as
the snow, new fallen on the mountains. And right behind it, in pursuit,
hurtled a huge black thing, fully as large and just as swift; a tremendous
black crow, so black that its sides gave off a greenish shimmer.



Just then the woman closed the window. It was as well; Watson was only
human, and he could hide his curiosity just so long and no longer. He
turned to the Rhamda.



The man nodded. “I thought so,” said he with satisfaction, as one might
who has proven a pet and previous theory.



Watson tried from another angle.



“Just who do you think I am, sir?”



The other smiled as before. “It is not what I may think,” he replied: “but
what I know. You are the proof that was promised us by the great Rhamda
Avec. You are—THE FACT AND THE SUBSTANCE!”



He waited for Watson's answer. Stupefaction delayed it. After a moment the
Rhamda continued:



“Is it not so? Am I not right? You are surely out of the occult, my dear
sir. You are a spirit!”



It took Chick wholly by surprise. He had been ready to deal with anything—but
this. It was unreal, weird, impossible. And yet, why not? The professor
had set out to remove forever the screen that had hitherto shrouded the
shadow: but what had he revealed? What had the Spot disclosed? Unreality
or REALITY? Which is which?



In the inspiration of the moment, Chick saw that he had reached the
crossroads of the occult. There was no time to think; there was time only
for a plunge. And, like all strong men, Watson chose the deeper water.



He turned to the Rhamda Geos.



“Yes,” said he quietly. “I—am a spirit.”




















XXXI. — UP FOR BREATH



Rhamda Geos, instead of showing the concern and uneasiness that most men
would show in the presence of an avowed ghost, evinced nothing but a deep
and reverent happiness. He took Watson's hand almost shyly. And while his
manner was not effusive, it had the warmth that comes from the heart of a
scholar.



“As a Rhamda,” he declared, “I must commend myself for being the first to
speak to you. And I must congratulate you, my dear sir, on having fallen,
not into the hands of Bar Senestro, but into those of my own kind. It is a
proof of the prophecy, and a vindication of the wisdom of the Ten
Thousand.



“I bid you welcome to the Thomahlia, and I offer you my services, as guide
and sponsor.”



Chick did not reply at once. The chance he had taken was one of those rare
decisions that come to genius; the whole balance of his fate might swing
upon his sudden impulse. Not that he had any compunction; but he felt that
it tied him down. It restricted him. Certainly almost any role would be
easier than that of a spirit.



He didn't feel like a ghost. He wondered just how a ghost would act,
anyhow. What was more, he could not understand such a queer assumption on
the Rhamda's part. Why had he seemed to WANT Chick a ghost? Watson was
natural, human, embodied, just like the Rhamda. This was scarcely his idea
of a phantom's life. Most certainly, the two of them were men, nothing
else; if one was a wraith, so was the other. But—how to account for
it?



Again he thought of Rhamda Avec. The words of Geos, “The Fact and the
Substance,” had been exactly synonymous with what had been said of Avec by
Dr. Holcomb, “The proof of the occult.”



Was it indeed possible that these two great ones, from opposite poles, had
actually torn away the veil of the shadow? And was this the place where
he, Watson, must pose as a spirit, if he were to be accepted as genuine?



The thought was a shock. He must play the same part here that the Rhamda
had played on the other side of the Spot; but he would have to do it
without the guiding wisdom of Avec. Besides, there was something sinister
in the unknown force that had engulfed so strong a mind as the
professor's; for while Watson's fate had been of his own seeking, that of
the doctor smacked too much of treachery.



He turned to the Rhamda Geos with a new question:



“This Rhamda Avec—was he a man like yourself?”



The other brightened again, and asked in return:



“Then you have seen him!”



“I—I do not know,” answered Watson, caught off his guard. “But the
name is familiar. I don't remember well. My mind is vague and confused. I
recall a world, a wonderful world it was from which I came, and a great
many people. But I can't place myself; I hardly—let me see—”



The other nodded sympathetic approval.



“I understand. Don't exert yourself. It is hardly to be expected that one
forced out of the occult could come among us with his faculties
unimpaired. We have had many communications with your world, and have
always been frustrated by this one gulf which may not be crossed. When
real thought gets across the border, it is often indefinite, sometimes
mere drivel. Such answers as come from the void are usually disappointing,
no matter how expert our mediums may be in communicating with the dead.”



“The dead! Did you say—the dead?”



“Certainly; the dead. Are you not of the dead?”



Watson shook his head emphatically.



“Absolutely not! Not where I came from. We are all very much alive!”



The other watched him curiously, his great eyes glowing with enthusiasm;
the enthusiasm of the born seeker of the truth.



“You don't mean,” he asked, “that you have the same passions that we have
here in life?”



“I mean,” said Watson, “that we hate, love, swear; we are good and we are
evil; and we play games and go fishing.”



Geos rubbed his hands in a dignified sort of glee. What had been said
coincided, apparently, with another of his pet theories.



“It is splendid,” he exulted, “splendid! And just in line with my thesis.
You shall tell it before the Council of the Rhamdas. It will be the
greatest day since the speaking of the Jarados!”



Watson wondered just who this Jarados might be; but for the moment he went
back to the previous question.



“This Rhamda Avec: you were about to tell me about him. Let me have as
much as I can understand, sir.”



“Ah, yes! The great Rhamda Avec. Perhaps you may recall him when your mind
clears a little more. My dear sir, he is, or was, the chief of the Rhamdas
of all the Thomahlia.”



“What is the 'Thomahlia'?”



“The Thomahlia! Why, it is called the world; our name for the world. It
comprises, physically, land, water and air; politically, it embraces
D'Hartia, Kospia and a few minor nations.”



“Who are the Rhamdas?”



“They are the heads of—of the Thomahlia; not the nominal nor
political nor religious heads—they are neither judicial, executive
nor legislative; but the real heads, still above. They might be called the
supreme college of wisdom, of science and of research. Also, they are the
keepers of the bell and its temple, and the interpreters of the Prophecy
of the Jarados.”



“I see. You are a sort of priesthood.”



“No. The priesthood is below us. The priests take what orders we choose to
give, and are purely—”



“Superstitious?”



The Rhamda's eyes snapped, just a trifle.



“Not at all, my dear sir! They are good, sincere men. Only, not being
intellectually adept enough to be admitted to the real secrets, the real
knowledge, they give to all things a provisional explanation based upon a
settled policy. Not being Rhamdas, they are simply not aware that
everything has an exact and absolute explanation.”



“In other words,” put in Watson, “they are scientists; they have not
lifted themselves up to the plane of inquisitive doubt.”



Still the Rhamda shook his head.



“Not quite that, either, my dear sir. Those below us are not ignorant;
they are merely nearer to the level of the masses than we are. In fact,
they are the people's rulers; these priests and other similar classes. But
we, the Rhamdas, are the rulers of the rulers. We differ from them in that
we have no material ends to subserve. Being at the top, with no motive
save justice and advancement, our judgments are never questioned, and for
the same reason, seldom passed.



“But we are far above the plane of doubt that you speak of; we passed out
of it long ago. That is the first stage of true science; afterwards comes
the higher levels where all things have a reason; ethics, inspiration,
thought, emotion—”



“And—the judgment of the Jarados?”



Watson could not have told why he said it. It was impulse, and the
impromptu suggestion of a half-thought. But the effect of his words upon
the Rhamda and the nurse told him that, inadvertently, he had struck a
keynote. Both started, especially the woman. Watson took note of this in
particular, because of the ingrained acceptance of the feminine in matter
of belief.



“What do you know?” was her eager interruption. “You have seen the
Jarados?”



As for the Rhamda, he looked at Watson with shrewd, calculating eyes. But
they were still filled with wonder.



“Can you tell us?” he asked. “Try and think!”



Chick knew that he had gained a point. He had been dealt a trump card; but
he was too clever to play it at once. He was on his own responsibility and
was carrying a load that required the finest equilibrium.



“I really do not know,” he said. “I—I must have time to think.
Coming across the border that way you must give me time. You were telling
me about the Rhamdas in general; now tell me about Avec in particular.”



Geos nodded as though he could understand the fog that beclouded Watson's
mind.



“The Rhamda Avec is, or was, the wisest of them all; the head and the
chief, and by far the most able. Few beside his own fellows knew it,
however; another than he was the nominal head, and officiated for him
whenever necessary. Avec had little social intercourse; he was a
prodigious student.



“We are a body of learned men, you understand, and we stand at the peak of
all that has been discovered through hundreds upon hundreds of centuries,
so that at the present day we are the culmination of the combined effort
and thought of man since the beginning of time. Each generation of Rhamdas
must be greater than the one preceding. When I die and pass on to your
world I must leave something new and worth-while to my successor; some
thought, wisdom, or deed that may be of use to mankind. I cannot be a
Rhamda else. We are a set of supreme priests, who serve man at the shrine
of intelligence, not of dogma.



“Of course, we are not to be judged too highly. All research, when it
steps forward must go haltingly; there are many paths into the unknown
that look like the real one. Hence, we have among us various schools of
thought, and each following a different trail.



“I myself am a spiritist. I believe that we can, and often have,
communicated with your world at various times. There are others who do not
grant it; there are Rhamdas who are inclined to lean more to the
materialist's side of things, who rely entirely, when it comes to
questions of this kind, upon their faith in the teachings of the Jarados.
There are some, too, who believe in the value of speculation, and who
contend that only through contemplation can man lift himself to the full
fruits of realisation. At the head of us all—the Rhamda Avec!”



“What was his belief?”



“Let us say he believed ALL. He was eclectic. He held that we were all of
us a bit right, and each of us a whole lot wrong. It was his contention,
however, that there was not one thing that could not be proven; that the
secret of life, while undoubtedly a secret in every sense of the word, is
still very concrete, it could be proven!”



Watson nodded. He remembered hearing another man make just such a
statement—Dr. Holcomb.



“For years he worked in private,” went on Geos. “We never knew just what
he was doing; until, one day, he called us together and delivered his
lecture.”



“His lecture?”



“Rather, his prophecy. For it was all that. Not that he spoke at great
length; it was but a talk. He announced that he believed the time had come
to prove the occult. That it could be done, and done only through
concrete, material means; and that whatever existed, certainly could be
demonstrated. He was going to pull aside the curtain that had hitherto cut
off the shadow.



“'I am going to prove the occult,' he said. 'In three days I shall return
with the fact and the substance. And then I propose to deliver my greatest
lecture, my final thesis, in which my whole life shall come to a focus. I
shall bring the proof for your eyes and ears, for your fingers to explore
and be satisfied. You shall behold the living truth.”



“'And the subject of my lecture—the subject of my lecture will be
The Spot of Life.'”




















XXXII. — THROUGH UNKNOWN WATERS



The SPOT of Life! And the subject of Dr. Holcomb's lecture, promised but
never delivered, had been announced as—The Blind SPOT!



To Watson it was fairly astounding to discover that the two—Holcomb
and Avec—had reached simultaneously for the curtain of the shadow.
The professor had said that it would be “the greatest day since Columbus.”
And so it had proven, did the world but know it.



“And—the Rhamda Avec never returned?” asked Chick.



“No.”



“But he sent back something within three days?” Watson was thinking, of
course, of the doctor who had disappeared on the day which, Jerome
overheard the Rhamda to say, was the last of his stay.



But Geos did not reply. Why, Chick could not guess. He thought it best not
to press the question; in good time, if he went at it carefully, he could
gain his end with safety. At the moment he must not arouse suspicion. He
chose another query.



“Did Avec go alone?”



“No. The Nervina went with him. Rather, she followed within a few hours.”



“Ah!”



It was out before Watson could think. The Rhamda looked up suddenly.



“Then you have seen the Nervina! You know her?”



Chick lied. It was not his intention, just at present, to tie himself down
to anything that might prove compromising or restraining.



“The name is—familiar. Who is this Nervina?”



“She is one of the queens. I thought—My dear sir, she is one of the
queens of Thomahlia, half Kospian, half D'Hartian; of the first royal line
running through from the day of the Jarados.”



Chick cogitated for a moment. Then, taking an entirely new tack:



“You say the Rhamda and this Nervina, independently, solved the mystery of
the Spot of Life, I believe you call it. And that Spot leads, apparently,
into the occult?”



“Apparently, if not positively. It was the wisdom of Avec, mostly. He had
been in communication with your world by means of his own discovery and
application. It was all in line with the prophecy.



“Since he and the Nervina left, the people of the world have been in a
state of ferment. For it was foretold that in the last days we would get
in communication with the other side; that some would come and some would
go. For example, your own coming was foretold by the Jarados, almost to
the hour and minute.”



“Then it was fortuitous,” spoke Watson. “It was NOT the wisdom and science
of Avec, in my case.”



“Quite so. However, it is proof that the Rhamdas have fulfilled their
duty. We knew of the Spot of Life, all the while; it was to be closed
until we, through the effort of our intellect and virtues, could lift
ourselves up to the plane of the world beyond us—your world. It
could not be opened by ourselves alone, however. The Rhamda Avec had first
to get in touch with your side, before he could apply the laws he had
discovered.”



Somehow, Chick admired this Rhamda. Men of his type could form but one
kind of priesthood: exalted, and devoted to the advance of intelligence.
If Rhamda Avec were of the same sort, then he was a man to be looked up
to, not to hate. As for the Jarados—Watson could not make out who he
had been; a prophet or teacher, seemingly, looming out of the past and
reverenced from antiquity.



The Blind Spot became a shade less sinister. Already Watson had the Temple
of the Leaf, or Bell, the Rhamdas and their philosophy, the great amber
sun, the huge birds, the musical cadence of the perfumed air, and the
counter-announcement of Rhamda Avec to weigh against the work and words of
Dr. Holcomb.



The world of the Blind Spot!



As if in reaction from the unaccustomed train of thought, Watson suddenly
became conscious of extreme hunger. He gave an uneasy glance round, a
glance which the Rhamda Geos smilingly interpreted. At a word the woman
left the room and returned with a crimson garment, like a bath-robe. When
Chick had donned it and a pair of silken slippers, Geos bade him follow.



They stepped out into the corridor.



This was formed and coloured much as the room they had quitted; and it led
to another apartment, much larger—about fifty feet across—coloured
a deep, cool green. Its ceiling, coved like the other, seemed made of some
self-radiating substance from which came both light and heat. Four or five
tables, looking like ebony work, were arranged along the side walls. When
they were seated at one of these, the Rhamda placed his fingers on some
round alna-white buttons ranged along the edge of the table.



“In your world,” he apologised, “our clumsy service would doubtless amuse
you; but it is the best we have been able to devise so far.”



He pressed the button. Instantly, without the slightest sound or anything
else to betray just how the thing had been accomplished, the table was
covered with golden dishes, heaped with food, and two flagon-like goblets,
full to the brim with a dark, greenish liquid that gave off an aroma
almost exhilarating; not alcoholic, but something just above that. The
Rhamda, disregarding or not noticing Watson's gasp of wonder, lifted his
goblet in the manner of the host in health and welcome.



“You may drink it,” he offered, “without fear. It is not liquor—if I
may use a word which I believe to be current in your world. I may add that
it is one of the best things that we shall be able to offer you while you
are with us.”



Indeed it wasn't liquor. Watson took a sip; and he made a mental note that
if all things in the Thomahlia were on a par with this, then he certainly
was in a world far above his own. For the one sip was enough to send a
thrill through his veins, a thrill not unlike the ecstasy of supreme music—a
sparkling exuberance, leaving the mind clear and scintillating, glorified
to the quick thinking of genius.



Later Watson experienced no reaction such as would have come from drinking
alcohol or any other drug.



It was the strangest meal ever eaten by Watson. The food was very savoury,
and perfectly cooked and served. Only one dish reminded him of meat.



“You have meats?” he asked. “This looks like flesh.”



Geos shook his head. “No. Do you have flesh to eat, on the other side? We
make all our food.”



MAKE food. Watson thought best simply to answer the question:



“As I remember it, Rhamda Geos, we had a sort of meat called beef—the
flesh of certain animals.”



The Rhamda was intensely interested. “Are they large? Some interpret the
Jarados to that effect. Tell me, are they like this?” And he pulled a
silver whistle from his pocket and, placing it to his lips, blew two
short, shrill notes.



Immediately a peculiar patter sounded down the corridor; a ka-tuck,
ka-tuck, ka-tuck, not unlike galloping hoof-beats. Before Watson could do
any surmising a little bundle of shining black, rounded the entrance to
the room and ran up to them. Geos picked it up.



It was a horse. A horse, beautifully formed, perfect as an Arab, and not
more than nine inches high!



Now, Chick had been in the Blind Spot, conscious, but a short while. He
knew that he was in the precise position that Rhamda Avec had occupied
that morning on the ferry-boat. Chick recalled the pictures of the
Lilliputian deer and the miniature kittens; yet he was immensely
surprised.



The little fellow began to neigh, a tiny, ridiculous sound as compared
with the blast of a normal-sized horse, and began to paw for the edge of
the table.



“What does he want?”



“A drink. They will do anything for it.” Geos pressed a button, and in a
moment he had another goblet. This he held before the little stallion, who
thrust his head in above his nostrils and drank as greedily as a Percheron
weighing a ton. Watson stroked his sides; the mane was like spun silk, he
felt the legs symmetrical, perfectly shaped, not as large above the
fetlocks as an ordinary pencil.



“Are they all of this size?”



“Yes; all of them. Why do you ask?”



“Because”—seeing no harm in telling this—“as I remember them,
a horse on the other side would make a thousand of this one. People ride
them.”



The Rhamda nodded.



“So it is told in the books of Jarados. We had such beasts, once,
ourselves. We would have them still, but for the brutality and stupidity
of our ancestors. It is the one great sin of the Thomahlia. Once we had
animals, great and small, and all the blessings of Nature; we had horses
and, I think, what you call beef; a thousand other creatures that were
food and help and companions to man. And for the good they had done our
ancestors destroyed them!”



“Why?”



“It was neglect, unthinking and selfish. A time came when our civilisation
made it possible to live without other creatures. When machinery came into
vogue we put aside the animals as useless; those we had no further use for
we denied the right to reproduce. The game of the forest was hunted down
with powerful weapons of destruction; all went, in a century or two;
everything that could be killed. And with them went the age of our highest
art, that age of domesticated animals.



“Our greatest paintings, our noblest sculpture, came from that age; all
the priceless relics that we call classic. And in its stead we had the
mechanical age. Man likewise became a mechanism, emotionless, with no
taste for Nature. Meat was made synthetically, and so was milk.”



“You don't mean to say they did not preserve cows for the sake of their
milk?”



“No; that kind of milk became old-fashioned; men regarded it as
unsanitary, fit only for the calves. What they wanted was something
chemically pure; they waged war on bacteria, microbes, and Nature in
general; a cow was merely a relic whose product was always an uncertainty.
With no reason for the meat and no use for the milk, our vegetarians and
our purists gradually eliminated them altogether. It was a strange age;
utilitarian, scientific, selfish; it was then headed straight for
destruction.”



And he went on to relate how men began to lose the power of emotion; there
were no dependent beasts to leaven his nature with the salt of kindness;
he thought only of his own aggrandisement. He became like his machine, a
fine thing of perfectly correlated parts, but with no higher nature, no
soul, no feeling; he was less than a brute. The animals disappeared one by
one, passing through the channel of death, into the world beyond the Spot
of Life, leaving behind only these tiny survivors, playthings, kept in
existence longer than all others because of a mere fad.



“Does your spiritism include animals as well as men?”



“Naturally; everything that is endowed with life.”



“I see. Let me ask you: why didn't the Rhamdas interfere and put a stop to
this wanton sacrilege against Nature?”



The Rhamda smiled. “You forget,” replied he, “that these events belong far
in the past. At that time the Rhamdas were not. It was even before the
coming of the Jarados.”



Watson asked no more questions for a while. He wanted to think. How could
this man Rhamda Geos, if indeed he were a man, accept him, Watson, as a
spirit? Solid flesh was not exactly in line with his idea of the
unearthly. How to explain it? He had to go back to Holcomb again. The
doctor had accepted without question Avec's naturalness, his body, his
appetite. Reasonably enough, Geos, with some smattering of his superior's
wisdom, should accept Watson in the same way.



And then, the Jarados: at every moment his name had cropped up. Who was
he? So far he had heard no word that might be construed as a clue. The
great point, just now, was that the Rhamda Geos accepted him as a spirit,
as the fact and substance promised by Avec. But—where was the
doctor?



Chick ventured this question:



“My coming was foretold by the Rhamda Avec, I understand. Is this in
accord with the words of the Jarados?”



The Rhamda looked up expectantly and spoke with evident anxiety.



“Can you tell me anything about the Jarados?”



“Let us forgo that,” side-stepped Watson. “Possibly I can tell you much
that you would like to know. What I want to know is, just how well
prepared you are to receive me?”



“Then you come from the Jarados!”



“Perhaps.”



“What do you know about him?”



“This: someone should have preceded me! The fact and the substance-you
were to have it inside three days! It has been several hundred times the
space allotted! Is it not so?”



The Rhamda's eyes were pin-pointed with eagerness.



“Then it IS true! You are from the Jarados! You know the great Rhamda Avec—you
have seen him!”



“I have,” declared Watson.



“In the other world? You can remember?”



“Yes,” again committing himself. “I have seen Avec—in another world.
But tell me, before we go on I would have an answer to my question: did
anyone precede me?”



“No.”



Watson was nonplussed, but he concealed the fact.



“Are you sure?”



“Quite, my dear sir. The Spot of Life was watched continually from the
moment the Rhamda left us.”



“You mean, he and the Nervina?”



“Quite so; she followed him after an interval of a few hours.”



“I know. But you say that no one came out ahead of me. Who was it that
guarded this—this Spot of Life? The Rhamdas?”



“They and the Bars.”



“Ah! And who are the Bars?”



“The military priesthood. They are the Mahovisal, and of the Temple of the
Bell. They are led by the great Bar Senestro.”



“And there were times when these Bars, led by this Senestro, held guard
over the Spot of Life?” To this Geos nodded; and Watson went on: “And who
is this great Senestro?”



“He is the chief of the Bars, and a prince of D'Hartia. He is the
affianced of the two queens, the Aradna and the Nervina.”



“The TWO of them?”



Whereupon Watson learned something rather peculiar. It seemed that the
princes of D'Hartia had always married the queens. This Senestro had had a
brother, but he died. And in such an event it was the iron custom that the
surviving brother marry both queens. It had happened only once before in
all history; but the precedent was unbreakable.



“Then, there is nothing against it?”



“Nothing; except, perhaps the prophecy of the Jarados. We now know—the
whole world knows—that we are fast approaching the Day of Life.”



“Of course; the Day of Life.” Watson decided upon another chance shot. “It
has to do with the marriage of the two queens!”



“You DO know!” cried the Rhamda joyously. “Tell me!”



“No; it is I who am asking the questions.”



Watson's mind was working like lightning. Whether it was the influence of
the strange drink, or the equally strange influence of ordinary
inspiration, he was never more self-assured in his life. It seemed a day
for taking long chances.



“Tell me,” he inquired, “what has the Day of Life to do with the two
queens and their betrothal?”



The Rhamda throttled his eagerness. “It is one of the obscure points of
the prophecy. There are some scholars who hold that such a problem as this
presages the coming of the end and the advent of the chosen. But others
oppose this interpretation, for reasons purely material: for if the Bar
Senestro should marry both queens it would make him the sole ruler of the
Thomahlia. Only once before have we had a single ruler; for centuries upon
centuries we have had two queens; one of the D'Hartians, and the other of
the Kospians, enthroned here in the Mahovisal.”



Watson would have liked to learn far more. But the time seemed one for
action on his part; bold action, and positive.



“Rhamda Geos—I do not know what is your version of the prophecy. But
you are positive that no one preceded me out of the Spot?”



“I am. Why do you persist?”



“Because”—speaking slowly and with the greatest care—“because
there was one greater than I, who came before me!”



The Rhamda rose excitedly to his feet, and then sank back into his chair
again. In his eyes was nothing save eagerness, wonder and respect. He
leaned forward.



“Who was it? Who was he?”



Watson's voice was steady as stone.



“The great Jarados himself!”




















XXXIII. — A LONG WAY FROM SHORE



Once more Watson had taken the kind of chance he preferred—a slender
one. He took the chance that these people, however occult and advanced
they might be, were still human enough to build their prophecy out of an
old foundation. If he were right, then the person of the Jarados would be
inviolable. If the professor were prisoner, held somewhere in secret, and
it got noised about that he was the true prophet returned—it would
not only give Holcomb immense prestige, but at the same time render the
position of his captors untenable.



Chick needed no great discernment to see that he had touched a vital spot.
The philosophy of the Rhamdas was firmly bound up with spiritism; they had
gone far in science, and had passed out of mere belief into the deeper,
finer understanding that went behind the shadow for proof. Certainly
Watson inwardly rejoiced to see Rhamda Geos incredulous, his keen face
whitening like that of one who has just heard sacrilege uttered—to
see Geos rise in his place, grip the table tightly, and hear him exclaim:



“The Jarados! Did you say—the Jarados? He has come amongst us, and
we have not known? You are perfectly sure of this?”



“I am,” stated Watson, and met the other's keen scrutiny without
flinching.



Would the game work? At least it promised action; and now that he had the
old feeling of himself he was anxious to get under way. Any feeling of
fear was gone now. He calmly nodded his head.



“Yes, it is so. But sit down. I have still a bit more to tell you.”



The Rhamda resumed his seat. Clearly, his reverence had been greatly
augmented in the past few seconds. From that time on there was a marked
difference in his manner; and his speech, when he addressed Chick,
contained the expression “my lord”—an expression that Watson found
it easy enough to become accustomed to.



“Did you doubt, Rhamda Geos, that I came from the Jarados?”



“We did not doubt. We were certain.”



“I see. You were not expecting the Jarados.”



“Not yet, my lord. The coming of the Jarados shall be close to the Day of
the Judgment. But it could not be so soon; there were to be signs and
portents. We were to solve the problem first; we were to know the reason
of the shadow and the why of the spirit. The wisdom of the Rhamda Avec
told that the day approaches; he had opened the Spot of Life and gone
through it; but he had NOT sent the fact and the substance.” Watson
smiled. There was just enough superstition, it seemed, beneath all the
Rhamda's wisdom to make him tractable. However, Chick asked:



“Tell me: as a learned man, as a Rhamda, do you believe in the prophecy
implicitly?”



“Yes, my lord. I am a spiritist; and if spiritism is truth, then the
Jarados was genuine, and his prophecy is true. After all, my lord, it is
not a case of legend, but of history. The Jarados came at a time of high
civilisation, when men would see and understand him; he gave us his
teaching in records, and imposed his laws upon the Thomahlia. Then he
departed—through the Spot of Life.”



And the Rhamda Geos went on to say that the teachings of the Jarados had
been moral as well as intellectual. Moreover, after he had formulated his
laws, he wrote out his judgment.



“What was that?”



“An exhortation, my lord, that we were to give proof of our appreciation
of intelligence. We were to use it, and to prove ourselves worthy of it by
lifting ourselves up to the level of the Spot of Life. In other words, the
spot would be opened when, and only when, we had learned the secrets of
the occult, and—had opened the Spot ourselves!”



Watson thought he understood partly. He asked:



“And that is why you doubt me?”



“You, my lord? Not so! You were found in the Temple of the Bell and Leaf;
not on the Spot itself, to be sure, but on the floor of the temple. You
were, both in your person and in your dress, of another world; you had
been promised by the Rhamda Avec; and, in a sense, you were a part of the
prophecy. We accepted you!”



“But I speak your language. Account for that, Geos.”



“It need not be accounted for, my lord. We accept it as fact. The affinity
of spirit would not be bound by the limitation of artificial speech. That
you should talk the Thomahlia language is no more strange than that Rhamda
Avec, when he passed into your world, should speak your tongue.”



“We call our language English,” supplied Watson. “It is the tongue of the
Jarados and of myself.”



“Tell me of the Jarados, my lord!” with renewed eagerness. “In the other
world—what is he?”



It was Chick's opportunity. By telling the simple truth about Dr. Holcomb
he would enhance himself in the eyes of Rhamda Geas.



“In the other world—we call it America—the Jaradas is a Rhamda
much like yourself, the head and chief of many Rhamdas sitting in a great
institution devoted to intelligence. It is called the University of
California.”



“And this California; what is it, my lord?”



“A name,” returned Chick. “Immediately on the other side of the Spot is a
region called California.”



“The promised land, my lord!”



“The promised land indeed. There are some who call it paradise, even
there.” And for good measure he proceeded to tell much of his own land, of
the woods, the rivers, the cities, animals, mountains, the sky, the moon,
and the sun. When he came to the sun he explained that no man dared to
look at it continuously with the bare eyes. Its great heat and splendour
astounded Geos.



Concerning himself he nonchalantly stated that he was the fiance of
Holcomb's daughter; that is, son-in-law-to-be of the prophet Jarados; that
he was sort of Junior Rhamda. He declared that he had come from the occult
Rhamdas, through the other side of the Spot, in search of the Jarados who
had gone before. As to his blankness up to now, and his perplexity—he
was but a Junior; and the Spot had naturally benumbed his senses. Even
now, he apologised, it was difficult to know and to recall everything
clearly.



Through it all the Rhamda Geos Listened in something like awe. He was
hearing of wonders never before guessed in the Thomahlia. As the
prospective son-in-law of the Jarados, Watson automatically lifted himself
to a supreme height, so great that, could he only hold himself up to it,
he would have a prestige second only to that of the prophet himself.



All of a sudden he thought of a question. It gripped him with dread, the
dread of the unknown. The question was one of TIME. “How long have I been
here, Rhamda Geos?”



“Over eleven months, by our system of reckoning. You were found on the
floor of the temple three hundred and fifty-seven days ago; you were in a
lifeless condition; you must have been there some hours, my lord, before
we discovered you.”



“Eleven months!” It had seemed but that many minutes. “And I was
unconscious—”



“All the time, my lord. Had we caught you immediately upon your coming, we
could have brought you around within three days, but in the circumstances
it was impossible to restore you before we did. You have been under the
care of the greatest specialists in all Thomahlia.”



Geos himself had been one of these. “The council of Rhamdas went into
special session, my lord, immediately after your materialisation, and has
been sitting almost continually since. And now that you are revived, they
are waiting in person for you to show yourself.



“They accept you. They do not know who you are, my lord; none of us has
guessed even a part of the truth. The entire council awaits!”



But Chick wanted more. Besides, he looked at his clothing.



“I would have my own garments, Geos; also, whatever else was found on my
person.”



For Watson was thinking of a small but powerful pistol, an automatic, that
he had carried on the night when he fell through the Blind Spot. This
question of materiality was still a puzzle; if he himself had survived
there was a chance that the firearm had done the same. It might and it
might not preclude the occult. Anyway, he treasured the thought of that
automatic; with it in his possession he would not be bare-handed in case
of emergency.



They returned to the room in which Chick had awakened. The Rhamda left
him. A few moments later he came back with a squad of men. Chick noted
their discipline, movement, and uniforms, and classed them as soldiers.
Two men were stationed outside the door—one, a stout, dark
individual in a blue uniform; and the other a lithe, athletic chap, blond
and blue-eyed, wearing a bright crimson dress. Chick instinctively
preferred both man and garb in crimson; there was a touch of honour, of
lightness and strength that just suited him. The other was dark, heavy and
sinister.



Both wore sandals, and upon their heads curious shakos, made of the finest
down, not fur. Both displayed a heavy silken braid looped from one
shoulder. Each carried a spear-like weapon, of some shining black
material, straight-tapered to a needle-point; but no other arms.



Watson pointed to the two uniforms.



“What is the significance, Geos?”



“One is from the queen, my lord; the other from Bar Senestro. The blue is
the cloth of the Bars; the red, that of the queens. The Bar and the queen
send this bodyguard with their respective compliments.”



Chick took the bundle that Geos had brought, and proceeded to don his own
clothes, finding deep satisfaction in the fact that they had arrived as
intact as he. He felt carefully in his hip pocket; the automatic was still
there, likewise the extra magazine of cartridges that he had carried about
with him on that night.



In his other pockets he found two packets of cigarettes, a pouch of
tobacco, some papers, a few coins, a little money and two photographs, one
of Bertha and the other of her father. Not a thing had been disturbed.



He announced himself ready.



The Rhamda conducted him down the corridor, which he found to be lined
with guards; red on one side, blue on the other. These men fell in behind
in two parallel files, one of the one colour and one of the other.



It was a building of great size. The corridors were long and high, all
with the wide-coved ceiling, and of colours that melted from one shade to
another as they turned, not corners, but curves. Apparently each colour
had its own suggestive reason. Such rooms as Chick could look into were
uniformly large, beautiful, and distinctly lighted.



The guard moved in silent rhythm; the chief sound was that made by
Watson's leather-heeled shoes, drowning out, for once, the everlasting
tinkling undertone of those unseen fairy-bells; that running cadence,
never ceasing, silver, liquid, like the soul of sound.



Though Watson walked with head erect, he had eyes for every little thing
he passed. He noted the material of the structure and tried to name it;
neither plaster nor stone, the walls were highly polished and, somehow or
other, capable of emitting perfume—light and wholesome, not heavy
and oppressive. And in dark passages the walls glowed.



The corridor widened, and with a graceful curve opened upon a wide
stairway that descended, or rather sank—to use Watson's own words
for the feeling—into the depths of the building. To the right of one
landing was a large window reaching to the floor; its panes were clear and
not frosted as had been the others.



Chick got his first glimpse here of what lay outside—an iridescent
landscape, at first view astonishingly like an ocean of opals; for it was
of many hues, red and purple and milky white, splashed violantin blue and
fluorescence—a maze and shimmer of dancing, joyful colours, whirring
in an uncertainty of polychromatic harmony. Such was his first fleeting
impression.



At the next landing he looked closer. It was not unlike a monster bowl of
bubbles; the same illusion of movement, the same delicacy and witchery of
colour, only here the sensation was not that of decomposition but of life;
of flowers, delicate as the rainbow, tenuous, sinuous, breathing—weaving
in a serpentine maze of daedalian hues; long tendrils of orchidian beauty,
lifting, weaving, drooping—a vast sea of equatorial bloom; but—no
trees.



“This is our landscape,” spoke the Rhamda. “According to the Jarados, it
is not like that of the next world—your world, my lord. After you
meet the Rhamdas, I shall take you into the Mahovisal for a closer view of
it all.”



They reached the bottom of the stairway. Chick noted the architecture in
the entrance-way at this point; the seeming solidness of structure, as if
the whole had been chiselled, not built. The vestibule was really a hall,
domed and high, large enough to shelter a hundred. Like the corridor
outside Chick's room, it was lined with a row each of red and blue
uniformed guards.



Invariably the one belonged to the blond, lithe, quick-feeling type, the
others heavy, sturdy, formidable. The extremities of the two lines
converged on an oval-topped doorway, very large, having above it a design
conventionalised from the three-leafed clover. One leaf was scarlet, one
blue, the other green.



The door opened. The guards halted. Geos stepped aside with a bow, and
Watson strode forward into the presence of the Council of the Rhamdas.




















XXXIV. — THE BAR SENESTRO



It was a critical moment for Chick. Out of the impulse of his inner nature
he had chosen the odds that he must now uphold against the combined wisdom
of these intellectuals. He was alone, with no one to guide him save Geos,
who undoubtedly was his friend, but who as undoubtedly would desert him
upon the slightest inkling of imposture.



He found himself in a great, round room, or rather an oval one, domed at
the top but tinted in a far more beautiful colouring—lazuli blue.
The walls were cut by long, narrow windows reaching far up into the sweep
where the side melted into the ceiling. The material of the windows was of
the same translucent substance already noted, but slightly tinged with
green, so that they shed a soft light, cooled and quiet, over the whole
assembly.



On the wall opposite the doorway was a large replica of the clover-leaf
design outside, even more gem-like in brilliance; its three colours woven
into a trinity almost of flame. Whether the light was artificial or
intrinsic, Chick could not say. The floor of the place accommodated some
three hundred tables, of the library type, and the same number of men
bearing the distinguished stamp of the Rhamda. All were smooth-shaven,
comparatively tall, and possessing the same aesthetic manner which
impressed one with the notion of inherited, inherent culture. The entire
hall had the atmosphere of learning, justice and the supreme tribunal.



For a moment Watson felt weak and uncertain. He could hold up against Geos
and Avec, but in the face of such an array he wasn't so sure. There was
but one thing to encourage him; the faces into which he looked. All were
full of wonder and reverence.



Then he looked about him more carefully. He had come out upon a wide
platform, or rostrum. He now noticed that he was flanked on either side by
thrones—two of them; they seemed made of golden amber. The one on
the right was occupied by a man, the other by a woman. In the pause that
was vouchsafed him Chick took note of these two, and wondered.



In the first place, the man was not a Rhamda. The jewelled semi-armour
that he wore was more significant than the dignified garb of the
Intellectuals; at the same time, his accoutrements cheapened him, by
contrast. He was executive, princely, with the bearing that comes of
worldly ambitions and attainments; a man strangely handsome, vital,
athletic; curling hair, dark, quick eyes and even features; except only
for the mouth he might have been taken as a model of the Greek Alexander.



The clothes he wore were classic, as was everything else about him, even
to his sandals, his bare arms and his jewelled breastplate.



Watson had studied history. He had a quick impression of a composite—of
genius, cruelty and sensuality. Here was one with three strong natures, a
sort of Nero, Caligula and Alexander combined: the sensuality of the
first, the cruelty of the second, and the instinctive fire and greatness
of the immortal Macedonian. The man was smiling; not an amused smile, but
one of interest, humorous tolerance.



When their eyes met, Chick caught the magnetic current of personality, the
same sense of illusiveness that he and Harry Wendel had noted in the
Nervina; only here it was negative, resisting instead of aiding. A number
of the blue guard surrounded the throne, their faces dark, strong, and of
unconquerable resolution, though slow to think.



On the other throne was a girl. Chick had heard enough from the Geos to
guess her identity: one of the queens, the Aradna; frail, delicate, a
blue-eyed maiden, with a waving mass of straw-gold hair hanging loosely
about her shoulders. She too was classically attired, although there were
touches of modernity here and there in the arrangement of ribbons; the
garment matched her guards' crimson, and was draped about her shoulders so
as to leave one bare, together with that arm. Across her forehead was a
band of dark-blue gems, and she wore no other jewels.



She was not more than seventeen or eighteen, with eyes like bluebells,
lips as red as poppies, features that danced with delight and laughter and
all the innocence that one would associate with elfin royalty.
Instinctively Chick compared her with the Nervina.



The senior queen had the subtle magnetism, the uncountable fascination,
the poise and decision that held and dictated all things to her fancy.



Not so the Aradna. Hers was the strength of simplicity, the frank, open
delight of the maiden, and at the same time all the charm and suggestion
of coming womanhood. When she caught Watson's eye she smiled; a smile free
and unrestrained, out of an open, happy heart. She made a remark to one of
her guards, who nodded a reply after the manner of a friend, rather than a
courtier.



Watson turned to the Geos, who stood somewhat to one side, and a little to
the rear.



“The Aradna?”



“Yes. The queen of D'Hartia. The man on the other side is the Bar
Senestro.”



Whatever feeling Chick entertained for the one was offset by what he felt
for the other. He was between two forces; his instinct warned him of the
Bar, sceptical, powerful, ruthless, a man to be reckoned with; but his
better nature went out to the young queen.



At a motion from Geos, the whole assembly of Rhamdas stood up. The action
was both dignified and reverent. Though Chick was, in their eyes, a
miracle, there was no unseemly staring nor jarring of curiosity; all was
quietness, ease, poise; the only sound was that of the constant subtle
music of those invisible bells.



Rhamda Geos began speaking. At the same time he placed a friendly hand on
Watson's shoulder, a signal for every other Rhamda to resume his seat.



“The Fact and the Substance, my brothers.”



Geos paused as he made use of the ultra-significant phrase. And then, in a
few rapid sentences, he ran over the synopsis of that affair, beginning
with some philosophy and other details that Watson could only half
understand, making frequent allusions to the Jarados and other writers of
prophecy; then he made some mention of his own particular brand of
spiritism and its stand on materialisation. This he followed with an
account of the finding of Watson in the temple, his long sleep and
ultimate reviving. At greater length he repeated the gist of their
conversation.



Not until then was there a stir among the Rhamdas. Chick glanced over at
the Aradna. She was listening eagerly, her chin cupped in her hand, her
blue eyes full of interest and wonder, and natural, unfeigned, child-like
delight.



Then the Bar caught Chick's glance; the newcomer felt the cold chill of
calculation, the cynical weight of the sceptic, and a queer foreboding of
the future; no light glance, but one like fire and ice and iron. He
wondered at the man's beauty and genius, and at his emotional
preponderance manifest even here before the Rhamdas.



The Geos went on. His words, now, were simple and direct. Watson felt
himself almost deified by that reverent manner. The Rhamdas listened with
visibly growing interest; the Aradna leaned slightly forward; even the Bar
dropped his interest in Watson to pay closer attention to the speaker. For
Geos had come to the Jarados; he was an orator as well as a mystic, and he
was advancing Chick's words with all the skill of a master of language,
ascending effect—climax—the Jarados had come among them, and—They
had missed him!



For a moment there was silence, then a rustle of general comment. Chick
watched the Rhamdas, leaning over to whisper to each other. Could he stand
up against them?



But none of them spoke. After the first murmur of comment they lapsed into
silence again. It was the Bar Senestro who broke the tension.



“May I ask, Rhamda Geos, why you make such an assertion? What proof have
you, to begin with, that this man,” indicating Watson with a nod, “is not
merely one of ourselves: a D'Hartian or a Kospian?”



The Geos replied instantly: “You know the manner of his discovery, Bar
Senestro. Have you not eyes?” Geos seemed to think he had said the last
word.



“Surely,” rejoined the Bar good-humouredly. “I have very good eyes, Rhamda
Geos. Likewise I have a mind to reason with; but my imagination, I fear,
is defective. What I behold is just such a creature as myself; not
otherwise. How hold you that this one is proof out of the occult?”



“You are sceptical,” returned the Rhamda, evenly. “Even as you behold him,
you are full of doubt. But do you not recall the words of the great Avec?
Do you not know the Prophecy of the Jarados?”



“Truly, Geos; I remember them both. Especially the writing on the wall of
the temple. Does not the prophet himself say: 'And behold, in the last
days there shall come among ye—the false ones. Them ye shall slay'?”



“All very true, Bar Senestro. But you well know—we all know—that
the true prophecy was to be fulfilled when the Spot was opened. Did not
the fulfilment begin when the Avec and the Nervina passed through to the
other side?”



“The fulfilment, Geos? Perhaps it was the sign of the coming of impostors!
The end may not be until ALL the conditions are complied with!”



But at this moment Aradna saw fit to speak.



“Senestro, would you condemn this one without allowing him a word in his
own defence? Is it fair? Besides, he does not look like an impostor to me.
I like his face. Perhaps he is one of the chosen!”



At the last word the Bar frowned. His glance shifted suddenly to Watson, a
swift look of ice-cold calculation.



“Very, very true, O Aradna. I, too, would have him speak in his own
behalf. Let him amuse us with his tongue. What would your majesty care to
hear, O Aradna, from this phantom?”



The words were of biting satire. Chick wheeled upon the Bar. Their eyes
clashed; an encounter not altogether to Watson's credit. He was a bit
unsteady, a trifle uncertain of his power. He had calculated on the
superstition of the Rhamdas to hold him up until he caught his footing,
and this unexpected scepticism was disconcerting. However, he was no
coward; the feeling passed away almost at once. He strode straight up to
the throne of the Bar; and once more he spoke from sheer impulse:



“The Aradna has spoken true, O Senestro, or sinister, or whatever you may
be called. I demand fair hearing! It is my due; for I have come from
another world. I follow—the Jarados!”



If Watson had supposed that he had taken the Bar's measure, he was
mistaken. The prince's eyes suddenly glinted with a fierce pleasure. Like
a flash his antagonism shifted to something astonishingly like admiration.



“Well spoken! Incidentally, you are well made and sound looking,
stranger.”



“Passably,” replied Watson. “I do not care to discuss my appearance,
however. I am certainly no more ill-favoured than some others.”



“And impertinent,” continued the other, quite without malice. “Do you know
anything about the Bar, to whom you speak so saucily?”



“I know that you have intimated that I may be an impostor. You have done
this, after hearing what the learned Rhamda Geos has said. You know the
facts; you know that I have come from the Jarados. I—”



But it wasn't Watson's words that held the Bar's attention. Chick's
straight, well-knit form, his quick-trained actions, overbalanced the
question of the prophet in the mind of the man on the throne. His delight
was self-evident.



“Truly you are soundly built, stranger; you are made of iron and whipcord,
finely formed, quick and alert.” He threw a word to one of his heavy-faced
attendants, then suddenly stood up and descended from his throne. He came
up and stood beside Watson.



Chick straightened. The prince was an inch the taller; his bare arms
long-muscled, lithe, powerful; under the pink skin Chick could see the
delicate, cat-like play of strength and vitality. He sensed the strength
of the man, his quick, eager, instinctive glance, his panther-like step
and certainty of graceful movement.



“Stranger,” spoke the Bar, “indeed you ARE an athlete! What is your
nationality—Kospian?”



“Neither Kospian nor D'Hartian; I am an American. True, there are some who
have said that I am built like a man; I pride myself that I can conduct
myself like one.”



“And speak impertinently.” Still in the best of humour, the prince coolly
reached out and felt Watson's biceps. His eyes became still brighter. If
not an admirer of decorum, he could appreciate firm flesh. “Sirra! You ARE
strong! Answer me—do you know anything about games of violence?”



“Several. Anything you choose.”



But the prince shook his head. “Not so. I claim no unfair advantage; you
are well met, and opportune. Let it be a contest of your own choosing. The
greater honour to myself, the victor!”



But the little queen saw fit to interfere.



“Senestro, is this the code of the Bar? Is not your proposal unseemly to
so great a guest? Restrain your eagerness for strength and for muscle! You
have preferred charges against this man; now you would hurl your body as
well. Remember, I am the queen; I can command it of you.”



The Senestro bowed.



“Your wishes are my law, O Aradna.” Then, turning to Watson: “I am
over-eager, stranger. You are the best-built man I have seen for many a
circle. But I shall best you.” He paced to his throne and resumed his
seat. “Let him tell us his tale. I repeat, Geos, that for all his beauty
this one is an impostor. When he has spoken I shall confute him. I ask
only that in the end he be turned over to me.”



It was plain that the Thomahlia was blest with odd rulers. If the Bar
Senestro was a priest, he was clearly still more of a soldier. The fiery
challenge of the man struck an answering chord in Watson; he knew the time
must come when he should weigh himself up against this Alexander, and it
was anything but displeasing to him.



“What must I say and do?” he asked the Rhamda Geos. “What do they want me
to tell them?”



“Just what you have told me: tell them of the Nervina, and of the Rhamda
Avec. The prince is a man of the world, but from the Rhamdas you will have
justice.”



Whereat Chick addressed the Intellectuals. They seemed accustomed to the
outbursts of the handsome Bar, and were now waiting complacently. In a few
words Watson described the Nervina and Avec; their appearance, manners—everything.
Fortunately he did not have to dissemble. When he had finished there was a
faint murmur of approval.



“It is proven,” declared the girl queen. “It is truly my cousin, the
Nervina. I knew not the Rhamda, but from your faces it must have been he,
Senestro, what say you to this?”



But the Bar was totally unconvinced.



“All this is childish. Did I not say he is of our world—D'Hartian or
Kospian, or some other? Does not all Thomahlia know of the Nervina? Few
have seen the Rhamda Avec, but what of it? Some have. What this stranger
says proves nothing at all. I say, give him a test.”



“The test?” from Geos, in a hushed tone.



“Just that. There is none who knows the likeness of the Jarados; none but
the absent Avec. None among us has ever seen his image. It is a secret to
all save the High Rhamda. Yet, in cases like this, well may the Leaf be
opened.”



Watson, wondering what was meant, listened closely to the prince as he
continued: “It is written that there are times when all may see. Surely
this is such a time.



“Now let this stranger describe the Jarados. He says that he had seen him;
that he is the Prophet's prospective son-in-law. Good! Let him describe
the Jarados to us!



“Then open the Leaf! If he speaks true, we shall know him to be from the
Jarados. If he fail, then I shall claim him for purposes of my own.”



Whatever the motives of the Senestro, he surely had the genius of quick
decision. Watson knew that the moment had come to test his luck to the
uttermost. There was but one thing to do; he did it. He said to the Rhamda
Geos, in a tone of the utmost indifference:



“I am willing.”



Geos was distinctively relieved, “It is good, my lord. Tell us in simple
words. Describe the Jarados just as you have seen him, just as you would
have us see him. Afterwards we shall open the Leaf.” And in a lower tone:
“If you speak accurately I shall be vindicated, my lord. I doubt not that
you are a better man than the prince; but place your reliance in the
Truth; it will be one more proof of the occult, and of the Day
approaching.”



Which is all that Watson told. But first he breathed a prayer to One who
is above all things occult or physical. He did not understand where he was
nor how he had got there; he only knew that his fate was hanging on a toss
of chance.



He faced the Rhamdas without flinching; and half closing his eyes and
speaking very clearly, he searched his memory for what he recalled of the
old professor. He tried to describe him just as he had appeared that day
in the ethics class, when he made the great announcement; the trim, stubby
figure of Professor Holcomb, the pink, healthy skin, the wise, grey,
kindly eyes, and the close-cropped, pure white beard: all, just as Chick
had known him. One chance in millions; he took it.



“That is the Jarados as I have seen him; a short, elderly, wise, BEARDED
man.”



There was not a breath or a murmur in comment. All hung upon his words;
there was not a sound in the room as he ceased speaking, only the throb of
his own heart and the subtle pounding of caution in his veins. He had
spoken. If only there might be a resemblance!



The Geos stepped forward a pace. “It is well said. If the truth has been
spoken, there shall be room for no dispute. It shall be known throughout
all Thomahlia that the Chosen of the Jarados has spoken. Let the Leaf be
opened!”



Chick never knew just what happened, much less how it was accomplished. He
knew only that a black, opaque wave ran up the long windows, shutting off
the light, so that instantly the darkness of night enveloped everything,
blotting out all that maze of colour; it was the blackness of the void.
Then came a tiny light, a mere dot of flame, over on the opposite wall; a
pin-point of light it was, seemingly coming out of a vast distance like an
approaching star, growing gradually larger, spreading out into a screen of
radiance that presently was flashing with intrinsic life. The corruscation
grew brighter; little tufts of brilliance shot out with all the stabbing
suddenness of shooting stars. To Chick it was exactly as though some god
were pushing his way through and out of fire. In the end the flame burst
asunder, diminished into a receding circle and sputtered out.



And in the place of the strange light there appeared the illuminated
figure of a man. Leaning forward, Chick rubbed his eyes and looked again.



It was the bust of Professor Holcomb.




















XXXV. — THE PERFECT IMPOSTOR



Chick gasped. Of all that assemblage—Rhamdas, guards, the occupants
of the two thrones—he himself was the most astounded. Was the great
professor in actual fact the true Jarados? If not, how explain this
miracle? But if he were, how to explain the duality, the identity? Surely,
it could not be sheer chance!



Fortunately for Chick, it was dark. All eyes were fixed on the trim figure
which occupied the space of the clover-leaf on the rear wall. Except for
Chick's strangled gasp, there was only the hushed silence of reverence,
deep and impressive.



Then another dot appeared. From its position, Watson took it to come from
another leaf of the clover; another light approaching out of the void and
cutting through the blackness exactly as the first had come. It grew and
spread until it had filled the whole leaf; then, again the bursting of the
flare, the diminishing of the light, and its disappearance in a thin rim
at the edge. And this time there was revealed—



A handsome brown-haired DOG.



Watson of course, could not understand. The silence held; he could feel
the Rhamda Geos at his side, and hear him murmur something which, in
itself, was quite unintelligible:



“The four-footed one! The call to humility, sacrifice, and unselfishness!
The four-footed one!”



That was all. It was a shaggy shepherd dog, with a pointed nose and one
ear cocked up and the other down, very wisely inquisitive. Chick had seen
similar dogs many times, but he could not account for this one; certainly
not in such a place. What had it to do with the Jarados?



Still the darkness. It gave him a chance to think. He wondered, rapidly,
how he could link up such a creature with his description of the Jarados.
What could be the purpose of a canine in occult philosophy? Or, was the
whole thing, after all, mere blundering chance?



This is what bothered Chick. He did not know how to adjust himself; life,
place, sequence, were all out of order. Until he could gather exact data,
he must trust to intuition as before.



The two pictures vanished simultaneously. Down came the black waves from
the windows, gradually, and in a moment the room was once more flooded
with that mellow radiance. The Rhamda Geos stepped forward as a murmur of
awed approval arose from the assembly. There was no applause. One does not
applaud the miraculous. The Geos took his hand.



“It is proven!” he declared. Then, to the Rhamdas: “Is there any question,
my brothers?”



But no word came from the floor. Seemingly superstition had triumphed over
all else. The men of learning turned none but reverent faces toward
Watson.



He forebore to glance at the Bar Senestro. Despite the triumph he was
apprehensive of the princes's keen genius. An agnostic is seldom converted
by what could be explained away as mere coincidence. Moreover, as it
ultimately appeared, the Bar now had more than one reason for antagonising
the man who claimed to be the professor's prospective son-in-law.



“Is there any question?” repeated Rhamda Geos.



But to the surprise of Chick, it came from the queen. She was standing
before her throne now. Around her waist a girdle of satin revealed the
tender frailty of her figure. She gave Watson a close scrutiny, and then
addressed the Geos:



“I want to put one question, Rhamda. The stranger seems to be a goodly
young man. He has come from the Jarados. Tell me, is he truly of the
chosen?”



But a clear, derisive laugh from the opposite throne interrupted the
answer. The Bar stood up, his black eyes dancing with mocking laughter.



“The chosen, O Aradna? The chosen? Do not allow yourself to be tricked by
a little thing! I myself have been chosen by the inherited law of the
Thomahlia!” Then to Chick: “I see, Sir Phantom, that our futures are to be
intertwined with interest!”



“I don't know what you mean.”



“No? Very good; if you are really come out of superstition, then I shall
teach you the value of materiality. You are well made and handsome,
likewise courageous. May the time soon come when you can put your mettle
to the test in a fair conflict!”



“It is your own saying, O Senestro!” warned Geos. “You must abide by my
Lord's reply.”



“True; and I shall abide. I know nothing of black magic, or any other. But
I care not. I know only that I cannot accept this stranger as a spirit. I
have felt his muscles, and I know his strength; they are a man's, and a
Thomahlian's.”



“Then you do not abide?”



“Yes, I do. That is, I do not claim him. He has won his freedom. But as
for endorsing him—no, not until he has given further proof. Let him
come to the Spot of Life. Let him take the ordeal. Let him qualify on the
Day of the Prophet.”



“My lord, do you accept?”



Watson had no idea what the “ordeal” might be, nor what might be the
significance of the day. But he could not very well refuse. He spoke as
lightly as he could.



“Of course. I accept anything.” Then, addressing the prince: “One word, O
Senestro.”



“Speak up, Sir Phantom!”



“Bar Senestro—what have you done with the Jarados?”



An instant's stunned silence greeted this stab. It was broken by the
prince.



“The Jarados!” His voice was unruffled. “What know I of the Jarados?”



“Take care! You have seen him—you know his power!”



“You have a courageous sort of impertinence!”



“I have determination and knowledge! Bar Senestro, I have come for the
Jarados!” Chick paused for effect. “Now what think you? Am I of the
chosen?”



He had meant it as a deliberate taunt, and so it was taken. The Bar shot
to his feet. Not that he was angered; his straight, handsome form was
kingly, and for all his impulsiveness there was a certain real majesty
about his every pose.



“You are of the chosen. It is well; you have given spice to the taunt! I
would not have it otherwise. Forget not your courage on the Day of the
Prophet!”



With that he stepped gracefully, superbly from the dais beneath his
throne. He bowed to the Aradna, to Geos, to Chick and to the assembly—and
was gone. The blue guard followed in silence.



The rest of the ordeal was soon done. Nothing more was said about the
Jarados, nor of what the Bar Senestro had brought up. There were a few
questions about the world he had quit, questions which put no strain upon
his imagination to answer. He was out of the deep water for the present.



When the assembly dissolved Chick was conducted back to the apartments
upstairs. Not to his old room, however, but to an adjoining suite, a
magnificent place—that would have done honour to a prince. But Chick
scarcely noted the beauty of the place. His attention flew at once to
something for which he longed—an immense globe.



Chick spun it around eagerly upon its axis. The first thing that he looked
for was San Francisco—or, rather, North America. If he was on the
earth he wanted to know it! Surely the oceans and continents would not
change.



But he was doomed to disappointment. There was not a familiar detail.
Outside of a network of curved lines indicating latitude and longitude,
and the accustomed tilt of the polar axis, the globe was totally strange!
So strange that Chick could not decide which was water and which land.



After a bit of puzzling Chick ran across a yellow patch marked with some
strange characters which, upon examination, were translated in some
unknown manner within his subconscious mind, to “D'Hartia.” Another was
lettered “Kospia.”



Assuming that these were land—and there were a few other, smaller
ones, of the same shade—then the land area covered approximately
three-fifths of the globe. Inferentially the green remainder, or
two-fifths, was the water or ocean covered area. Such a proportion was
nearly the precise reverse of that obtaining on the earth. Chick puzzled
over other strange names—H'Alara, Mal Somnal, Bloudou San, and the
like. Not one name or outline that he could place!



How could he make his discovery fit with the words of Dr. Holcomb, and
with what philosophy he knew? Somehow there was too much life, too much
reality, to fit in with any spiritistic hypothesis. He was surrounded by
real matter, atomic, molecular, cellular. He was certain that if he were
put to it he could prove right here every law from those put forth by
Newton to the present.



It was still the material universe; that was certain. Therefor it was
equally certain that the doctor had made a most prodigious discovery. But—what
was it? What was the law that had fallen out of the Blind Spot?



He gave it up, and stepped to one of the suite's numerous windows. They
were all provided with clear glass. Now was his opportunity for an
uninterrupted, leisurely survey of the world about him.



As before, he noted the maze of splendid, dazzling opalescence, all the
colours of the spectrum blending, weaving, vibrant, like a vast plain of
smooth, Gargantuan jewels. Then he made out innumerable round domes,
spread out in rows and in curves, without seeming order or system;
BUILDINGS, every roof a perfect gleaming dome, its surface fairly alive
with the reflected light of that amazing sun. Of such was the landscape
made.



As before, he could hear the incessant undertone of vague music, of
rhythmical, shimmering and whispering sound. And the whole air was laden
with the hint of sweet scents; tinged with the perfume of attar and myrrh—of
a most delicate ambrosia.



He opened the window.



For a moment he stood still, the air bathing his face, the unknown
fragrance filling his nostrils. The whole world seemed thrumming with that
hitherto faint quiver of sound. Now it was resonant and strong, though
still only an undertone. He looked below him; as he did so, something
dropped from the side of the window opening—a long, delicate
tendril, sinuous and alive. It touched his face, and then—It
drooped, drooped like a wounded thing. He reached out his hand and plucked
it, wondering. And he found, at its tip, a floating crimson blossom as
delicate as the frailest cobweb, so inconceivably delicate that it wilted
and crumbled at the slightest touch.



Chick thrust his head out of the window. The whole building, from ground
to dome, was covered—waving, moving, tenuous, a maze of colour—with
orchids!



He had never dreamed of anything so beautiful, or so splendid. Everywhere
these orchids; to give them the name nearest to the unknown one. As far as
he could see, living beauty!



And then he noticed something stranger still.



From the petals and the foliage about him, little clouds of colour wafted
up, like mists of perfume, forever rising and intermittently settling. It
was mysteriously harmonious, continuous—like life itself. Chick
looked closer, and listened. And then he knew.



These mists were clouds of tiny, multi-coloured insects.



He looked down farther, into the streets. They were teeming with life,
with motion. He was in a city whose size made it a true metropolis. All
the buildings were large, and, although of unfamiliar architecture,
undeniably of a refined, advanced art. Without exception, their roofs were
domed. Hence the effect of a sea of bubbles.



Directly below, straight down from his window, was a very broad street.
From it at varying angles ran a number of intersecting avenues. The height
of his window was great—he looked very closely, and made out two
lines of colour lining and outlining the street surrounding the
apartments.



On the one side the line was blue, on the other crimson; they were guards.
And where the various avenues intersected cables must have been stretched;
for these streets were packed and jammed with a surging multitude, which
the guards seemed engaged in holding back. As far up the avenues as Chick
could see, the seething mass of fellow creatures extended, a gently
pulsing vari-coloured potential commotion.



As he looked one of the packed streets broke into confusion. He could see
the guards wheeling and running into formation; from behind, other
platoons rushed up reinforcements. The great crowd was rolling forward,
breaking on the edge of the spear-armed guards like the surf of a rolling
sea.



Chick had a sudden thought. Were they not looking up at his window? He
could glimpse arms uplifted and hands pointed. Even the guards, those held
in reserve, looked up. Then—such was the distance—the rumble
of the mob reached his ears; at the same time, spreading like a grass
fire, the commotion broke out in another street, to another and another,
until the air was filled with the new undertone of countless human
tongues.



Chick was fascinated. The thing was over-strange. While he looked and
listened the whole scene turned to conflict; the voice of the throng
became ominous. The guards still held the cables, still beat back the
populace. Could they hold out, wondered Chick idly; and what was it all
about?



Something touched his shoulder. He wheeled. One of the tall, red-uniformed
guards was standing beside him. Watson instinctively drew back, and as he
did so the other stepped forward, touched the snap, and closed the window.



“What's the idea? I was just getting interested!”



The soldier nodded pleasantly, respectfully—reverently.



“Orders from below, my lord. Were you to remain at that window it would
take all the guards in the Mahovisal to keep back the Thomahlians.”



“Why?” Chick was astonished.



“There are a million pilgrims in the city, my lord, who have waited months
for just one glimpse of you.”



Watson considered. This was a new and a dazing aspect of the affair.
Evidently the expression on his face told the soldier that some
explanation would not be amiss.



“The pilgrims are almost innumerable, my lord. They are all of the one
great faith. They are, my lord, the true believers, the believers in the
Day.”



The Day! Instantly Watson recalled Senestro's use of the expression. He
sensed a valuable clue. He caught and held the soldier's eye.



“Tell me,” commanded Chick. “What is this Day of which you speak!”




















XXXVI. — AN ALLY, AND SOLID GROUND



The soldier replied unhesitatingly: “It is the Day of Life, my lord.
Others call it the 'first of the Sixteen Days.' Still others, simply the
Day of the Prophet, or Jarados.”



“When will it be?”



“Soon. It is but two days hence. And with the going down of the sun on
that day the Fulfilment is to begin, and the Life is to come. Hence the
crowd below, my lord; yet they are nothing compared with the crowds that
today are pressing their way from all D'Hartia and Kospia towards the
Mahovisal.”



“All because of the Day?”



“And to see YOU, my lord.”



“All believers in the Jarados?”



“All truly; but they do not all believe in your lordship. There are many
sects, including the Bars, that consider you an imposter; but the rest—perhaps
the most—believe you the Herald of the Day. All want to see you, for
whatever motive.”



“These Bars; who are they?”



“The military priesthood, my lord. As priests they teach a literal
interpretation of the prophecy; as soldiers they maintain their own
aggrandisement. To be more specific, my lord, it is they who accuse you of
being one of the false ones.”



“Why?”



“Because it is written in the prophecy, my lord, that we may expect
impostors, and that we are to slay them.”



“Then this coming contest with the Senestro—” beginning to sense the
drift of things.



“Yes, my lord; it will be a physical contest, in which the best man
destroys the other!”



The guard was a tall, finely made and truly handsome chap of perhaps
thirty-five. Watson liked the clear blue of his eyes and the openness of
his manner. At the same time he felt that he was being weighed and
balanced.



“My lord is not afraid?”



“Not at all! I was just thinking—when does this kill take place?”



“Two days hence, my lord; on the first of the Sixteen Sacred Days.”



And thus Chick found a staunch friend. The soldier's name, he learned, was
“the Jan Lucar.” He was supreme in command of the royal guards; and Chick
soon came to feel that the man would as cheerfully lay down his life for
him, Watson, as for the queen herself. All told, Chick was able to store
away in his memory a few very important facts:



First, that the Aradna did not like the Senestro.



Second, that the Jan Lucar hated the great Bar because of the prince's
ambition to wed the queen and her cousin, the Nervina; also because of his
selfish, autocratic ways.



Next, that were the Nervina on hand she would thwart the Senestro; for she
was a very learned woman, as advanced as the Rhamda Avec himself. But that
she was a queen first and a scholar afterwards; her motive in going
through the Blind Spot was to take care of the political welfare of her
people, her purposes were as high as Rhamda Avec's, but partook of
statesmanship rather than spirituality.



Finally, that the Rhamdas were perfectly willing for the coming contest to
take place, on the evening of the Day of the Prophet, in the Temple of the
Bell and Leaf.



“Jan Lucar,” Watson felt prompted to say, “you need have no fear as to the
outcome of the ordeal, whatever it may be. With your faith in me, I cannot
fail. For the present, I need books, papers, scientific data. Moreover, I
want to see the outside of this building.”



The guardsman bowed. “The data is possible, my lord, but as to leaving the
building—I must consult the queen and the Rhamda Geos first.”



“But I said MUST” Watson dared to say. “I must go out into your world, see
your cities, your lands, rivers, mountains, before I do aught else. I must
be sure!”



The other bowed again. He was visibly impressed.



“What you ask, my lord, is full of danger. You must not be seen in the
streets—yet. Untold bloodshed would ensue inevitably. To half the
Thomahlians you are sacred, and to the other half an impostor. I repeat,
my lord, that I must see the Geos and the queen.”



Another bow and the Jan disappeared, to return in a few moments with the
Geos.



“The Jan has told me, my lord, that you would go out.”



“If possible. I want to see your world.”



“I think it can be arranged. Is your lordship ready to go?”



“Presently.” Watson laid a hand on the big globe he had already puzzled
over. “This represents the Thomahlia?”



“Yes, my lord.”



“How long is your day, Geos?”



“Twenty-four hours.”



“I mean, how many revolutions in one circuit of the sun, in one
year-circle?”



As he uttered the question Chick held his breath. It had suddenly struck
him that he had touched an extremely definite point. The answer might
PLACE him!



“You mean, my lord, how long is a circle in term of days?”



“Yes!”



“Three hundred and sixty-five and a fraction, my lord.”



Watson was dumbfounded. Could there be, in all the universe, another world
with precisely the same revolution period? But he could not afford to show
his concern. He said:



“Tell me, have you a moon?”



“Yes; it has a cycle of about twenty-eight days.”



Watson drew a deep breath. Inconceivable though it appeared, he was still
on his own earth. For a moment he pondered, wondering if he had been
caught up in tangle of time-displacement. Could it be that, instead of
living in the present, he had somehow become entangled in the past or in
the future?



If so—and by now he was so accustomed to the unusual that he
considered this staggering possibility with equanimity—if the time
coefficient was at fault, then how to account for the picture of the
professor, in that leaf? Had they both been the victims of a ghastly
cosmic joke?



There was but one way to find out.



“Come! Lead the way, Geos; let us take a look at your world!”




















XXXVII. — LOOKING DOWN



Presently the three men were standing at the door of a vast room, one
entire side of which was wide open to the outer air. It was filled by a
number of queer, shining objects. At first glance Chick took them to be
immense beetles.



The Jan Lucar spoke to the Geos:



“We had best take the June Bug of the Rhamda Avec.”



Watson thought it best to say nothing, show nothing. The Jan ran up to one
of the glistening affairs, and without the slightest noise he spun it
gracefully around, running it out into the centre of the mosaic floor.



“I presume,” apologised the Geos, “that you have much finer aircraft in
your world.”



Aircraft! Watson was all eagerness. He saw that the June Bug was about ten
feet high, with a bunchy, buglike body. On closer scrutiny he could make
out the outlines of wings folded tight against the sides. As for the
material, it must have been metal, to use a term which does not explain
very much, after all. In every respect the machine was a duplicate of some
great insect, except that instead of legs it had well-braced rollers.



“How does it operate?” Watson wanted to know. “That is, what power do you
use, and how do you apply it?”



The Jan Lucar threw back a plate. Watson looked inside, and saw a mass of
fine spider-web threads, softer than the tips of rabbit's hair, all
radiating from a central grey object about the size of a pea. Chick
reached out to touch this thing with his finger.



But the Geos, like a flash, caught him by the shoulder and pulled him
back.



“Pardon me, my lord!” he exclaimed. “But you must not touch it! You—even
you, would be annihilated!” Then to the Lucar: “Very well.”



Whereupon the other did something in front of the craft; touched a lever,
perhaps. Instantly the grey, spidery hairs turned to a dull red.



“Now you may touch it,” said the Geos.



But Chick's desire had vanished. Instead he ventured a question:



“All very interesting, but where is your machinery?”



The Rhamda was slightly amused. He smiled a little. “You must give us a
little credit, my lord. We must seem backward to you, but we have passed
beyond reliance upon simple machines. That little grey pellet is, of
course, our motive force; it is a highly refined mineral, which we mine in
vast quantity. It has been in use for centuries. As for the hair-like web,
that is our idea of a transmission.”



Watson hoped that he did not look as uncomprehending as he felt. The other
continued:



“In aerial locomotion we are content to imitate life as much as possible.
We long ago discarded engines and propellers, and instead tried to
duplicate the muscular and nervous systems of the birds and insects. We
fly exactly as they do; our motive force is intrinsic. In some respects,
we have improved upon life.”



“But it is still only a machine, Geos.”



“To be sure, my lord; only a machine. Anything without the life principle
must remain so.”



The Jan Lucar pressed another catch, allowing another plate to lower and
thereby disclose a glazed door, which opened into a cosy apartment fitted
with wicker chairs, and large enough for four persons. There was some sort
of control gear, which the Jan Lucar explained was not connected directly
with the flying and steering members, but indirectly through the membranes
of the web-like system. It was uncannily similar to the nervous
connections of the cerebellum with the various parts of the anatomy of an
insect.



“Does it travel very fast?”



“We think so, my lord. This is the private machine of the Rhamda Avec. It
is rather small, but the swiftest machine in the Thomahlia.”



They entered the compartment, Watson took his seat beside the Geos, while
the soldier sat forward next to the control elements. He laid his hands on
certain levers; next instant, the machine was gliding noiselessly over the
mosaic, on to a short incline and thence, with ever increasing speed,
toward and through the open side of the room.



The slides had all been thrown back; the compartment was enclosed only in
glass. Watson could get a clear view, and he was amazed at the speed of
the craft. Before he could think they were out in mid-air and ascending
skyward. Travelling on a steep slant, there was no vibration, no
mechanical noise; scarcely the suggestion of movement, except for the
muffled swish of the air.



Were it not for the receding city below him, Chick could have imagined
himself sitting in a house while a windstorm tore by. He felt no change in
temperature or any other ill effects; the cabin was fully enclosed, and
heated by some invisible means. In short, ideal flight: for instance, the
seats were swung on gimbals, so that no matter at what angle the craft
might fly, the passengers would maintain level positions.



Below stretched the Mahovisal—a mighty city of domes and plazas,
and, widely scattered, a few minarets. At the southern end there was a
vast, square plaza, covering thousands of acres. Toward it, on two sides,
converged scores of streets; they stretched away from it like the ribs of
a giant fan. On the remaining two sides there was a tremendously large
building with a V-shaped front, opening on the square. The play of opal
light on its many-bubbled roof resembled the glimmer from a vast pearl.



In the air above the city an uncountable number of very small objects
darted hither and thither like sparkling fireflies. It was difficult to
realise that they, too, were aircraft.



To the west lay an immense expanse of silver, melting smoothly into the
horizon. Watson took it to be the Thomahlian ocean. Then he looked up at
the sky directly above him, and breathed a quick exclamation.



It was a single, small object, perfectly white, dropping out of the
amethyst. Tiny at first, amost instantly it assumed a proportion nearly
colossal—a great bird, white as the breast of the snowdrift,
swooping with the grace of the eagle and the speed of the wind. It was so
very large that it seemed, to Chick, that if all the other birds he had
ever known were gathered together into one they would still be as the
swallow. Down, down it came in a tremendous spiral, until it gracefully
alighted in a splash of molten colour on the bosom of the silver sea. For
a moment it was lost in a shower of water jewels—and then lay still,
a swan upon the ocean.



“What is it, Geos?”



“The Kospian Limited, my lord. One of our great airships—a fast one,
we consider it.”



“It must accommodate a good many people, Rhamda.”



“About nine thousand.”



“You say it comes from Kospia. How far away is that?”



“About six thousand miles. It is an eight-hour run, with one stop. Just
now the service is every fifteen minutes. They are coming, of course, for
the Day of the Prophet.”



Watson continued to watch the great airship, noting the swarm of smaller
craft that came out from the Mahovisal to greet it, until the Jan Lucar
suddenly altered the course. They stopped climbing, and struck out on a
horizontal level. It left the Mahovisal behind them, a shimmering spot of
fire beside the gleaming sea. They were travelling eastwards. The
landscape below was level and unvaried, of a greenish hue, and much like
that of Chick's own earth in the early spring-time—a vast expanse,
level and sometimes dotted with opalescent towns and cities. Ribbons of
silver cut through the plain at intervals, crookedly lazy and winding,
indicating a drainage from north to south or vice versa. Looking back to
the west, he could see the great, golden sun, poised as he had seen it
that morning, a huge amber plate on the rim of the world. It was sunset.



Then Chick looked straight ahead. Far in the distance a great wall loomed
skyward to a terrific height. So vast was it and so remote, at first it
had escaped the eye altogether. An incredibly high range of mountains,
glowing with a faint rose blush under the touch of the setting sun.
Against the sky were many peaks, each of them tipped with curious and
sparkling diamond-like corruscations. As Chick continued to gaze the rose
began to purple.



The Jan Lucar put the craft to another upward climb. So high were they now
that the Thomahlia below was totally lost from view; it was but a maze of
lurking shadows. The sun was only a gash of amber—it was twilight
down on the ground. And Watson watched the black line of the Thomahlian
shadow climb the purple heights before him until only the highest crests
and the jewelled crags flashed in the sun's last rays. Then, one by one,
they flickered out; and all was darkness.



Still they ascended. Watson became uneasy, sitting there in the night.



“Where are we going?”



“To the Carbon Regions, my lord. It is one of the sights of the
Thomahlia.”



“On top of those mountains?”



“Beyond, my lord.”



Whereupon, to Chick's growing amazement, the Geos went on to state that
carbon of all sorts was extremely common throughout their world. The same
forces that had formed coal so generously upon the earth had thrown up,
almost as lavishly, huge quantities of pure diamond. The material was of
all colours, as diamonds run, and considered of small value; for every day
purposes they preferred substances of more sombre hues. They used it, it
seemed, to build houses with.



“But how do they cut it?”



“Very easily. The material which drives this craft—Ilodium—will
cut it like butter.”



Later, Watson understood. He watched as the craft continued to climb; the
Jan Lucar was steering without the aid of any outside lights whatever,
there being only a small light illuminating his instruments. Chick
presently turned his gaze outside again; whereupon he got another jolt.



He saw a NEGATIVE sky!



At first he thought his eyes the victims of an illusion; then he looked
closer. And he saw that it was true; instead of the familiar starry points
of light against a velvet background, the arrangement was just the
reverse. Every constellation was in its place, just as Chick remembered it
from the earth; but instead of stars there were jet-black spots upon a
faint, grey background.



The whole sky was one huge Milky Way, except for the black spots. And from
it all there shone just about as much total light as from the heavens he
had known.



Of all he experienced, this was the most disturbing. It seemed totally
against all reason; for he knew the stars to be great incandescent globes
in space. How explain that they were here represented in reverse, their
brilliance scattered and diffused over the surrounding sky, leaving points
of blackness instead? Afterward he learned that the peculiar chemical
constituency of the atmosphere was solely responsible for the inversion of
the usual order of things.



All of a sudden the Jan Lucar switched the craft to a level. He held up
one hand and pointed.



“Look, my lord, and the Rhamda! Look!”



Both men rose from their seats, the better to stare past the soldier.
Straight ahead, where had been one of the corruscating peaks, a streak of
blue fire shot skyward, a column of light miles high, differing from the
beams of a searchlight in that the rays were WAVY, serpentine, instead of
straight. It was weirdly beautiful. Geos caught his breath; he leaned
forward and touched the Jan Lucar.



“Wait,” he said in an awed tone. “Wait a moment. It has never come before,
but we can expect it now.” And even as he spoke, something wonderful
happened.



From the base of the column two other streaks, one red and the other
bright green, cut out through the blackness on either side. The three
streams started from the same point; they made a sort of trident, red,
green, and blue—twisting, alive—strangely impressive,
suggestive of grandeur and omnipotence—holy.



Again the Rhamda spoke. “Wait!” said he. “Wait!”



They were barely moving now. Watson watched and wondered. The three
streams of light ran up and up, as though they would pierce the heavens;
the eye could not follow their ends. All in utter silence, nothing but
those beams of glorified light, their reality a hint of power, of life and
wisdom—of the certainty of things. Plainly it had a tremendous
significance in the minds of the Geos and the Lucar.



Then came the climax. Slowly, but somehow inexorably, like the laws of
life itself, and somewhere at a prodigious height above the earth, the
three outer ends of the red and the green and the blue spread out and
flared back upon themselves and one another, until their combined
brilliance bridged a great rainbow across the sky. Blending into all the
colours of the prism, the bow became—for a moment—pregnant
with an overpowering beauty, symbolical, portentous of something
stupendous about to come out of the unknown to the Thomahlians. And next—



The bow began to move, to swirl, and to change in shape and colour. The
three great rivers of light billowed and expanded and rounded into a new
form. Then they burst—into a vast, three-leafed clover—blue
and red and green!



And Watson caught the startled words of the Geos:



“The Sign of the Jarados!”




















XXXVIII. — THE VOICE FROM THE VOID



Even while that inexplicable heavenly pageant still burned against the
heavens, something else took place, a thing of much greater importance to
Chick. And, it happened right before his eyes.



In the front of the car was a dial, slightly raised above the level of the
various controlling instruments. And all of a sudden this dial, a small
affair about six inches across, broke into light and life.



First, there was a white blaze that covered the whole disc; then the
whiteness abruptly gave way to a flood of colour, which resolved itself
into a perfect miniature of the tri-coloured cloverleaf in the sky ahead.
Chick saw, however that the positions of the red and green were just the
obverse of what glowed in the distance; and then he heard the voice,
strong and distinct, speaking with a slight metallic twang as from a
microphone hidden in that little, blazing, coloured leaf:



“Listen, ye who have ears to listen!”



It was said in the Thomahlian tongue. The Geos breathed:



“The voice of the Prophet Jarados!”



But the next moment the unseen speaker began in another language—clear,
silver, musical—in English, and in a voice that Chick recognised!



“Chick! You have done well, my boy. Your courage and your intuition may
lead us out. Follow the prophecy to the letter, Chick; it MUST come to
pass, exactly as it is written! Don't fail to read it, there on the walls
of the Temple of the Bell, when you encounter the Bar Senestro on the Day
of the Prophet!



“I have discovered many things, my boy, but I am not omnipotent. Your
coming has made possible my last hope that I may return to my own kind,
and take with me the secrets of life. You have done right to trust your
instinct; have no fear, yet remember that if you—if we—make
one false step we are lost.



“Finally, if you should succeed in your contest with the Senestro, I shall
send for you; but if you fail, I know how to die.



“Return at once to the Mahovisal. Don't cross into the Region of Carbon.
Take care how you go back; the Bars are waiting. But you can put full
confidence in the Rhamdas.”



Then the speaker dropped the language of the earth and used the Thomahlian
tongue again: “It is I who speak—I, the Prophet; the Prophet
Jarados!”



All in the voice of Dr. Holcomb.



The blazing leaf faded into blackness, and the talking ceased. Chick was
glad of the darkness; the whole thing was like magic, and too good to
believe. The first actual words from the missing professor! Each syllable
was frozen into Watson's memory.



The Geos was clutching his arm.



“Did you understand, my lord? We heard the voice of the prophet! What did
he say?”



“Yes, I understand. He used his own language—my language. And he
said”—taking the reins firmly into his hands—“he said that we
must return to the Thomahlia. And we must beware of the Bars.”



There was no thought of questioning him. Without waiting the Geos'
command, the Jan Lucar began putting the craft about. Watson glanced at
the sky; the great spectacle was gone; and he demanded of the soldier:



“How can we get back? How do we find our way?”



For there was no visible light save the strange, fitful glow from that
uncanny sky to guide them; no lights from the inky carpet of the
Thomahlia, lights such as one would expect for the benefit of fliers. But
the soldier touched a button, and instantly another and larger dial was
illumined above the instruments.



It revealed a map or chart of a vast portion of the Thomahlia. On the
farther edge there appeared an area coloured to represent water, and
adjoining this area was a square spot labeled “The Mahovisal.” And about
midway from this point to the near edge of the dial a red dot hung, moving
slowly over the chart.



“The red dot, my lord, indicates our position,” explained the Jan. “In
that manner we know at all times where we are located, and which way we
are flying. We shall arrive in the Mahovisal shortly.”



As he spoke the craft was gaining speed, and soon was travelling at an
even greater rate than before. The red dot began to crawl at an
astonishing speed. Of course, they had the benefit of the pull of gravity,
now; apparently they would make the journey in a few minutes. But
incredible though the speed might be, there was nothing but the red dot to
show it.



The Geos felt like talking. “My lord, the sign is conclusive. It is a
marvel, such as only the prophet could possibly have produced; with all
our science we could not duplicate such splendour. Only once before has
the Thomahlia seen it.”



Already they were near enough to the surface to make out the clustered,
blinking lights of the towns on the plain below. Ahead of them queer
streamers of pale rays thrust through the darkness. Watson recognised them
as the beams of the far-distant searchlights; and then and there he gave
thanks for one thing, at least, in which the Thomahlians had seemingly
progressed no further than the people of the earth.



Coming a little nearer, Chick made out a number of bright, glittering,
insect-like objects, revealed by these searchlights. The Jan Lucar said:



“The Bars, my lord. They are waiting; and they will head us off if they
can.”



“The work of Senestro, I suppose. I thought he claimed to some honour.”



“It is not the prince's work, my lord,” replied the soldier. “His
D'Hartian and Kospian followers, some of them, have no scruples as to how
they might slay the 'false one', as they think you.”



“Suppose,” hazarded Watson, “suppose I WERE the false one?”



Both the Geos and the Jan smiled. But the Rhamda's voice was very sure as
he replied:



“If you were false, my lord, I would slay you myself.”



They were very near the Mahovisal now. Below was the unmistakable
opalescence, somehow produced by powerful illumination, as intense as
sunlight itself. The red dot was almost above the black square on the
lighted chart. And directly ahead, the air was becoming alive with the
beam-revealed aircraft. How could they get by in safety?



But Chick did not know the Jan Lucar. The soldier said:



“My lord is not uneasy?”



“Of course not,” with unconcern. “Why?”



“Because I propose something daring. I am free to admit, my lord, that
were the Geos and I alone, I should not attempt it. But not even the
Bars,” with magnificent confidence, “can stand before us now! We have had
the proof of the Jarados, and we know that no matter what the odds, he
will carry us through.”



“What are you going to do?”



“I propose to shoot it, my lord.” And without explaining the Jan asked the
Geos: “Are you agreeable? The June Bug will hold; the prophet will protect
us.”



“Surely,” returned the Rhamda. “There is nothing to fear, now, for those
who are in the company of the chosen.”



Watson wondering watched the Jan as he tilted the nose of the June Bug and
began to climb at an all but perpendicular angle straight into the
heavens. Mile after mile, in less than as many minutes, they hurtled
towards the zenith, so that the lights of the city dimmed until only the
searching shafts could be seen. Chick began to guess what they were going
to do; that the Jan Lucar was nearly as reckless as he was handsome.



At last the soldier brought the craft to a level. They soared along
horizontally for a while; the Jan kept his eye fixed on the red dot. And
when it was directly above the black square he stated:



“It is considered a perilous feat, my lord. We are going to drop. If we
make it from this height, not only will we break all records, but will
have proved the June Bug the superior in this respect, as she is in speed.
It is our only chance in any circumstances, but with the Jarados at our
side, we need not fear that the craft will stand the strain. We shall go
through them like stone; before they know it we shall be in the drome—in
less than a minute.”



“From this height?” Chick concealed a shudder behind a fair show of
scepticism. “A minute is not much time.”



“Does my lord fear the drop?”



“Why should I? I have in mind the June Bug; she might be set afire through
friction, in dropping so quickly through the air.” Watson had a vivid
picture of a blazing meteorite, containing the charred bodies of three
men, dropping out of—



“My lord need not be concerned with that,” the Jan assured him. “The shell
of the car is provided with a number of tiny pores, through which a
heat-resisting fluid will be pumped during the manoeuvre. The temperature
may be raised a little, but no more.



“You see this plug,” touching a hitherto unused knob among the
instruments. “By pulling that out, the mechanism of the craft is
automatically adjusted to care for every phase of the descent. Nothing
else remains to be done, after removing that plug, save to watch the red
dot and prepare to step out upon the floor of our starting-place.”



“Has the thing ever been done before?” Watson was sparring for time while
he gathered his nerve.



“I myself have seen it, my lord. The June Bug has been sent up many times,
weighted with ballast; the plug was abstracted by clockwork; and in
fifty-eight seconds she returned through the open end of the drone,
without a hitch. It was beautiful. I have always envied her that plunge.
And now I shall have the chance, with the hand of the Jarados as my guide
and protector!”



Chick had just time to reflect that, if by any chance he got through with
this, he ought to be able to pass any test conceivable. He ought to be
able to get away with anything. He started to murmur a prayer; but before
he could finish, the Jan Lucar leaned over the dial-map for the last time,
saw that the red dot was now exactly central over the square that
represented the city, and unhesitatingly jerked out the plug.



Of what happened next Watson remembered but little. The bottom seemed to
have dropped out of the universe. He was conscious of a crushing blur of
immensity, of a silent thundering within him—then mental chaos and a
stunned oblivion.




















XXXIX. — WHO IS THE JARADOS?



It was all over. Chick opened his eyes to see the Jan throwing open the
plate on the side of the compartment. Neither the soldier nor the Rhamda
seemed to have noted Chick's daze. As for the Jan, his blue eyes were
dancing with dare-devilry.



“That's what I call living!” he grinned. “They can keep on looking for the
June Bug all night!”



Chick looked out. They were inside the great room from which they had
started; the trip was over; the plunge had been made in safety. Chick took
a long breath, and held out a hand.



“A man after my own heart, Jan Lucar. I foresee that we may have great
sport with the Senestro.”



“Aye, my lord,” cheerfully. “The presumptuous usurper! I only wish I could
kill him, instead of you.”



“You are not the only one,” commented the Rhamda. “Half of the Rhamdas
would cheerfully act as the chosen one's proxy.”



And so ended the events of Chick Watson's first day beyond the Blind Spot,
his first day on the Thomahlia; that is, disregarding the previous months
of unconsciousness. He had good reason to pass a sleepless night in
legitimate worry for the outcome of it all; but instead he slept the sound
sleep of exhaustion, awakening the next morning much refreshed.



He reminded himself, first of all, that today was the one immediately
preceding that of his test—the Day of the Prophet. He had only a
little more than twenty-four hours to prepare. What was the best and
wisest proceeding?



He called for the Geos. He told him what data he wanted. The Rhamda said
that he could find everything in a library in that building, and inside a
half-hour he returned with a pile of manuscripts.



Left to himself, Chick found that he now had data relating to all the
sciences, to religion, to education and political history and the law. The
chronology of the Thomahlians, Chick found, dates back no less than
fifteen thousand years. An abiding civilisation of that antiquity, it need
not be said, presented somewhat different aspects from what is known on
the earth.



It seemed that the Jarados had come miraculously. That is, he had come out
of the unknown, through a channel which he himself later termed the Spot
of Life.



He had taught a religion of enlightenment, embracing intelligence, love,
virtue, and the higher ethics such as are inherent in all great
philosophies. But he did not call himself a religionist. That was the
queer point. He said that he had come to teach an advanced philosophy of
life; and he expressly stated that his teachings were absolute only to a
limited extent.



“Man must seek and find,” was one of his epigrams; “and if he find no more
truths, then he will find lies.” Which was merely a negative way of saying
that some of his philosophy was only provisional.



But on some points he was adamant. He had arrived at a time when the
unthinking, self-glorifying Thomahlians had all but exterminated the lower
orders of creation. The Jarados sought to remove the handicap which the
people had set upon themselves, and gave them, in the place of kindness
which they had forgotten, how to use, a burning desire for a positive
knowledge, where before had been only blind faith. Also, he taught
good-fellowship, as a means to this end. He taught beauty, love, and
laughter, the three great cleansers of humanity. And yet, through it all—



The Jarados was a mystic.



He studied life after a manner of his own. He was a stickler for getting
down to the very heart of things, for prodding around among causes until
he found the cause itself. And thus he learned the secret of the occult.



For so he taught. And presently the Jarados was recognized as an authority
on what the Thomahlia called “the next world.” Only he showed that death,
instead of being an ushering into a void, was merely a translation onto
another plane of life, a higher plane and a more glorious one. In short, a
thing to be desired and attained, not to be avoided.



This put the Spot of Life on an entirely different basis. No longer was it
a fearsome thing. The Jarados elevated death to the plane of motherhood—something
to glory in. And Chick gathered that his famous prophecy—which he
had yet to read, where it hung on the wall of the temple—gave every
detail of the Jarados' profound convictions and teachings regarding the
mystery of the next life.



And now comes a curious thing. As Chick read these details, he became more
and more conscious of—what shall it be called?—the presence of
someone or something beside him, above and all about him, watching his
every movement. He could not get away from the feeling, although it was
broad daylight, and he was seemingly quite alone in the room. Chick was
not frightened; but he could have sworn that a very real personality was
enveloping his own as he read.



Every word, somehow, reminded him of the miraculous sequence of facts as
he knew them; the unerring accuracy with which he, quite unthinkingly and
almost without volition, had solved problem after problem, although the
chances were totally against him. He became more and more convinced that
he himself had practically no control over his affairs; that he was in the
hands of an irresistible Fate; and that—he could not help it—his
good angel was none other than the prophet who, almost ninety centuries
ago, had lived and taught upon the Thomahlia, and in the end had returned
to the unknown.



But how could such a thing be? Watson did not even know where he was!
Small wonder that, again and again, he felt the need of assurance. He
asked for the Jan Lucar.



“In the first place,” began Chick without preamble, “you accept me, Jan
Lucar; do you not?”



“Absolutely, my lord.”



“You conceive me to be out of the spiritual world, and yet flesh and blood
like yourself?”



“Of course,” with flat conviction.



That settled it. Watson decided to find out something he had not had time
to locate in the library.



“The Rhamda may have told you, Jan Lucar, that I am here to seek the
Jarados. Now, I suspect the Senestro. Can you imagine what he has done to
the prophet?”



“My lord,” remonstrated the other, “daring as the Bar might be, he could
do nothing to the Jarados. He would not dare.”



“Then he is afraid to run counter to the prophecy?”



“Yes, my lord; that is, its literal interpretation. He is opposed only to
the broader version as held by such liberals as the Rhamda Avec. The Bars
are always warning the people against the false one.”



“And the Senestro is at their head,” mused Chick aloud. “This brother of
his who died—usually there are two such princes and chiefs?”



“Yes, my lord.”



“And the Senestro plans to marry both queens, according to the custom!”



“My lord”—and the Jan suddenly snapped erect—“the Bar will do
exceedingly well if he succeeds in marrying one of them! Certainly he
shall never have the Aradna—not while I live and can fight!”



“Good! How about the Nervina?”



“He'll do well to find her first!”



“True enough. What would you say was his code of honour?”



“My lord, the Senestro actually has no code. He believes in nothing. He is
so constituted, mentally and morally, that he cares for and trusts in none
but himself. He is a sceptic pure and simple; he cares nothing for the
Jarados and his teachings. He is an opportunist seeking for power, wicked,
lustful, cruel—”



“But a good sportsman!”



“In what way, my lord?”



“Didn't he allow me the choice of combat?”



The Jan laughed, but his handsome face could not hide his contempt.



“It is ever so with a champion, my lord. He has never been defeated in a
matter of physical prowess. It would be far more to his glory to overcome
you in combat of your own selection. It will be spectacular—he knows
the value of dramatic climax—and he would kill you in a moment,
before a million Thomahlians.”



“It's a nice way to die,” said Watson. “You must grant that much.”



“I don't know of any nice way to die, my lord. But it is a good way of
living—to kill the Bar Senestro. I would that I could have the
honour.”



“How does it come that the Rhamdas, superintellectual as they are, can
consent to such a contest? Is it not degrading, to their way of thinking?
It smacks of barbarism.”



“They do not look upon it in that light, my lord. Our civilisation has
passed beyond snobbery. Of course there was a time, centuries ago when we
were taught that any physical contest was brutal. But that was before we
knew better.”



“You don't believe it now?”



“By no means, my lord. The most wonderful physical thing in the Thomahlia
is the human body. We do not hide it. We admire beauty, strength, prowess.
The live body is above all art; it is the work of God himself; art is but
an imitation. And there is nothing so splendid as a physical contest—the
lightning correlation of mind and body. It is a picture of life.”



“Do the Rhamdas think this?”



“Most assuredly. A Rhamda is always first an athlete.”



“Why?”



“Perfection, my lord. A perfect mind does not always dwell in a perfect
body, but they strive for it as much as possible. The first test of a
Rhamda is his body. After he passes that he must take the mental test.”



“Mental?”



“Moral first. The most rigid, perhaps of all; he must be a man above
suspicion. The honour of a Rhamda must never be questioned. He must be
upright and absolutely unselfish. He must be broad-minded, human, lovable,
and a leader of men. After that, my lord, comes the intellectual test.”



“He must be a learned man?”



“Not exactly, your lordship. There are many very learned men who could not
be Rhamdas; and there are many who have had no learning at all who
eventually were admitted. The qualifications are intellectual, not
educational; the mind is put to a rigid test. It is examined for
alertness, perception, memory, reason, emotion, and control. There is no
greater honour in all the Thomahlia.”



“And they are all athletes?”



“Every one, my lord. In all the world there is no finer body of men, I
myself would hesitate before entering a match with even the old Rhamda
Geos.”



“How about the Rhamda Avec?”



“Nor he, either; in the gymnasium he was always the superior, just as he
topped all others morally and mentally.”



Did this explain the Avec's physical prowess, on the one hand, and the
fact that he would not stoop to take that ring by force, on the other?



“Just one more thing, Jan Lucar. You have absolutely no fear that I may
fail tomorrow?”



“Not the slightest, my lord. You cannot fail!”



“Why not?”



“I have already said—because you are from the Jarados.”



And Chick, facing the greatest experience of his life, submerged in a sea
wherein only a few islands of fact were visible, had to be content with
this: his only friends were those who were firmly convinced of something
which, he knew only too well, was a flat fraud! All this backing was based
upon a misled faith.



No, not quite. Was there not that strange feeling that the Jarados himself
was at his back? And had he not found that the prophet had been real? Did
he not feel, as positively as he felt anything, that the Jarados was still
a reality?



Chick went to bed that night with a light heart.




















XL. — THE TEMPLE OF THE BELL. —



It was hard for Chick to remember all the details of that great day.
Throughout all the morning and afternoon he remained in his apartments.
Breakfast over, the Rhamdas told him his part in certain ceremonies, such
as need not be detailed here. They were very solicitous as to his food and
comfort, and as to his feelings and anticipations. His nonchalance pleased
them greatly. Afterward he had a bath and rub-down.



A combat to the death, was it to be? Suits me, thought Watson. He was
never in finer form.



The Jan Lucar was particularly interested. He pinched and stroked Chick's
muscles with the caressing pride of a connoisseur. Watson stepped out of
the fountain bath in all the vigour of health. He playfully reached out
for the Lucar and tripped him up. He sought to learn just what the
Thomahlians knew in the art of self-defence.



The brief struggle that ensued taught him that he need expect no easy
conquest. The Jan was quick, active and the possessor of a science
peculiarly effective. The Thomahlians did not box in the manner of the
Anglo-Saxons; their mode was peculiar. Chick foresaw that he would be
compelled to combine the methods of three kinds of combat: boxing,
ju-jitsu, and the good old catch-as-catch-can wrestling. If the Senestro
were superior to the Jan, he would have a time indeed. Though Watson
conquered, he could not but concede that the Jan was not only clever but
scientific to an oily, bewildering degree. The Lucar paused.



“Enough, my lord! You are a man indeed. Do not overdo; save yourself for
the Senestro.”



Clothes were brought, and Chick taken back to his apartment. The time
passed with Rhamdas constantly at his side.



The Geos was not present, nor the little queen. Chick sought permission to
sit by the window—permission that was granted after the guards had
placed screens that would withhold any view from outside, yet permit Chick
to look out.



As far as he could see, the avenues were packed with people. Only, this
time the centres of the streets were clear; on the curbs he could see the
opposing lines of the blue and crimson, holding back the waiting
thousands. In the distance he could hear chimes, faint but distinct, like
silver bells tinkling over water.



At intervals rose strange choruses of weird, holy music. The full sweep of
the city's domes and minarets was spread out before him. From eaves to
basements the rolling luxuriance of orchidian beauty; banners, music,
parade; a day of pageant, pomp, and fulfilment.



He could catch the excitement in the air, the strange, laden undercurrent
of spiritual salvation-something esoteric, undefinable, the ecstasy of a
million souls pulsing to the throb of a supreme moment. He drew back,
someone had touched him.



“What is it?”



It was one of the Rhamdas. He had in his hand a small metal clover, of the
design of the Jarados.



“What do I do?” asked Watson.



“This,” said the Rhamda, “was sent to you by one of the Bars.”



“By a Bar! What does it mean?”



The other shook his head. “It was sent to you by one who wished it to be
known by us that he is your friend, even though a Bar.”



Just then Watson noted something sticking out of the edge of one of the
clover leaves. He pulled it out. It was a piece of paper. On it were
scrawled words IN ENGLISH.



The writing was pencil script, done in a poor hand and ill-spelled, but
still English. Chick read:



“Be of good cheer; there ain't a one in this world that can top a lad from
Frisco. And it's Pat MacPherson that says it. Yer the finest laddie that
ever got beyond the old Witch of Endor. You and me, if we hold on, is just
about goin' to play hell with the haythen. Hold on and fight like the
divil! Remember that Pat is with ye!



“We're both spooks.



“PAT MACPHERSON”



Said Watson: “Who gave you this? Did you see the man?”



“It was sent up my lord. The man was a high Bar in the Senestro's guard.”



Watson could not understand this. Was it possible that there were others
in this mysterious region besides himself? At any rate, he wasn't wholly
alone. He felt that he could count upon the Irishman—or was this
fellow Scotch? Anyhow, such a man would find the quick means of wit at a
crucial moment.



Suddenly Watson noted a queer feeling of emptiness. He looked out of the
window. The music had ceased, and the incessant hum of the throngs had
deadened to silence. It was suspended, awesome, threatening. At the same
time, the Jan Lucar came to attention, at the opposite door stood the
Rhamda Geos, black clad, surrounded by a group of his fellows.



“Come, my lord,” he said.



The crimson guard fell in behind Watson, the black-gowned took their
places ahead, and the Jan Lucar and the Geos walked on either side. They
stepped out into the corridor. By the indicator of a vertical clock, Chick
noted that it was nine. He did not know the day of the year other than
from the Thomahlian calendar; but he knew that it was close to sunset. He
did not ask where they were going; there was no need. The very solemnity
of his companions told him more than their answers would have. In a moment
they were in the streets.



Watson had thought that they would be taken by aircraft, or that they
would pass through the building. He did not know that it was a concession
to the Bar Senestro; that the Senestro was but playing a bit of psychology
that is often practised by lesser champions. If Watson's nerve was not
broken it was simply because of the iron indifference of confident health.
Chick had never been defeated. He had no fear. He was far more curious as
to the scenes and events about him than he was of the outcome. He was
hoping for some incident that would link itself up into explanation.



At the door a curious car of graceful lines was waiting, an odd affair
that might be classed as a cross between a bird and a gondola, streaming
with colours and of magnificent workmanship and design. On the deck of
this the three men took their places; on the one side the Rhamda Geos,
tall, sombre, immaculate; on the other, the magnificent Jan Lucar in the
gorgeous crimson uniform, gold-braided and studded with jewels; on his
head he wore the shako of purple down, and by his side a peculiar black
weapon which he wore much in the manner of a sword.



In the centre, Watson—bareheaded, his torso bare and his arms naked.
He had been given a pair of soft sandals, and a short suit, whose one
redeeming feature in his eyes was a pocket into which he had thrust the
automatic that he valued so much. It was more like a picture of Rome than
anything else. Whatever the civilisation of the Thomahlians, their ritual
in Watson's eyes smacked still of barbarism.



But he was intensely interested in all about him. The avenues were large.
On either side the guards were drawn up eight deep, holding back the
multitude that pressed and jostled with the insistence of curiosity. He
looked into the myriad faces; about him, splendid features, of intelligent
man and women.



Not one face suggested the hideous; the women were especially beautiful,
and, from what he could see, finely formed and graceful. Many of them
smiled; he could hear the curious buzz of conjecturing whispers. Some were
indifferent, while others, from the expression of their faces, were openly
hostile.



Chick was in the middle of a procession, the Rhamdas marching before and
the crimson guard bringing up the rear. A special guard: the inner one,
Rhamdas, the outer one of crimson surrounding them all.



The car started. There was no trace of friction; it was noiseless,
automatic. Chick could only conjecture as to its mechanism. The black
column of Rhamdas moved ahead rhythmically, with the swing of solemn
grandeur. For some minutes they marched through the streets of the
Mahovisal. There was no cheering; it was a holy, awesome occasion. Chick
could sense the undercurrent of the staring thousands, the reverence and
the piety. It was the Day of the Prophet. They were staring at a miracle.



The column turned a corner. For the first time Watson was staggered by
sheer immensity; for the first time he felt what it might be to see with
the eyes of an insect. Had he been an ant looking up at the columns of
Karnak, he would still have been out of proportion. It was immense,
colossal, beyond man. It was of the omnipotent—the pillared portal
of the Temple of the Bell.



Such a building a genius might dream of, in a moment of unhampered,
inspired imagination. It was stupendous. The pillars were hexagonal in
shape, and in diameter each of about the size of an ordinary house.
Dropping from an immense height, it seemed as if they had originally
poured out in the form of molten metal from immense bell-like flares that
fell from the vaulted architrave. Such was the design.



Chick got the impression that the top of the structure, somehow, was not
supported by the foundation, but rather the reverse—the floor was
suspended from the ceiling. It was the work of the Titans—so high
and stupendous that at the first instant Watson felt numb with
insignificance. What chance had he against men of such colossal
conception.



How large the building was he could not see. The Gargantuan facade itself
was enough to smother comprehension. It was laid out in the form of a
triangle, one end of which was open towards the city; the two sections of
the facade met under a huge, arched opening—the door itself. Watson
recognised the structure as the one he had seen from the June Bug on the
outskirts of the Mahovisal. The enormous plaza was packed with people,
leaving only a narrow lane for the procession; and as far back as Chick
could see crowds in the streets converged towards this vast space. Their
numbers were incalculable.



The car stopped. The guards, both crimson and blue, formed a twenty-fold
cordon. Watson could feel the suspended breath of the waiting multitude.
The three men stepped out—the Geos first, then the Jan Lucar, and
Watson last. Chick caught the Lucar's eye; it was confident; the man was
springing with vigour, jovial in spite of the moment.



They passed between two of the huge pillars, and under the giant arch. For
a few minutes they walked through what seemed, to Chick, a perfect maze of
those titanic columns. And every foot was marked by the lines of crimson
and blue, flanking either side.



An immense sea of people rose high into the forest of pillars as far as
his eye could reach. He had never been in such a concourse of humanity.



They passed through an inner arch, a smaller and lower one, into what
Chick guessed was the temple proper. And if Chick had thought the anteroom
stupendous, he saw that a new word, one which went beyond all previous
experience, was needed to describe what he now saw.



It was almost too immense to be grasped in its entirety. Gone was the maze
of columns; instead, far, far away to the right and to the left, stood
single rows of herculean pillars. There were but seven on a side,
separated by great distances; and between them stretched a space so
immense, so incredibly vast, that a small city could have been housed
within it. And over it all was not the open sky, but a ceiling of such
terrific grandeur that Chick almost halted the procession while he gazed.



For that ceiling was the under side of a cloud, a grey-black, forbidding
thundercloud. And the fourteen pillars, seven on either side, were
prodigious waterspouts, monster spirals of the hue of storm, with flaring
sweeps at top and bottom that welded roof and floor into one terrific
whole. Sheer from side to side stretched that portentous level cloud; it
was a span of an epoch; and on either side it was rooted in those awful
columns, seemingly alive, as though ready at any instant to suck up the
earth into the infinite.



By downright will-power Watson tore his attention away and directed it
upon the other features of that unprecedented interior. It was lighted,
apparently, by great windows behind the fourteen pillars; windows too far
to be distinguishable. And the light revealed, directly ahead something
that Chick at first thought to be a cascade of black water. It leaped out
of the rear wall of the temple, and at its crest it was bordered with
walls of solid silver, cut across and designed with scrolls of gold and
gem work; walls that swooped down and ended with two huge green columns at
the base of that fantastic fall.



As they approached a swarm of tiny bronze objects, silver winged,
fluttered out through the temple—tiny birds, smaller than swallows,
beautiful and swift-winged, elusive. They were without number; in a moment
the air of the temple was alive with flitting, darting spots of glinting
colour.



Then Chick saw that there were two people sitting high on the crest of
that cascade. Wondering, Chick and the rest marched on through the silent
crowd; all standing with bared heads and bated breaths. The worshipping
Thomahlians filled every inch of that enormous place. Only a narrow lane
permitted the procession to pass towards that puzzling, silent, black
waterfall.



They were almost at its base when Chick saw the vanguard of the Rhamdas
unhesitatingly stride straight against the torrent, and then mount upon
it. Up they marched; and Chick knew that the black water was black jade,
and that the two people at its crest were seated upon a landing at the top
of the grandest stairway he had ever seen.



Up went the Rhamdas deploying to right and left against the silver walls.
The crimson and blue uniformed guards remained behind, lining the lane
through the throng. At the foot of the steps Chick stopped and looked
around, and again he felt numb at the sheer vastness of it all.



For he was looking back now at the portal through which the procession had
marched; a portal now closed; and above it, covering a great expanse of
that wall and extending up almost into the brooding cloud above, was
spread a mighty replica of the tri-coloured Sign of the Jarados.



For the first time Chick felt the full significance of symbolism. Whereas
before it had been but an incident of adventure, now it was the symbol of
mystic revelation. It was not only the motif for all other decoration upon
the walls and minor elements of the temple; it was the emblem of the
trinity, deep, holy, significant of the mystery of the universe and the
hereafter. There was something deeper than mere fatalism; behind all was
the fact-rooted faith of a civilisation.



But at that moment, as Chick paused with one foot on the bottom step of
the flight, something happened that sent quivers of joy and confidence all
through him. Someone was talking—talking in English!



Chick looked. The speaker was a man in the blue garb of the Senestro's
guard. He was standing at the end of the line nearest the stair, and
slightly in front of his fellows. Like the rest, he was holding his
weapon, a black, needled-pointed sword, at the salute. Chick gave him only
a glance, then had the presence of mind to look elsewhere as a man said,
in a low, guarded voice:



“Y' air right, me lad; don't look at me. I know what ye're thinkin'. But
she ain't as bad as she looks! Keep yer heart clear; never fear. You an'
me can lick all Thomahlia! Go straight up them stairs, an' stand that
blackguard Senestro on his 'ead, just like y'd do in Frisco!”



“Who are you?” asked Watson, intent upon the great three-leafed clover. He
used the same low, cautious tone the other had employed. “Who are you,
friend?”



“Pat MacPherson, of course,” was the answer. “An' Oi've said a plenty.
Now, go aboot your business.”



Watson did not quibble. There was no time to learn more. He did not wish
it to be noticed; yet he could not hide it from the Jan Lucar and the
Rhamda Geos, who were still at his side. They had heard that tongue
before. The looks they exchanged told, however, that they were gratified
rather than displeased by the interruption. Certainly all feelings of
depression left Chick, and he ascended the stairs with a glad heart and a
resilient stride that could not but be noticed.



He was ready for the Senestro.




















XLI. — THE PROPHECY



Reaching the top of the jade steps, Chick found the landing to be a great
dais, nearly a hundred feet across. On the right and left this dais was
hedged in by the silver walls, on each of which was hung a huge, golden
scrollwork. These scrolls bore legends, which for the moment Chick
ignored. At the rear of the dais was a large object like a bronze bell.



The floor was of the usual mosaic, except in the centre, where there was a
plain, circular design. Chick took careful note of this, a circle about
twenty feet across, as white and unbroken as a bed of frozen snow. Whether
it was stone or not he could not determine. All around its edge was a gap
that separated it from the dais, a gap several inches across. Chick turned
to Geos:



“The Spot of Life?”



“Even so. It is the strangest thing in all the Thomahlia, my lord. Can you
feel it?”



For Watson had reached out with his toe and touched the white surface. He
drew it back suddenly.



“It has a feeling,” he replied, “that I cannot describe. It is cold, and
yet it is not. Perhaps it is my own magnetism.”



“Ah! It is well, my lord!”



What the Rhamda meant by that Chick could not tell. He was interested in
the odd white substance. It was as smooth as glass, although at intervals
there were faint, almost imperceptible, dark lines, like the finest
scratches in old ivory. Yet the whiteness was not dazzling. Again Watson
touched it with his foot, and noted the inexplicable feeling of
exhilaration. In the moment of absorption he quite forgot the concourse
about him. He knew that he was now standing on the crux of the Blind Spot.



But in a minute he turned. The dais was a sort of nave, with one end open
to the stairway. Seated on his left was the frail Aradna, occupying a
small throne-like chair of some translucent green material. On the right
sat the Bar Senestro, in a chair differing only in that its colour was a
bright blue. In the centre of the dais stood a third chair—a crimson
one—empty.



The Senestro stood up. He was royally clad, his breast gleaming with
jewels. He was certainly handsome; he had the carriage of confident
royalty. There was no fear in this man, no uncertainty, no weakness. If
confidence were a thing of strength, the Senestro was already the victor.
In his heart Chick secretly admired him.



But just then the Aradna stood up, She made an indication to Watson. He
stepped over to the queen. She sat down again.



“I want to give you my benediction, stranger lord. Are you sure of
yourself? Can you overcome the Senestro?”



“I am certain,” spoke Watson. “It is for the queen, O Aradna. I know
nothing of the prophecy; but I will fight for you!”



She blushed and cast a furtive look in the direction of the Senestro.



“It is well,” she spoke. “The outcome will have a double interpretation—the
spiritual one of the prophecy, and the earthly, material one that concerns
myself. If you conquer, my lord, I am freed. I would not marry the
Senestro; I love him not. I would abide by the prophet, and await the
chosen.” She hesitated. “What do you know of the chosen, my lord?”



“Nothing, O Aradna.”



“Has not the Rhamda Geos told you?”



“Partly, but not fully. There is something that he is withholding.”



“Very likely. And now—will you kneel, my lord?”



Watson knelt. The queen held out her hand. Behind him Chick could hear a
deep murmur from the assembled multitudes. Just what was the significance
of that sound he did not know; nor did he care. It was enough for him that
he was to fight for this delicately beautiful maiden. He would let the
prophecy take care of itself.



Besides these three on the dais there were only the Rhamda Geos and the
Jan Lucar. These two remained on the edge nearest the body of the temple,
the edge at the crest of the stair. The empty chair remained so.



Suddenly Chick remembered the warning of Dr. Holcomb: “Read the words of
the Prophet.” And he took advantage of the breathing-spell to peruse the
legends on the great golden scrolls:



THE PROPHECY OF THE JARADOS



Behold! When the day is at hand, prepare ye!



For, when that day cometh, ye shall have signs and portents from the world
beyond. Wisdom cometh out of life, and life walketh out of wisdom. Yea, in
the manner of life and of spirit ye shall have them, and of substance even
like unto you yourselves.



And it shall come to pass in the last days, that we shall be on guard. By
these signs ye shall know them; even by the truths I have taught thee. The
way of life is an open door; wisdom and virtue are its keys. And when the
intelligence shall be lifted to the plane above—then shalt thou
know!



Mark ye well the Spot of Life! He that openeth it is the precursor of
judgment. Mark him well!



And thus shall the last days come to pass. See that ye are worthy, O wise
ones! For behold in those last days there shall come among ye—



The chosen of a line of kings. First there shall be one, and then there
shall be two; and the two shall stay but the one shall return.



The false ones. Them ye shall slay!



The four footed: The call to humility, sacrifice and devotion, whom ye
shall hold in reverence even as you hold me, the Jarados.



And on the last day of all—I, the Jarados!



Beware ye of sacrilege! Lest I take from ye all that I have given ye, and
the day be postponed—beware ye of sacrilege!



And if the false ones cometh not, ye shall know that I have held them.
Know ye the day!



Sixteen days from the day of the prophet, shall come the day of the
judgment; and the way shall be opened, on the last day, the sixteenth day
of the Jarados.



Hearken to the words of the Jarados, the prophet and mouthpiece of the
infinite intelligence, ruler of justice, peace, and love! So be it
forever!



Chick read it a second time. Like all prophecies, it was somewhat Delphic;
but he could get the general drift. In that golden script he was looking
into the heart of all Thomahlia—into its greatness, its culture, its
civilisation itself. It was the soul of the Blind Spot, the reason and the
wherefore of all about him.



He heard someone step up behind him, and he turned. It was the Senestro,
going over the words of the prophecy.



“Can you read it, Sir Phantom?” asked the handsome Bar. His black eyes
were twinkling with delight. “Have you read it all?”



He put a hand on Chick's shoulder. It was a careless act, almost friendly.
Either he had the heart of a devil or the chivalry of a paladin. He
pointed to a line:



“'The false ones. Them ye shall slay.'”



“And if I were the false one, you would slay me?” asked Watson.



“Aye, truly!” answered the splendid prince. “You are well made and good to
look upon. I shall hold you in my arms; I shall hear your bones crack; it
shall be sweeter music than that of the temple pheasants, who never sing
but for the Jarados. I shall slay you upon the Spot, Sir Phantom!”



Watson turned on his heel. The ethics of the Senestro were not of his own
code. He was not afraid; he stood beside the Jan Lucar and gazed out into
the body of the temple. As far as he could see, under and past the
fourteen great pillars and right up to the far wall, the floor was a vast
carpet of humanity.



It was become dark. Presently a new kind of light began to glow far
overhead, gradually increasing in strength until the whole place was
suffused with a sun-like illumination. The Rhamda Geos began to speak.



“In the last day, in the Day of Life. We have the substance of ourselves,
and the words of the prophet. The Jarados has written his prophecy in
letters of gold, for all to see. 'The false ones. Them ye shall slay.' It
is the will of the Rhamdas that the great Bar Senestro shall try the proof
of the occult. On this, the first of the Sixteen Days, the test shall be—on
the Spot of Life!”



He turned away. The Bar Senestro stripped off his jewels, his semi-armour,
and stood clad in the manner of Watson. They advanced and met in the
centre of the dais, two athletes, lithe, strong, handsome, their muscles
aquiver with vitality and their skins silken with health. Champions of two
worlds, to wrestle for truth!



A low murmur arose, increasing until it filled the whole coliseum. The
silver-bronze pheasants flitted above the heads of all, flashing like
fragments of the spirit of light. And all of a sudden—



One of them fluttered down and lit on Watson's shoulder.



The murmur of the throng dropped to a dead silence. Next moment a stranger
thing happened. The little creature broke forth in full-throated song.



Watson instantly remembered the words of the Bar Senestro: “They sing but
for the Jarados.” He quietly reached up and caught the songster in his
hand, and he held it up to the astonished crowd. Still the song continued.
Chick held him an instant longer, and then gave him a toss high into the
air. He shot across the temple, a streak of melody, silver, dulcet, to the
far corner of the giant building.



But the thing did not jar the Senestro.



“Well done, Sir Phantom! Anyhow, 'tis your last play! I would not have it
otherwise. I hope you can die as prettily! Are you ready?”



“Ready? What for?” retorted Watson. “Why, should I trouble myself with
preparations?”



But the Rhamda Geos had now come to his side.



“Do your best, my lord. I regret only that it must be to the death. It is
the first death contest in the Thomahlia for a thousand circles (years).
But the Senestro has challenged the prophecy. Prove that you are not a
false one! My heart is with you.”



It was a good word at a needed moment. Watson stepped over onto the
circular Spot of Life.



They were both barefooted. Evidently the Thomahlians fought in the old,
classic manner. The stone under Watson's feet was cool and invigorating.
He could sense anew that quiver of magnetism and strength. It sent a
thrill through his whole body, like the subtle quickening of life. He felt
vital, joyous, confident.



The Senestro was smiling, his eyes flashing with anticipation. His muscled
body was a network of soft movement. His step was catlike.



“What will it be?” inquired Watson. “Name your choice of destruction.”



But the Bar shook his head.



“Not so, Sir Phantom. You shall choose the manner of your death, not I.
Particular I am not, nor selfish.”



“Make it wrestling, then,” in his most off-hand manner. He was a good
wrestler, and scientific.



“Good. Are you ready?”



“Quite.”



“Very well, Sir Phantom. I shall walk to the edge of the Spot and turn
around. I would take no unfair advantage. Now!”



Chick turned at the same moment and strode to his edge. He turned, and it
happened; just what, Chick never knew. He remembered seeing his opponent
turn slowly about, and in the next split second he was spinning in the
clutch of a tiger. Even before they struck the stone, Chick could feel the
Senestro reaching for a death-hold.



And in that one second Watson knew that he was in the grip of his master.



His mind functioned like lightning. His legs and arms flashed for the
counterhold that would save him. They struck the Spot and rolled over and
over. Chick caught his hold, but the Senestro broke it almost instantly.
Yet it had saved him; for a minute they spun around like a pair of
whirligigs. Watson kept on the defensive. He had not the speed and skill
of the other. It was no mere test to touch his shoulders; it was a fight
to the death; he was at a disadvantage. He worked desperately.



When a man fights for his life he becomes superhuman. Watson was put to
something more than his skill; the sheer spirit of the Bar broke hold
after hold; he was like lightning, panther-like, subtle, vicious. Time
after time he spun Chick out of his defense and bore him down into a hold
of death. And each time Chick somehow wriggled out, and saved himself by a
new hold. The struggle became a blur—muscle, legs, the lust for
killing—and hatred. Twice Watson essayed the offensive; first he got
a hammer lock, and then a half-Nelson. The Bar broke both holds
immediately.



Whatever Chick knew of wrestling, the Senestro knew just a bit more. It
was a whirling mass of legs and bodies in continuous convulsion, silent
except for the terrible panting of the men, and the low, stifled
exclamations of the onlookers.



And then—



Watson grew weak. He tried once more. They spun to their feet. But before
he could act the Senestro had caught him in the same flying rush as in the
beginning, and had whirled him off his feet. And when he came down the Bar
had an unbreakable hold.



Chick struggled in vain. The Bar tightened his grip. A spasm of pain shot
through Chick's torso; he could feel his bones giving way. His strength
was gone; he could see death. Another moment would have been the end.



But something happened. The Senestro miraculously let go his hold. Chick
felt something soft brush against his cheek. He heard a queer snapping,
and shouts of wonder, and a dreadful choking sound from the Bar. He raised
dizzily on one arm. His eyes cleared a bit.



The great Bar was on his back; and at his throat was a snarling thing—the
creature that Chick had seen in the clover leaf of the Jarados.



It was a living dog.




















XLII. — PAT MACPHERSON'S STORY



To Watson it was all a blur. He was too weak and too broken to remember
distinctly. He was conscious only of an uproar, of a torrent of
multitudinous sound. And then—the deep, enveloping tone of a bell.



Some time, somewhere, Chick had heard that bell before. In his present
condition his memory refused to serve him. He was covered with blood; he
tried to rise, to crawl to this snarling animal that was throttling the
Senestro. But something seemed to snap within him, and all went black.



When he opened his eyes again all had changed. He was lying on a couch
with a number of people about. It was a minute before he recognized the
Jan Lucar, then the Geos, and lastly the nurse whom he had first seen when
he awoke in the Blind Spot. Evidently he was in the hands of his friends,
although there was a new one, a red-headed man, clad in the blue uniform
of a high Bar.



He sat up. The nurse held a goblet of the green liquid to his lips. The
Bar in blue turned.



“Aye,” he said. “Give him some of the liquor; it will do him good. It will
put the old energy back in his bones.”



The voice rang oddly familiar in Watson's ears. The words were Thomahlian;
not until Chick had drained his glass did he comprehend their
significance.



“Who are you?” he asked.



The Bar with the red hair grinned.



“Whist, me lad,” using Chick's own tongue. “Get rid of these Thomahlians.
'Tis a square game we're playin', but we're takin' no chances. Get 'em out
of the way so we kin talk.”



Watson turned to the others. He made the request in his adopted tongue.
They bowed, reverently, and withdrew.



“Who are you?” Chick asked again.



“Oi'm Pat MacPherson.”



“How did you get here?”



The other sat on the edge of the bed. “Faith, how kin Oi tell ye? 'Twas a
drink, sor; a new kind av a high-ball, th' trickery av a friend an' th'
ould Witch av Endor put togither.”



Obviously Watson did not understand. The stranger continued: “Faith, sor,
an' no more do Oi. There's no one as does, 'cept th' ould doc hisself.”



“The old doc! You mean Dr. Holcomb?”



Watson sat up in his bed. “Where is he?”



“In a safe place, me lad. Dinna fear for th' doctor. 'Twas him as saved ye—him
an' your humble sarvant, Pat MacPherson, bedad.”



“He—and you—saved me?”



“Aye—there on th' Spot of Life. A bit of a thrick as th' ould doc
dug oot o' his wisdom. Sure, she dinna work jist loike he said it, but
'twas a plenty t' oopset th' pretty Senestro!”



Watson asked, “What became of the Senestro?”



“Sure, they pulled him oot. Th' wee doggie jist aboot had him done for.
Bedad, she's a good pup!”



“What kind of a dog?”



“A foine wan, sor, wit a bit stub av a tail. An' she's that intelligent,
she kin jist about talk Frinch. Th' Thomahlians all called her th'
Four-footed, an' if they kape on, they'll jist aboot make her th' Pope.”



Watson was still thick headed. “I don't understand!”



“Nor I laddie. But th' ould doc does. He's got a foine head for figgers;
and' he's that scientific, he kin make iron oot o' rainbows.”



“Iron out of—what?”



“Rainbows, sor. Faith, 'tis meself thot's seen it. And he's been watchin'
over ye ever since ye came. 'Twas hisself, lad, that put it into your head
t' call him th' Jarados.”



“You don't mean to say that the professor put those impulses into my
head!”



“Aye, laddie; you said it. He kin build up a man's thoughts just like you
or me kin pile oop lumber. 'Tis that deep he is wit' th' calculations!”



Watson tried to think. There was just one superlative question now. He put
it.



“I dinna know if he's th' Jarados,” was the reply. “But if so be not, then
he's his twin brother, sure enough.”



“Is he a prisoner?”



“I wouldna say that, though there's them as think so. But if it be anybody
as is holdin' him, 'tis the Senestro an' his gang o' guards.”



Watson looked at the other's uniform, at the purple shako on his head, the
jewelled weapon at his side, and the Jaradic leaf on his shoulder—insignia
of a Bar of the highest rank.



“How does it come that you're a Bar, and a high one at that?”



The other grinned again. He took off his shako and ran his hand through
his mop of red hair.



“'Tis aither th' luck of th' Irish, me lad, or of th' Scotch. Oi don't ken
which—Oi'm haff each—but mostly 'tis th' virtoo av me bonny
red hair.”



“Why?”



“Because, leastways, in th' Thomahlia, there's always a dhrop av royalty
in th' red-headed. Me bonnie top-knot has made me a fortune. Ye see, 'tis
th' mark av th' royal Bars themselves; no ithers have it.”



Watson said: “If you have come from Dr. Holcomb, then you must have a
message from him to me.”



“Ye've said it; you an' me, an' a few Rhamdas, an' mebbe th' wee queen is
goin' t' take a flight in th' June Bug. We're goin' afther th' ould doc;
an' ye kin bet there'll be as pretty a scrap as ever ye looked on. An'
afther thot's all over, we're goin' t' take anither kind of a flight—into
good old Frisco.”



Chick instantly asked Pat if he knew where San Francisco might be.



“Faith, 'tis only th' ould doc knows, laddie. But when we git there, 'tis
Pat MacPherson that's a goin' for Toddy Maloney.”



“I don't know that name.”



“Bedad, I do. Him it was thot give me th' dhrink.”



“What drink?”



Th' dhrink thot done it. Twas a new kind av cocktail. Ye see, I'd jist got
back from Melbourne, an' I was takin' in th' lights that noight, aisy
like, whin I come t' Toddy's place. I orders a dhrink av whuskey.



“'Whist, Pat,' says he, 'ye don't want whuskey; 'twill make ye dhrunk. Why
don't ye take somethin' green, like th' Irish?'



“'Green,” says I. ''Tis a foine colour. I dinna fear anything thot comes
fra' a bottle. Pass'er oot!'



“An' thot he did. 'Twas 'creme de menthay' on th' bottle. 'An',' says he,
''Twon't make ye dhrunk.' But he was a liar, beggin' yer pardin.



“For by an' by Oi see his head a growin' larger an' larger, until Oi
couldn't see annything but a few loights on th' cailing, an' a few people
on th' edges, loike. An' afther thot Oi wint oot, an' walked till Oi come
to a hill. An' there was a moon, an' a ould hoose standin' still, which
th' moon was not. So Oi stood still to watch it, but bein' tired an' weary
an' not havin' got rid o' me sea-legs, Oi sat me doon on th' steps av th'
hoose for a bit av a rest, an' t' watch th' moon, thinkin' mebbe she'd
stand still by an' by.



“Well, sor, Oi hadn't been there more'n three 'r four minits, whin th'
door opened, an' oot steps a little ould lady, aboot th' littlest an'
ouldest Oi iver see in 'Frisco.



“'Good avenin', Mother Machree,' says Oi, touchin' me hat.



“'Mother Machree!' says she, an' gives me a sharp look. Also she sniffs.
'Ye poor man,' says she. 'Ye'll catch yer death o' cold, out here. Ye
better coom in an' lie on me sofy.'



“Now, sor, how was Oi to ken, bein' a sailor an' ingorant? She was only a
ould lady, an' withered. How was Oi to ken thot she was th' ould Witch o'
Endor?”



Watson's memory was at work on what he knew of the house at Chatterton
Place, especially regarding its occupants at the beginning of the Blind
Spot mystery. The Bar's old remark caught his attention.



“The Witch of Endor?”



“Aye; thot she were. Whin Oi woke up, there was nary a hoose at all, nor
th' ould lady, nor Toddy Maloney's, nor 'Frisco. 'Twas a strange place I
was, sor; a church loike St. Peter's, only bigger, th' same bein' harrd to
belaive. An' th' columns looked loike waterspoots, an' th' sky above was
full av clouds, the same bein' jest aboot ready to break into hell an'
tempest. But ye've been there yerself, sor.



“Well, here was a man beside me, dressed in a kilt. An' he spakes a
strange language, although Oi could undershtand; and' he says, says he:



“'My lord,' was what he says.



“'My lord!' says Oi. 'Oi dinna ken what ye mane at all, at all.'



“'Are ye not a Bar?' says he.



“'Thot Oi am not!' says Oi, spakin' good English, so's to be sure he'd
understand. 'Oi'm Pat MacPherson.'



“But he couldn' ken. Thin we left th' temple an' wint out into the street.
An' a great crowd of people came aroun' an' began shoutin'. By an' by we
wint into anither buildin'.



“'For why sh'd iverybody look at me whin we crossed th' street jest noo?'
I asked.



“'Tis y'r clothes,' says he.



“Now, Oi don't enjoy pooblicity, sor; wherefore th' wily Scotch in me told
me what to do, an' th' Irish part of me did it. I stood him on his head,
an' took his clothes off an' put them on meself. An' then no one noticed
me. Thot is, until Oi took me hat off.”



“You mean, that shako?”



“Yis; th' blaemd heavy thing—'tis made o' blue feathers. Well, whin
it got so hot it made me scalp sweat, Oi took it off; an' then they called
me—'My lord' an' 'your worship,' jest loike Oi were a king.



“'Pray God,' says Oi, 'that me head dinna get bald.'



“Well, sor, Oi had a toime that was fit for th' Irish. Oi did iverything
'cept git drunk; there was nothin' to git drunk with. But afther a while I
ran across anither, wit' jest as red hair as I had. He was a foine man, av
coorse, an' all surrounded by blue guards. He took me into a room himself
an' begin askin' questions.



“An' I lied, sor. Av coorse, 'twas lucky thot Oi had me Scotch larnin' an'
caution to guide me; but whin Oi spoke, Oi wisely let th' Irishman do all
th' talkin'. An' th' great Bar liked me.



“'Verily,' says he, most solemnly, 'thou art of th' royal Bars!' An' he
made me a high officer, he did.”



“Was he the Bar Senestro?” asked Watson.



“Nay; 'twas a far better man—Senestro's brother, that died not long
after. When Oi saw th' Senestro, Oi had sinse enough to kape me mouth
shut. An' now Oi'm a high Bar—next to th' Senestro hisself! What's
more, sor, there's no one alive kens th' truth but yerself an' th' ould
doctor.”



It was a queer story, but in the light of all that had gone before,
wonderfully convincing. Watson began to see light breaking through the
darkness. “Now there are two,” the old lady at 288 Chatterton Place had
said to Jerome, when the detective came looking for the vanished
professor. Had she referred to Holcomb and MacPherson? Two had gone
through the Blind Spot, and two had come out—the Rhamda Avec and the
Nervina. “Now there are two,” she had said.



“Tell me a little more about Holcomb, Pat!”



“'Tis a short story. Oi can't tell ye much, owin' to orders from the old
gent hisself. He came shortly after th' death of the first Bar, Senestro's
brother. Seems there was some rumpus aboot th' old Rhamda Avec, which same
Oi always kept away from—him as was goin' to prove th' spirits!
Annyhow, we was guardin' th' temple awaitin' th' spook as was promised.
An' thot's how we got th' ould doc.



“But th' Rhamdas niver saw him. Th' Senestro double-crossed 'em, an'
slipped th' doctor oop to th' Palace av Light.”



“The Palace of—what?”



“The Palace av light, sor. Tis th' home av th' Jarados. 'twas held always
holy by th' Thomahlians; no man dared go within miles av it; since the
Jarados was here, t'ousands of years ago, no one at all has been inside av
it.



“But the Senestro knew that th' doctor was th' real Jarados, at least he
t'ought so; an' he wasna afraid o' him. He's na coward, th' Senestro. He
put th' doctor in th' Jarados' home! Only th' Prophecy worries him at
all.”



At last Watson was touching firm ground. Things were beginning to link up—the
Senestro, the professor, the Prophecy of the Jarados.



“Well, sor, we Bars have kept th' ould doctor prisoner there iver since he
come, wit' none save me to give him a wee bit word av comfort. But it
dinna hurt th' old gent. Whin he finds all them balls an' rainbows an'
eddicated secrets, he forgets iverything else; he's contint wit 'his
discovery. 'Tis th' wise head th' doctor has; an' Oi make no doobt he's
th' real Jarados.”



The red-haired man went on to say that the professor knew of Chick's
coming from the beginning. He immediately called in MacPherson and gave
him some orders, or rather directions, which the Irishman could not
understand. He knew only that he was to go to the Temple of the Leaf and
there touch certain objects in a certain way; also, he was to arrange to
get near Chick, and give him a word of cheer.



“But it dinna work as he said it, sor; he had expected to catch th'
Senestro. Instead, 'twas th' dog got th' Bar. A foine pup, sor; she saved
yer loife.”



“Where's the dog now?”



“She's on th' Spot av Life, sor. She willna leave it. Tis a strange thing
to see how she clings to it. Th' Rhamdas only come near enough to feed
her.”



Thus Chick learned that, as soon as he got well, he and MacPherson were to
seek the doctor, and help him to get away with the secrets he had found,
the truths behind the mystery of the Spot.



“An' 'tis a glorious fight there'll be, lad. Th' Senestro's a game wan;
he'll not give up, an' he'll not let go th' doctor till he has to.”



This was not unwelcome news to Chick. A battle was to his liking. It
reminded him of the automatic pistol which he still had in his pocket—the
gun he had not thought to use in his desperate struggle with the Bar
Senestro.



“Pat,” said he, with a sudden inspriation, “when you came through, did you
have a firearm?”



MacPherson reached into his pocket and silently produced a thirty-two
calibre pistol, of another make than Chick's but using the same
ammunition. From another pocket he drew out a package carefully bound with
thread. He unrolled the contents. It was an old clay pipe!



“Oi came through,” he stated plaintively, “wit' two guns; an' nary a bit
av powder for ayther!”



Chick smiled. He searched his own pockets. First he handed over his extra
magazine full of cartridges, and then a full package of smoking tobacco.



“Wirra, wirra!” shouted MacPherson. “Faith, an' there's powder for both!”
His hands shook as he hurried to cram the old pipe full of tobacco. The
cartridges could wait. He struck a light and gave a deep sigh of content
as he began to puff.




















XLIII. — THE HOME OF THE JARADOS



Chick had been grievously hurt in the contest with the Senestro, but
thanks to the Rhamdas he came round rapidly. It was a matter of less than
a week.



Things were coming to a climax; Chick needed no lynx's eye to see that the
die had been cast between the Bars and the Rhamdas. Soon the Senestro must
make a bold move, or else release the professor.



Chick had not long to wait. It came one evening. Once again he found
himself in the June Bug, accompanied by the Geos, the Jan Lucar, and—the
little Aradna herself. Their departure was swift and secret.



This time Watson was not worried over height, or any other sensation of
flight. The doctor's safety alone was of moment. He said to the Rhamda:



“Are we alone? Where is the Bar MacPherson?”



“He is somewhere near; we are not alone, my lord. Several other machines
are flying nearby also; they carry many of the Rhamdas and the crimson
guard of the queen. The MacPherson will arrive first. We are going
straight to the Palace of Light, my lord.”



“Are we to storm the place?” thinking of the fight MacPherson had
predicted.



“Yes, my lord. Many shall die; but it cannot be helped. We must free the
Jarados, although we commit sacrilege.”



“But—the Senestro?”



“That depends, my lord. We know not just what may be done.” He gave no
explanation.



They had climbed to a tremendous height. The indicator showed that they
were bearing east. The darkness was modified only by the faint glow from
that star-dusted sky. Looking down, Chick could see nothing whatever. His
companions kept silence; only the Aradna, sitting forward by the side of
Jan Lucar showed any perturbation. They climbed higher and higher still,
until it seemed that they must leave the Thomahlia altogether. Always the
course was eastward. At last the Jan said to the Geos:



“We are now over the Region of Carbon, sir. Shall I risk the light? His
lordship might like to see.”



“Follow your own judgment.”



“Oh,” exclaimed the Aradna; “do it by all means! There is nothing so
wonderful as that!”



The Jan touched a small lever. Instantly a shaft of light cut down through
the blackness. Far, far below it ended in a patch on the ground. Watson
eagerly followed its movements as it searched from side to side, seeking
he knew not what. And then—



There was a flash of inverted lightning, a flame of white fire, a
blinding, stabbing scintillation of a million coruscations. Watson clapped
a hand to his eyes, to cut off the sight. It was stunning.



“What is it?” he cried.



“Carbon,” answered the Geos, calmly.



“Carbon! You mean—diamond?”



“Yes, my lord. So it interests you? I did not know. Later you shall see it
under more favourable conditions.” Then, to the Jan: “Enough.”



Once again they were in darkness. For some minutes silence was again the
rule. Watson watched the red dot moving across the indicator, noting its
approach to a three cornered figure on one edge. Suddenly there appeared
another dot; then another, and another. Some came from below, others from
above; presently there were a score moving in close formation.



“They are all here,” said the Jan to the Geos.



The other nodded, and explained to Chick: “It's the Rhamdas and the
Crimson guards. The MacPherson is just ahead. We shall arrive in three
minutes.”



And after a pause he stated that the ensuing combat would mark the first
spilling of blood between the Bars and the Rhamdas. At a pinch the
Senestro might even kill the Jarados, to gain his ends. “His wish is his
only law, my lord.”



The red dots began to descend toward the three-cornered figure. One minute
passed, and another; then one more, and the June Bug landed.



With scarcely a sound the Lucar brought the craft to a full stop. In a
moment he was assisting the Aradna to alight. As for the Geos, he took
from the machine two objects, which he held out to the Aradna and to
Chick.



“Put these on. The rest of us fight as we are.”



They were cloaks, made of a soft, light, malleable glass, or something
like it. Watson asked what they were for.



“For a purpose known only to the Jarados, my lord. There are only two of
these robes. With them he left directions which indicated plainly they are
for your lordship and the Aradna.”



Wondering, Chick helped the Aradna don her garment and then slipped into
his own. Nevertheless, he pinned more faith in the automatic in his
pocket. He did not make use of the hood which was intended to cover his
head.



“Pardon me,” spoke the queen. She reached over and extended the hood till
it protected his skull. “Please wear it that way, for my sake. Nothing
must happen to you now!”



Chick obeyed with only an inward demur. What puzzled him most was the
isolation. Seemingly they were quite alone; there was nothing, no one, to
oppose them.



But he had merely taken something for granted. He, being from the earth,
had assumed that strife meant noise. It was only when the Aradna caught
him by the arm, and whispered for him to listen, that he understood.



It was like a breeze, that sound. To be more precise, it was like the
heavy passage of breath, almost uninterrupted, coming from all about them.
And presently Chick caught a queer odour.



“What is it?” he breathed in the Aradna's ear.



“It is death,” she answered. “Cannot you hear them—the deherers?”



She did not explain; but Watson knew that he was in the midst of a battle
which was fought with noiseless and terribly efficient weapons—so
efficient that there were no wounded to give voice to pain. Before he
could ask a question a familiar voice sounded out of the darkness at his
side.



“Where is the Geos?”



“Here, Bar MacPherson,” answered the Rhamda.



“Good! It is well you came, sir. We were discovered a few minutes ago;
already we have lost many men. Just give us the lights, so that we can get
at them! It is a waste of men, with the advantage all on their side.”



Then, lapsing into English for Chick's benefit: “'Tis welcome ye are!
Ivery mon helps, how.”



“What are these sounds? You say they are fighting?”



“'Tis the deherers ye hear, lad. They fight with silent guns. Don't let
'em hit ye, or ye'll be a pink pool in the twinklin' of yer eyelid. 'Tis
no joke.



“Are they more powerful than firearms?”



“I dinna say, lad. But they're th' devil's own weapon for fightin'.”



Chick did not answer—he had heard a low command from the Geos. Next
instant the space before them was illuminated by clear white light, in the
form of a circle—bright as day. In the centre shimmered an object
like a mist of blue flame, a nimbus of dazzling, actinic lightning. There
was no sign of man or life, no suggestion of sound—nothing but the
nimbus, and the brilliant space about it. The whole phenomenon measured
perhaps three hundred feet across.



They were in darkness. Chick took a step forward, but he was held back by
MacPherson.



“Nay, lad; would ye be dyin' so soon? 'Tis fearful quick. See—”



He did not finish. A red line of soldiers had rushed straight out of the
blackness into the circle of light. It seemed that they were charging the
nimbus. They were stooping now, discharging their queer weapons; about
three hundred of them—an inspiring sight. They charged in determined
silence.



Then—Watson blinked. The line disappeared; the thing was like a
miracle. It took time for Chick to realise that he was looking upon the
“pink death” MacPherson had warned him against—the work of the
deherers, whatever the word meant. For where had been a column of gallant
guards there was now only a broad stream of pink liquid trickling over the
ground. It was annihilation itself—too quick to be horrible—inexorable
and instantaneous. Chick involuntarily placed himself in front of the
Aradna.



“The blue thing in the middle,” observed the Irishman, coolly, “is th'
Palace av Light; 'tis held by th' Senestro jest now. An' all we got to do
is get th' ould doc out.”



“But I see no building!”



“'Tis there jest the same. Ye'll see it whin th' doctor gits time off his
rainbows. 'Tis absent-minded he gets when he's on a problem, which same is
mostly always, sor. We stay roight here till he gets ready to drop on th'
Senestro.”



Watson waited. He knew enough now to cling to the shadow, there with
MacPherson, the Geos, and the Aradna. In the centre of the great
light-circle the nimbus of blue stood out like a vibrating haze, while all
about, in the darkness, could be heard the weird sound made by the passage
of life.



“When will the Jarados act?” inquired the Geos of the Irishman. But he got
no reply. MacPherson spoke to Watson: “Get yer gun ready, lad; get yer gun
ready! Look—'tis th' ould boy himself, now! I wonder what the
Senestro thinks of that?”



For the nimbus had suddenly dissolved, and in its place there appeared one
of the quaintest, yet most beautiful buildings that Watson had ever seen.
It was a three-cornered structure, low-set, and of unspeakably dazzling
magnificence; a building carved and chiselled from solid carbon. Chick
momentarily forgot the doctor.



In front of it stood a line of Blue Guards, headed by the Senestro. Their
confusion showed that something altogether unexpected had happened. They
were ducking here and there, seemingly bewildered by the sudden vanishing
of that protecting blue dazzle. The Senestro was trying to restore order;
and in a moment he succeeded. He led the way toward a low, triangular
platform, at the entrance—a single white door—to the palace.



Pat MacPherson's automatic flashed and barked. Next instant Watson was in
action. The Bar next to the Senestro staggered, then collapsed against his
chieftain. Another rolled against his feet, causing him to stumble; an act
that probably saved his life, for the platform in a second was covered
with writhing, bleeding, dying Bars.



The Senestro managed to reach the doorway. MacPherson cursed.



“Come on!” he yelled to Watson. “Well git him alive!” Watson remembered
little of that rush. There stood the great Bar at the doorway, surrounded
by his dying and panic-stricken men. The cloak given Chick by the Geos
impeded his progress; with a quick movement he threw it off and ran
unprotected alongside the Irishman. The Blue guards saw them coming; they
levelled their weapons. But before they could discharge them they met the
same fate as had the Reds. A tremor in the air, and they were gone,
leaving only a pink pool on the ground.



Senestro alone remained untouched. He was about to open the white door;
for a second he posed, defiant and handsome. Then the great Bar ducked
swiftly and almost with the same motion dodged into the building. Chick
and Pat were right after him.



Inside was darkness. Chick ran head on against the side wall; turning, he
bumped into another. The sudden transition from brilliance to blackness
was overwhelming. He stopped and felt about carefully—momentarily
blind. What if the Senestro found him now?



He called MacPherson's name. There was no reply. He tried to feel his way
along, finding the wall irregular, jagged, sharp cornered. But the way
must lead somewhere. He reached a turn in the passage; it was still too
dark for him to see anything. He proceeded more cautiously, wondering at
those craggy walls. And then—



Chick slapped his hands to his eyes. It was as if he had been shot into
the core of the sun—the obsidian darkness flashed into light—a
light beyond all enduring. Chick staggered, and cried in pain. And yet,
reason told him just what it was, just what had happened. It was the
carbon; he was in the heart of the diamond; the Senestro had led him on
and on, and then—had flashed some intense light upon the vast jewel.
Watson knew the terrible helplessness of the blind. His end had come!



And so it seemed. Next instant someone came up to him—someone he
could hear if he could not see. It was the Senestro.



“Hail, Sir Phantom! Pardon my abrupt manner of welcome. I suppose you have
come for the Jarados?” And he laughed, a laugh full of mockery and
triumph. “Perhaps you think I intend to kill you?”



Watson said no word. He had been outwitted. He awaited the end. But the
Senestro saw fit to say, with an irony that told how sure he was:



“However, I am opposed to killing in cold blood. Open your eyes, Sir
Phantom! I will give you time—a fair chance. What do you say—shall
we match weapon against weapon?”



Watson slowly opened his eyes. The blinding light had dimmed to a soft
glow. They were in a sort of gallery whose length was uncertain; between
him and the outlet, about ten feet away, stood the confident, ever-smiling
Bar.



“You or I,” said he, jauntily. “Are you ready to try it? I have given you
a fair chance!”



He raised his dagger-like weapon, as though aiming it. At the same instant
Chick pulled the trigger from the hip, snap aim.



The gun was empty.



Another second, and Watson would have been like those spots of colour on
the ground outside. He breathed a prayer to his Maker. The Senestro's
weapon was in line with his throat.



But it was not to be. There came a flash and a stunning report; the
deherer clattered against the wall, and the Senestro clutched a stinging
hand. He was staring in surprise at something behind Chick—something
that made him turn and dart out of sight.



Chick wheeled.



Right behind him stood the familiar form of the Jan Lucar; and a few feet
beyond, a figure from which came a clear, cool, nonchalant voice;



“I would have killed that fellow, Chick, but he's too damned handsome. I'm
going to save him for a specimen.”



Watson peered closer. He gave a gasp, half of amazement, half of delight.
For the words were in English, and the voice—



It was Harry Wendel.




















XLIV. — DR. HOLCOMB'S STORY



If there was the least doubt in Chick's mind that this was really Harry,
it was dispelled by the sight of the person who the next moment stepped up
to his side. It was none other than the Nervina.



“Harry Wendel!” gasped Watson. It was too good to be true!



“Surest thing you know, Chick. It's me, alive and kicking!” as they
grabbed one another.



“How did you get here?”



“Search me! Ask the lady; I'm just a creature of circumstance. I merely
act; she does all the thinking.”



The Nervina smiled and nodded. Her eyes were just as wonderful as Chick
remembered them, full of elusiveness, of the moonbeam's light, of witchery
past understanding.



“Yes,” she affirmed. “You see, Mr. Watson, it is the will of the Prophet.
Harry is of the Chosen. We have come for the great Dr. Holcomb—for
the Jarados!”



And she led the way. Watson followed in silent wonder; behind him came the
Geos and the rest, quiet and reverent. The soft glow still held, so that
they seemed to be walking through the walls of cold fire. At the end of
the passage they came to a door.



The Nervina touched three unmarked spots on the walls. The door opened.
The queen stood aside, and motioned for Chick and Harry to enter.



It was a long room, pear-shaped, and fitted up like the most elaborate
sort of laboratory. And at the far end, seated in the midst of a strange
array of crystals, retorts and unfamiliar apparatus, was a man whom the
two instantly recognised.



It was the missing professor, looking just as they remembered him from the
days when they sat in his class in Berkeley. There was the same trim
figure, the same healthy cheeks, pleasant eyes and close-cropped white
beard. Always there had been something imperturbable about the doctor—he
had that poise and equanimity which is ever the balance of sound judgment.
Neither Chick nor Harry expected any rush of emotion, and they were not
disappointed.



Holcomb rose to his feet, revealing on the table before him a queer,
dancing light which he had been studying. He touched something; the light
vanished, and simultaneously there came an unnameable change in the
appearance of certain of those puzzling crystals. The doctor stepped
forward, hand extended, smiling; surely he did not look or act like a
prisoner.



“Well, well,” spoke he; “at last! Chick Watson and Harry Wendel! You're
very welcome. Was it a long journey?”



His eyes twinkled in the old way. He didn't wait for their replies. He
went on:



“Have we solved the Blind Spot? It seems that my pupils never desert me.
Let me ask: have you solved the Blind Spot?”



“We've solved nothing, professor. What we have come for is, first,
yourself; and second, for the secrets you have found. It is for us to ask—what
is the Blind Spot?”



The professor shook his head.



“You were always a poor guesser, Mr. Wendel. Perhaps Chick, now—”



“Put me down as unprepared,” answered Chick. “I'm like Harry—I want
to know!”



“Perhaps there are a lot of us in the same fix,” laughed Holcomb. “We, who
know more than any men who ever lived, want to know still more! It may be,
after all, that we know very little; even though we have solved the
problem.” His eyes twinkled again, aggravatingly.



“Tell us, then!” from Harry, on impulse as always. “What is the Blind
Spot?”



But Holcomb shook his head. “Not just now, Harry; we have company.” The
Geos and the Jan had entered. “Besides, I am not quite ready. There remain
several tangles to be unravelled.”



As he shook hands with the Geos, he spoke in the Thomahlian tongue. “You
are more than welcome.”



The Rhamda bent low in reverence and awe. His voice was hushed. He spoke:



“Art thou the Jarados, my lord?”



“Aye,” stated the doctor. “I am he; I am the Jarados!”



It was a stagger for both young men. Neither could reconcile the great
professor of his schooldays with this strange, philosophic prophet of the
occult Thomahlians. What was the connection? What was the fate that was
leading, urging, compelling it all?



“Professor, you will pardon our eagerness. Both Harry and I have had
adventures, without understanding what it was all about. Can't you
explain? Where are we? And—why?” And then:



“Your lecture on the Blind Spot! You promised it to us—can you
deliver it now?”



The professor smiled his acknowledgement.



“Part of it,” he said; “enough to answer your questions to some extent.
Had I stayed in Berkeley I could have delivered it all, but”—and he
laughed—“I know a whole lot more, now; and, paradoxically, I know
far less! First let me speak to the Geos.” He learned that the struggle
outside had terminated successfully for the Rhamda and his men. All was
quiet. The Senestro had made his escape in safety back to the Mahovisal.
The doctor ordered that he was not to be molested.



The Geos and the others left the room, escorting the Aradna, who was too
exhausted for further experiences. There remained with the doctor, Chick,
Harry, and the Nervina.



“I will reduce that lecture to synopsis form,” began the professor. “I
shall tell you all that I know, up to this moment. First, however, let me
show you something.”



He indicated the table from which he had risen. Chief among the objects on
its top were fragments of minerals, some familiar, some strange. Above and
on all sides were the crystal globes or, at least, what Chick named as
such—erected upon as many tripods. One of these the professor moved
toward the table.



Simultaneously a tiny dot appeared on a small metal plate in the centre of
the table. At first almost invisible, it grew, after a minute or so, to a
definite bit of matter.



The professor moved the tripod away. Nearby crystals, inside of which some
dull lights had leaped into momentary being, subsided into quiescence. And
the three observers looked again and again at the solid fragment of
material that had grown before their eyes on that table.



Something had been made out of nothing!



The doctor picked it up and held it unconcernedly in his fingers.



“Can anybody tell me,” asked he, “what this is?”



There was no answer. The professor tossed the thing back on the table. It
gave forth a sharp, metallic sound.



“You are looking at ether,” spoke he. “It is the ether itself—nothing
else. You call it matter; others would call it iron; but those are merely
names. I call it ether in motion—materialised force-coherent
vibration.



“Like everything else in the universe it answers to a law. It has its
reason—there is no such thing as chance. Do you follow? That
fragment is simply a principle, allowed to manifest itself through a
natural law!



“Try to follow me. All is out of the ether—all! Variety in matter is
simply a question of varying degrees of electronic activity, depending
upon a number of ratios. Life itself, as well as materiality and force,
comes out of the all-pervading ether.



“This object here,” touching the crystal, “is merely a conductor. It picks
up the ether and sends it through a set degree of vibrational activity.
Result? It makes iron!



“If you wish you may go back to our twentieth century for a parallel—by
which I mean, electricity. It is gathered crudely; but the time will come
when it will be picked up out of the air in precisely the same manner that
men pick hydrocarbons out of petroleum, or as I sift the desired quality
of ether through that globe.



“This, I am convinced, is one of the fundamental secrets of the Blind
Spot. Is there any question?”



Wendel managed to put one.



“You said, 'back in the twentieth century.' Is it a question of time
displacement, sir?”



“Suppose we forgo that point at present. You will note, however, that the
Thomahlian world is certainly far in advance of our own.”



“Professor,” asked Watson, “is it the occult?”



“Ah,” brightening; “now we are getting back to the old point. However,
what is the occult?” He paused; then—“Did it ever occur to you, that
the occult might prove to be the real world, proving that life we have
known to be merely a shadow?”



Silence greeted this. The professor went on:



“Let me ask you: Are you living in a real world now, or an unreal one?”
There was no response. “It is, of course, a reality; just as truly as if
you were in San Francisco. So,” very distinctly, “perhaps it is merely a
question of viewpoint, as to which is the occult!”



“Just what we want to know,” from Harry.



“And that,” tossing up his hands, “is exactly what I cannot tell you. I
have found out many things, but I cannot be sure. I left certainty in
Berkeley.



“Today I feel that there is some great fate, some unknown force that
defies analysis, defies all attempts at resolution—a force that is
driving me through the role of the Jarados. We are all a part of the
Prophecy!



“We must wait for the last day for our answer. That Prophecy must and will
be fulfilled. And on that day we shall have the key to the Blind Spot—we
shall know the where of the occult.”



He took a sip from a tumbler of the familiar green fluid.



“Now that I have told you this much, I am going back to the beginning. I,
too, have had adventures.



“How did I come to discover the Blind Spot?



“It was about one year prior to my last lecture at the university. At the
time I had been doing much psychic-research work, all of which you know.
And out of it I had adduced some peculiar theories. For example:



“Undoubtedly there is such a thing as a spirit world. If all the mediums
but one were dishonest, and that one produced the results that couldn't be
explained away by psychology, then we must admit the existence of another
world.



“But reason tells us that there is nothing but reality; that if there were
a spirit world it must be just as real, just as substantial as our own.
Moreover—somewhere, somehow, here must be a definite point of
contact!



“That was approximately my theory. Of course I had no idea how close I had
come to a great truth. To some extent it was pure guesswork.



“Then, one day Budge Kennedy brought me the blue stone. He told me its
history, and he maintained that it was lighter than air, which of course I
disbelieved until I took it out of the ring and saw for myself.



“I went at once to the house at 288 Chatterton Place. There I found an old
lady who had lived in the house for some time. I asked to see the cellar
where the stone had been unearthed. Understand, I had no idea of the great
discovery I was about to make; I merely wanted to see. And I found
something almost as impossible as the blue stone itself-a green one,
heavier than any known mineral, answering to no known classification but
of an entirely new element. It was no larger than a pea, but of incredible
weight.



“Coming upstairs I found the old lady a bit perturbed. I had told her my
name; she had recognised me as well.



“'Come with me,' she said.



“With that she opened a door. She was very old and very uncertain; yet she
was scarcely afraid.



“'In there,” she said, and pointed through the door.



“I entered an ordinary room, furnished as a parlour. There was a sofa, a
table, a few chairs; little else.



“'What do you mean?' I asked.



“'The man!'



“'The man! What man?”



“'Oh!' she exclaimed, 'he came here one night when the moon was shining.
He sat down on the doorstep. He was just the kind of a lad that's in need
of a mother. So I asked him to lie on the sofa. He was tired, you see, and—I
once had a son of my own.'



“She stopped, and it was a moment before she continued. I could feel the
pressure of her hand on my arm, pitiful, beseeching.



“'So I took him in there. In there; see? On that sofa. I saw it! They took
him! Oh, sir; it was terrible!'



“She was weird, uncanny, strangely interesting.



“'He just lay down there. I was standing by the door when—they took
him! I couldn't understand, sir. I saw the blue light; and the moon—it
was gone. And then—' She looked up at me again and whispered: 'And
then I heard a bell—a very beautiful bell—a church bell, sir?
But you know, don't you? You are the great Dr. Holcomb. That's why you
went into the cellar, wasn't it? Because you know!'



“Her manner as much as her story, impressed me. I said:



“'I must give this room a careful examination. Would you be good enough to
leave me to myself?'



“She closed the door after her. I had the green stone in my hand; it was
very heavy, and I placed it on one of the chairs. The blue stone I still
held. At the moment I hadn't the least notion of what was about to happen;
it was all accident, from beginning to end.



“All of a sudden the room disappeared! That is, the side wall; I was not
looking at the dingy old wallpaper, but out through and into an immense
building, dim, vast and immeasurable.



“Directly in front of me was a white substance like a stone of snow. Upon
this substance was seated a man, about my own age, as nearly as I could
make out. He looked up just as I noted him.



“Our recognition was mutual. Immediately he made a sign with one hand. And
at once I took a step forward; I thought he had motioned. It was all so
real and natural. Though his features were dim he could not have been more
than ten feet distant. But, at that very instant, when I made that one
step, the whole thing vanished.



“I was still in the room at Chatterton Place!



“That's what started it all. Had this occurred to any one else in the
world I should have labelled it an unaccountable illusion. But it had
happened to me.



“I had my theory; between the spiritual and the material there must be a
point of contact. And—I had found it! I had discovered the road to
the Indies, to the Occult, to all that other men call unknowable. And I
called it—



“The Blind Spot.”




















XLV. — THE ARADNA



Thus had the professor got into actual touch with the occult—by
sheer accident. Up to that time it had been only a hypothesis; now it was
a fact. Next step was to open up direct communication.



“That was difficult. To begin with, I worked to repeat the phenomena I had
seen, getting some haphazard results from the start. My purpose throughout
was to exchange intelligent comment with the individual I had beheld on
that snow-stone within the Spot; and in the end I succeeded.



“He gave me fairly explicit warning as to when the Blind Spot should open,
not only to the eye, but in its entirety, as it had done for the young man
of whom the old lady had told me. We agreed through signs that he would
come through first.



“Understand, up to the instant of his actual arrival, I didn't know just
what he was like. I had to be content with his sign-talk, by which he
assured me he was a real man, material, of life and the living.



“I made my announcement. You know most of what followed. The Rhamda came
to Berkeley; together we returned to Chatterton Place, for it was
imperative that we hold the Spot open or at least maintain the phenomenon
at such a point that we could reopen it at will. Both of us were guessing.



“Neither of us knew, at the time, just how long the Rhamda could endure
our atmosphere. He had risked his life to come through; it was no more
than fair that I should accede to his caution and insure him a safe return
to his own world.



“But things went wrong. It was ignorance as much as accident. At
Chatterton Place I was caught in the Blind Spot, and without a particle of
preparation was tossed into the Thomahlia.



“When I came through, the Nervina went out. Thus I found myself in this
strange place with no one to guide me. And unfortunately, or rather,
fortunately, I fell into the hands of the Bar Senestro.



“Now, for all that he is a sceptic, the Senestro is a brave man; and like
many another unbeliever, he has a sense of humour. My coming had been
promised by Avec; so he knew that somehow I was a part of the Prophecy—the
prophecy which, for reasons of his own, he did not want fulfilled.



“So he isolated me here in the house of the Jarados. A bold sort of humor,
I call it—to defy the Prophecy in the very spot where it was
written!



“But it was fortunate. I was in the house of the old prophet, with its
stores of wisdom, secrets, raw elements and means for applying the laws of
nature. All that I hitherto had only guessed at, I now had at my disposal:
libraries, laboratories, everything. I was a recluse with no interruptions
and perfect facility for study.



“First of all I went into their philosophy. Then into their science, and
afterwards into their history. Whereupon I made a rather startling
discovery.



“Apparently I AM THE JARADOS.



“For my coming had been foretold almost to the hour. As I went on with the
research I found many other points that seemed familiar. Plainly there was
something that had led me into the Spot; and most certainly it was not
mere chance. I became convinced that not merely my own destiny, but a
higher, a transcendental fate was at stake.



“In the course of time I became certain of this. Meanwhile I mastered most
of the secrets of this palace—the wisdom of the ancient Jarados.
Though a prisoner, I was the happiest of men—which I still remain.
The Bars kept close watch over me, constantly changing their guard. And it
was on one of those occasions that I found MacPherson.



“Well, after MacPherson's coming I was pretty much my own master. I
induced the Senestro to allow MacPherson to remain as a constant
bodyguard. But I never told Pat what was what, except that some day we
should extricate ourselves.



“You may wonder why I did not open the Spot.



“There were several reasons: First, in the nature of the phenomenon it
must be opened only on the earth side, except on rare occasions when
certain conditions are peculiarly favourable. That's why the Rhamda Avec
could not do it alone; I know now that I should have imparted to him
certain technicalities. I possessed two of the keys then; now, I know
there are three.



“And I have learned that each of these is a sinister thing.



“The blue stone, for instance, is life, and it is male. Rather a sweeping
and ambiguous statement; but you will comprehend it in the end. Were a man
to wear it it would kill him, in time; but a woman can wear it with
impunity.



“Perhaps you will appreciate that statement better if you note what I have
just done through the medium of that crystal. The blue gem is an inductor
of the ether; in a sense, it is one of the anchors of the Spot of Life, or
the Blind Spot—whatever we want to call it—the Spot of
Contact.



“The other two particles—the red and the green one—are
respectively the Soul and the Material. Or, let us say, the etheric
embryos of these essentials.



“The three stones constitute an eternal trinity.



“As for the substance of the Spot itself, that I cannot tell, just yet.
But I do know that the whole truth will come out clear in the fulfilment
of the Prophecy. I am convinced that it has translated Watson, and now
Harry Wendel and the Nervina.”



“Can you control it?” asked Chick.



“To a limited extent. I have been able to watch you ever since your
coming. You did not know about Harry, but I saw him come—in the arms
of the Nervina.”



The Nervina nodded.



“It is so. I knew the Senestro. I was afraid that Harry would fall into
his hands. I had previously endeavoured to have him give the jewel to
Charlotte Fenton. I didn't trust the great Bar—”



Harry interrupted, “Only because of her distrust of the Senestro did she
decide to come through the Blind Spot with me. She knew what to do. As
soon as we got here, she bundled me off, privately nursed me back to
health if not strength, and when the time came rushed me up here at the
last second to be in at the finish.”



Watson thought of the dog, Queen. She also had come through just in time
to save his life. Did Harry know anything about her? When Wendel had
related what he knew, Chick commented:



“It's almighty strange, Harry. Everything works out to fit in exactly with
that confounded Prophecy. Perhaps that accounts for your affinity for the
Nervina; it is something beyond your control, or hers. We'll have to wait
and see.”



There was not long to wait. The days passed. The palace was full of
Rhamdas, summoned by Dr. Holcomb, who, as the Jarados himself, was now
issuing orders concerning the great day, the last of the sixteen days, now
very close at hand; the day which the Rhamdas constantly alluded to as
“the Day of Judgment.”



The Senestro went unmolested. Returning to the Mahovisal, he worked now to
further the truths of the Prophecy.



Still the millions continued to descend upon the Mahovisal. Coming from
the furthermost parts of the Thomahlia, the pilgrims' aircraft kept the
air above the city constantly alive. There were days such as no man had
ever known. Even the Rhamdas, trained to composure, gave evidence of the
strain. The atmosphere was tense, charged with expectancy and hope. A
whole world was coming to what it conceived as its judgment, and its end.
And—the Spot of Life was the Blind Spot!



At last the doctor summoned the two young men. It was night, and the June
Bug was waiting. This time the Geos himself was at the controls.



“We are going to the Mahovisal,” spoke the doctor—“to the Temple of
the Bell and Leaf. There is still something I must know before the
Judgment.” He was speaking English. “If we can bring the Prophecy to pass
just so far, and no farther, we shall be able to extricate ourselves
nicely. Anyway, I think we shall not return to the Palace of Light.”



He held a black leather case in his hand. He touched it with a finger.



“If this little case and its contents get through the Blind Spot it will
advance civilisation—our civilisation—about a thousand-fold.
So remember: Whatever happens to me, be sure and remember this case! It
must go through the Spot!”



He said no more, but took his seat beside the Geos. The young men took the
rear seats. In a short time they had crossed the great range of mountains
and were hovering over the Mahovisal.



There was no sound. Though the city was packed with untold millions, the
tension was such that scarcely a murmur came out of the metropolis. The
air was magnetic, charged, strained close to the breaking point; above
all, the reverence for the Last Day, and the hope, rising, accumulating,
to the final supreme moment.



For the Sixteenth Day was now only forty-eight hours removed.



Both Chick and Harry realised that their lives were at stake; the doctor
had made that clear. In the last minute, in the final crisis, they must
crowd their way through the Blind Spot. Only the professor knew how it was
to be done.



At the temple they found the Nervina and the Aradna waiting. The Jan Lucar
was with them. The Geos had secured entrance by a side door. From it they
could look out, themselves unobserved, over the entire building and upon
the Spot of Life. The place was packed—thousands upon thousands of
people, standing in silent awe and worship, one and all gazing toward the
all-important Spot. There was no sound save the whisper of multitudinous
breathing.



Said Harry to Chick:



“I see Queen up there!”



Harry circled the group, and bounded up the great stairs. In a moment he
was patting his dog's head. She looked up and wagged her tail to show her
pleasure. But she was not effusive. Somehow she wasn't just like his old
shepherd. She glanced at him, and then out at the concourse below, and
lolled her tongue expectantly. Then she settled back into her place and
resumed watch—exactly as any of her kind would have held guard over
a band of sheep.



The dog was serious. Afterward, Wendel said he had a dim notion that she
was no longer a dog at all, but a mere instrument in the hand of Fate.



“What's the matter, old girl?” he asked. “Don't you like 'em?”



For answer she gave a low whine. She looked up again, and out into the
throng; she repeated the whine, with a little whimper at the end.



Harry returned to the others. Nothing was said of what he had done. At
once the Geos led the group through a small, half-hidden door, beyond
which was a narrow, winding stairway of chocolate-coloured stone. The Geos
halted.



“Dost wish the building emptied, O Jarados?”



“I do. When we come back from under the Spot of Life, we should have the
place to ourselves.”



Accompanied by the two queens the Rhamda returned to the main body of the
temple. Dr. Holcomb, Harry and Chick were left to themselves.



The professor took out a notebook. In it was traced a map, or chart,
together with several notations.



“The three of us,” said he, “are going to take a look at the under side of
the Blind Spot. This stairway leads into a secret chamber inside the
foundations of the great stair; and according to this data I found in the
palace, together with some calculations of my own, we ought to find some
of the secrets of the Spot.”



He led the way up the steps. At the top of the flight they came to a
blank, blue wall. There was no sign of a door, but in the front of the
wall stood a low platform, in the centre of which was set a strange, red
stone. The professor consulted his chart, then opened his black case. From
it he took another stone, red like the other, but not so intense. This he
touched to the first, and waited.



Inside a minute a light sprang up from the contact. Immediately Harry and
Chick beheld something they had not seen on the wall—a knob, or
button. The doctor pulled sharply on it. Instantly a door opened in the
wall.



They passed into another room. It was not a large place—about thirty
feet across, perhaps, stone-walled and with a low ceiling. From all sides
a soft, intrinsic glow was given off. There were no furnishings.



But in the centre of the ceiling, occupying almost all the space overhead,
a snow-white substance hung as if suspended. Were it not for its colour
and its size, it might have been likened to an immense, horizontal
grindstone hung in mid-air, with apparently nothing to hold it there.
Around its side they could make out a narrow gap between it and the
ceiling. And directly along its lower edge was a series of small, fiery
jewels inset, and of the order and colour of the sign of the Jarados—red,
blue and green, alternating.



The professor produced an electric torch and held it up to show that the
gap between the stone and the ceiling was unbroken at any point. Then he
counted the jewels on the lower edge. Chick made out twenty-four. Three
were missing from their sockets—all told, then, there should have
been twenty-seven.



The doctor noted the positions of the three empty sockets and, drawing a
tapeline from his pocket, proceeded to measure the distances from each of
the three—they were widely separated round the circle—from
each other. Then he turned to Chick and Harry.



“Do you know where we are?”



“Under the Spot of Life,” it was easy to answer.



“You are in San Francisco!”



“Not in—in—” Chick hesitated.



“Yes. Exactly. This is 288 Chatterton Place—the house of the Blind
Spot.” He paused for them to digest this. Then, “Harry—did you say
Hobart Fenton was with you on that last night?”



“Hobart and his sister, Charlotte. I remember their coming at the last
minute. They were too late, sir.”



The professor nodded.



“Well, Harry, the chances are that Hobart is not more than twenty feet
away at the present moment. Charlotte may be sitting right there”—pointing
to a spot at Harry's side—“this very instant. And there may be many
others.



“No doubt they are working hard to solve the mystery. Unfortunately the
best they can do is to guess. We hold the key. That is—I should
correct that statement—we hold the knowledge, and they hold the
keys.”



“The keys?” Harry wanted to know more.



The professor pointed to the three empty sockets in the great white stone
above their heads. “These three missing stones are the keys. Until they
are reset we cannot control the Spot. I had found two of them before I
came through. I take it that both of you remember the blue one?”



“I think,” agreed Chick, “that neither of us is ever likely to forget it!
Eh, Harry?”



The professor smiled. He was holding the light up to the snow-stone, at a
spot that would have been the point of intersection had lines been drawn
from the three missing gems, and the resulting triangle centred. He held
his hand up to the substance. It was slightly rough at that point, as
though it had been frozen.



Then he ran his fingers across the surrounding surface.



“Ah!” he exclaimed. “I thought so! That helps considerably. Chick—put
your hand up here. What do you feel?”



“Rough,” said Chick, feeling the intersection point. “Slightly so, but
cold and—and magnetic.”



“Now feel here.”



“Cool and magnetic, doctor; but smooth. What does it prove?”



“Let's see; do you understand the term 'electrolysis'? Good. Well, there
should be another clue—not similar, but supplementary, or rather,
complementary—on the earth side. Perhaps one of you found it while
you lived in that house.” The professor eyed both men anxiously. “Did
either of you find a stain, or anything of that sort, on the walls,
ceiling, or floor of any room there?”



Both shook their heads.



“Well, there ought to be,” frowned the doctor. “I am positive that, should
we return now, we could locate some such phenomenon. From this side it is
very easy to account for; it's simply the disintegrating effect of the
current, constantly impinging at the point of contact or the intersection.
Having acted on this side, it must have left some mark on the other.”



Watson was still running his hand over the snow-stone. Once before, when
he had stood barefooted in the contest with the Senestro, he had noted its
cold magnetism.



“What is this substance, professor?”



“That, I have not been able to discover. I would call it neutral element,
for want of a more exact term; something that touches both aspects of the
spectrum.”



“Both aspects of the spectrum?”



“Yes; as nearly as the limitations of my vocabulary will permit. If you
recall, I showed you a simple experiment the other day in the palace. By
means of an inductor I drew out the iron principle from the ether and
built up the metal. Only it was not precisely iron but its Thomahlian
equivalent. Had you been on the earth side you would have seen nothing at
all, not even myself. I was on the wrong aspect of the spectrum.



“Also, you see here the Jaradic colours—the crimson, green and blue—the
shades between, the iridescence and the shadows. Had you been on the other
side you wouldn't have seen one of them; they are not precisely our own
colours, but their equivalents on this side of the Spot.



“In the final analysis, as I said before, it gets down to ether, to speed
and vibration—and still at last to the perceptive limitations of our
own earthly five senses. Just stop and consider how limited we are! Only
five senses—why, even insects have six. Then consider that all
matter, when we get to the bottom of it, is differentiated and condensed
ether, focused into various mathematical arrangements, as numberless as
the particles of the universe. Of these our five senses pick out a very
small proportion indeed.



“This is one way to account for the Blind Spot. It may be merely another
phase of the spectrum—not simply the unexplored regions of the
infra-red or the ultra-violet, but a region co-existent with what we
normally apprehend, and making itself manifest through apertures in what
we, with our extremely limited sense-grasp, think to be a continuous
spectrum. I throw out the idea mainly as a suggestion. It is not
necessarily the true explanation.



“Let us go a bit farther. Remember, we are still upon the earth. And that
we are still in San Francisco, although all the while we are also in the
Mahovisal. This is 288 Chatterton Place, and at the same time it is the
Temple of the Bell. It might be a hundred or a thousand other places just
as well, too, if my hypothesis is correct; which we shall see.



“Now, what does this mean? Simply this, gentlemen, that we five-sensed
people have failed to grasp the true meaning of the word 'Infinity.' We
look out toward the stars, fancying that only in unlimited space can we
find the infinite. We little suspect we ourselves are infinity! It is only
our five senses that make us finite.



“As soon as we grasp this the so-called spiritual realm becomes a very
substantial fact. We begin to apprehend the occult. Our five-sensed world
is merely a highly specialized phase of infinity. Material or spiritual—it
is all the same. That's why we look on the Thomahlians as occult, and why
they consider us in the same light.



“It is strictly a question of sense perception and limitations, which can
be covered by the word, 'viewpoint.' Viewpoint—that is all it
amounts to.



“There is no such thing as unreality; but there is most certainly such a
thing as relativity, and all life is real.



“Of course I knew nothing of this until the discovery of the Blind Spot.
It will, I think, prove to be one of the greatest events in history. It
will silence the sceptics, and form a bulwark for all religion. And it
will make us all appreciate our Creator the more.”



The professor stopped. For some moments there was silence.



“What are we to do now?” asked Harry.



But the professor chose not to answer. With his tape he began taking a
fresh series of measurements, with reference to the empty sockets and one
particularly brilliant red gem, which seemed to be “number one” in the
circle. From time to time the doctor jotted down the results and made
short calculations. Presently he said: “That ought to be enough. Now
suppose we—”



At that instant something happened. Harry Wendel caught him by the
shoulder. He pointed to the suspended stone.



It was moving!



It was revolving, almost imperceptibly, like some vast wheel turning on
its axis. So slowly did it rotate, the motion would have escaped attention
were it not for the gems and their brilliance.



Suddenly it came to a stop, short and quick, as though it had dropped into
a notch. And from above they heard the deep, solemn clang of the temple
bell.



“What is that?” asked Harry, startled. “Who moved the stone?”



“Can it be,” flashed Chick, “that Hobart Fenton has found the keys?”



“That remains to be seen!” from the doctor. “Come—we must find out
what has happened!”



Within a minute they knew. As they came out of the private door on the now
emptied floor of the great temple, they saw the senior queen, the Nervina,
coming down the great stairway from the Spot of Life.



“What is it?” called Harry, apprehensively.



“The Aradna!” she replied. Her voice was curiously strained. “Something
happened, and—she has fallen through the Spot!”




















XLVI. — OUT OF THE OCCULT



“HOW DID IT HAPPEN?”



“I scarcely know. We went up to play with the dog. It was unwilling to
leave the place, and Aradna teasingly tried to push her off on to the
steps. She succeeded, but—well, it was all over that quick. The
Aradna was gone!”



But the Spot had by this time lost a good deal of its terror. Knowing what
was on the other side, and who, made a great difference. As the doctor
said later in a private consultation with Chick and Harry:



“It's not so bad. That is, if Hobart Fenton is at work there. I think he
is. Really, I only regret that we didn't know of this beforehand; we could
have sent a message through to him.”



And the professor went on to explain what he meant. At the time he spoke,
it was twenty-four hours after the Aradna's going; another twenty-four
hours would see the evening of the Last Day—the sixteenth of the
sacred Days of Life—what the Rhamdas alluded to as “the Day of
Judgment.” And the Mahovisal was a seething mass of humanity, all bent
upon seeing the fulfillment of their highest hopes.



“Bear in mind that if the Spot should not open at the last moment, you and
I are done for. We will be self-condemned 'False Ones'; our lives will not
last one minute after midnight tomorrow night if we fail to get through!



“That Prophecy means EVERYTHING to the Thomahlians. There was a time when
they accepted it on faith; now it is an intellectual conviction with every
last one of them. And one and all look forward to a new and glorious life
beyond the Spot—in the occult world—our world!



“Now, the ticklish part of the job will be to open the Spot just long
enough to permit us to get through, yet prevent the whole Prophecy from
coming to pass. We've got to get through, together with that black case of
mine, and then shut the door in the face of all Thomahlia!”



Nothing more was said on the subject until late the following afternoon,
as the doctor, Harry, and Chick sat down to a light meal. They ate much as
if nothing whatever was in the wind. From where they sat, in one part of a
wing of the temple, they could look out into the crowded streets, in which
were packed untold numbers of pilgrims, all pressing towards the great
square plaza in front of the temple. No guards were to be seen; the
solemnity of the occasion was sufficient to keep order. But the terrific
potentiality of that semi-fanatical host did not cause the doctor's voice
to change one iota.



“There is no telling what may happen,” he said. “For my own part I shall
not venture near the Spot of Life until just at the end. I shall remain in
the chamber underneath.



“But you two ought to show yourselves immediately after sundown. Certain
ancient writings indicate it. You, and the Nervina, will have to mount the
stair to the Spot, and remain in sight until midnight—until the end.



“So we must be prepared for accidents.” He took some papers from his
pocket, and selected two, and gave one to each of his pupils. “Here are
the details of what must be done. In case only one of us gets through, it
will be enough.”



“But—how can these be of any use, on such short notice?” Harry
asked.



“Cudgel your brains a bit, gentlemen,” he chided good-humouredly. “You
will soon see my drift. This is one of those occasions when the psychic
elements involved are such that, without doubt, it were best if you
reacted naturally to whatever may happen.



“Now you will note that I have made a drawing of the Blind Spot region;
also certain calculations which will explain themselves.



“Moreover, I have written out the combination to my laboratory safe in my
house in Berkeley. The green stone is there. Bertha will help, as soon as
she understands that it is my wish; no explanation will be needed.



“You may leave the rest to me, young gentlemen. Act as through you had no
notion that I was down below the Spot. I shall be merely experimenting a
bit with that circle of jewels, to see if the phenomena which affected the
Aradna cannot be repeated. I fancy it was not mere accident, but rather
the working of a 'period.'”



He said no more about this, except to comment that he hoped to get into
direct communication with Hobart Fenton before midnight should arrive.
However, he did say, in an irrelevant sort of manner:



“Oh, by the way—do either of you happen to recall which direction
the house at Chatterton Place faces?”



“North,” replied Harry and Chick, almost in the same breath.



“Ah yes. Well, the temple faces south. Can you remember that?”



They thought they could. The rest of the meal was eaten without any
discussion. Just as they arose, however, the doctor observed:



“It may be that Hobart Fenton has got to come through. I wish I knew more
about his mentality; it's largely a question of psychic influence—the
combined, resultant force of the three material gems, and the three
degrees of psychic vibration as put forth by him and you two. We shall
see.



“Something happened today—the Geos told me about it—which may
link up Hobart very definitely. It was about one o'clock when one of the
temple pheasants began to behave very queerly up on the great stair. It
had been walking around on the snow-stone, and flying a bit; then it
started to hop down the steps.



“About sixteen steps down, Geos says the pheasant stopped and began to
flutter frantically, as though some unseen person were holding it.
Suddenly it vanished, and as suddenly reappeared again. It flew off,
unharmed. I can't quite account for it, but—well, we'll see!”



He spoke no more, but led the way out into the entrance to the wing. There
they waited only a moment or two, before the Nervina and her retinue
arrived. Without delay a start was made for the great black stairway.



The doctor alone remained behind.



There was a guard-lined lane through the crowd, allowing the Nervina and
the rest access to the foot of the steps. Reaching that point she paused
for a look around.



The sun had just gone down; the artificial lights of the temple had not
yet been turned on. Overhead, the great storm-cloud hung portentously,
even more ominous than in the brighter light. The huge waterspout columns,
the terrific size of the auditorium, were none the less impressive for the
incalculable horde that filled every bit of floor space. At the front of
the building the archway gave a glimpse of the vastly greater throng
waiting outside.



But all was quiet, with the silence of reverence and supreme expectation.



The long flight of stairs was lined on either side, from bottom to top,
with the Rhamdas. On the landing there stood only two of the three chairs
that Chick had seen on the previous occasion. The green one had been
brought down and placed in the centre of an open spot just at the foot of
the stairs.



In this chair sat the Bar Senestro. Deployed about him, at a respectful
distance, was a semi-circle of the Bars, many hundreds in number. Behind
the Bars, separating them from the crowds at their backs, were grouped the
crimson and blue guardsmen. Among them, no doubt, were the Jan Lucar and
the MacPherson, but Chick could locate neither.



The Nervina, taking Harry's arm, ascended the steps. Chick followed, with
the Rhamda Geos at his side. At the top of the flight the Nervina was
escorted to one of the chairs, while Chick placed the Geos in the other.



It left the two Californians on their feet, to move around to whatever
extent seemed commensurate with dignity. Chick drew Harry aside.



“What do you suppose,” said Chick, indicating the handsome, confident
figure in the chair at the base of the stairs—“what do you suppose
friend Senestro is thinking about?”



Harry frowned. “You know him better than I do. You don't think he has
reformed?”



“Not on your life; not the Bar. He's merely adjusted his plans to the new
situation. He sees that the Prophecy is likely to be fulfilled; so, he
counts on being the first to get through, after the Nervina. Then, whether
the rest of the Thomahlia follows or not—he calls himself the
divinely appointed leader now, I understand—he will get through and
marry the two Queens anyhow!”



Perhaps it was because the crowd was so terrifically large. Or, there may
have been something in the destiny of things that would not permit the
chief actors to feel nervous. Certain it is that neither of the two men
experienced the least stage fright. Had they been on display before a
crowd one-tenth the size, anywhere else, both would have been ill at ease.
This was different—enormously so.



No longer was there any circulation in the crowd. People remained in their
places now, just as they expected the end to find them. Chick and Harry
marvelled at their composure, strangely in contrast with the ceaseless
activities of the temple pheasants darting everywhere overhead.



Suddenly Harry remarked:



“I've got an idea, Chick! It's this: How does the professor expect to send
a message to Hobart?” Chick could not guess.



But already Harry had taken his sheet of instructions from his pocket, and
was rolling it into a compact pellet. Then he went to Queen, and with a
ribbon borrowed from the Nervina, tied the message tightly to the dog's
collar.



“Hobart will be certain to see it,” said he. “I wonder if the doctor's
figured it out yet?”



“He's playing with a tremendous force,” observed Chick, thoughtfully. He
reached out and touched the snow-stone with his foot, just as he had done
before, and fancied that he could feel that electric thrill even through
the leather of his shoes. “Still, it's worth any risk he may be taking
down in that chamber. If only he could send Queen through! Hobart—”



He never finished the sentence. He staggered, thrown off his balance by
reason of the fact that he had been resting the weight of one foot on the
stone and—it moved!



Moved—shifted about its axis, just as it had done forty-eight hours
previously, when the Aradna had dropped through.



And Chick had only a flash of a second for a glimpse of the startled faces
of Harry, the Nervina and the Geos, the huge multitude below the stair,
Queen on the other side, and the fateful Prophecy on the walls above him,
before—



A figure came into existence at his side. It was that of a powerfully
built man, on whose wrists were curious red circles. And Chick shouted in
a great voice:



“Hobart!”



And then came blackness.




















XLVII. — THE LAST LEAF



Watson's story was now completed. During the entire recital his auditors
had spoken scarcely a word. It had been marvellous—almost a
revelation. With the possible exception of Sir Henry Hodges, not one had
expected that it would measure up to this. For the whole thing backed up
Holcomb's original proposition:



“The Occult is concrete.”



Certainly, if what Watson had told them was true, then Infinity had been
squared by itself. Not only was there an infinity that we might look up to
through the stars, but there was another just as great, co-existent, here
upon the earth. The occult became not only possible, but unlimited.



The next few minutes would prove whether or not he had told the truth.



It was now close to midnight.



Jerome and General Hume had returned from Berkeley. Their quest had been
successful; Watson now had the missing green stone. A number of soldiers
were stationed about the house. Watson noted these men when he had
finished his account, and said:



“Good. We may need them, although I hope not. Fortunately the Spot is
small, and a few of us can hold it against a good many. What we must do is
to extricate our friends and close it. Afterward we may have time for more
leisurely investigation. But we must remember, above all things, that
black case of Professor Holcomb's! It holds the secrets.



“Now I must ask you all to step out of this room. This library, you know,
is the Blind Spot.”



He directed them to take positions along the balustrade of the stairway,
out in the hall—through the wide archway, where they could have a
clear view, yet be safe.



It was a curious test. With nothing but his mathematics and his drawing to
go by, Watson was about to set the three stones in their invisible
sockets. He spread the map out carefully, likewise his calculations; they
gave him, on this floor, the precise positions that he charted on the
earth of the cellar. A glance toward the front of the house—north—then
a little measuring, three chalk-marks on the carpet, and he was ready for
the final move.



He took the fateful ring and with a penknife pried up the prongs that held
the stone. As it popped out he caught it with one hand. Then he looked at
the row of wondering faces along the stair.



“I think it will work,” he said. “But, remember—don't come near! I
shall get out as best I can myself; don't try to save me.”



With that he held the jewel on the first of the three chalk-marks on the
circumference of the great circle. He held it tight against the carpet and
then let go. Up it flashed about one foot—and disappeared.



There was no sound. Next Watson took the red stone. With it, the process
was inverted. Instead of holding it to the floor he raised it as high as
he could reach, directly above the second mark. Then he let it drop.



It did not reach the floor. It fell a little more than halfway, and
vanished.



The third stone, the green one, was still remaining. Watson took it to the
third and final mark on the circle, taking care to keep outside the
circumference that marked the Spot. This mark was directly in front of the
archway. He turned to them.



“Watch carefully,” he spoke. “I do not know what has transpired in the
temple during the past few hours. Be ready for ANYTHING. All of you!”



He dropped the stone.



With the same motion he dodged out into the hall.



Though there was no sound there was something that every one felt—a
sibilant undertone and cold vibration—a tense flash of magnetism.
Then the dot of blue—a string of incandescence; just as had been
spoken.



The Blind Spot was opening.



Watson silently warned the others to remain where they were and himself
crowded back against the stair. And as he did so, someone came noiselessly
down the steps from the floor above, passed unnoticed behind the watchers
and thence across into the hall.



It was a slender, frail figure in white—the Aradna, walking like one
in the grip of a higher will. Before they could make a move she had
stepped into the Blind Spot, under the dot of blue, and into a string of
light. And then—she was gone.



It was as swift as a guess. It was inexorable and unseen; and being
unseen, close akin to terror. The group watched and waited, scarcely
breathing. What would happen next?



There came a sudden, jarring click—like the tapping of iron. And
next instant—



The Spot opened to human sight.



The library at 288 Chatterton Place was gone. Instead, the people on the
stairs were gazing down from the Spot of Life, straight into the colossal
Temple of the Jarados.



It was as Chick had described it—immense—beyond conception.
Through the great doors and out into the plaza beyond was gathered all
Thomahlia, reverent, like those waiting for the crack of doom.



Above the horde, high on the opposite wall, stood out the monster Clover
Leaf of the Jarados; three-coloured—blazing like liquid fire; it was
ominous with real life.



At that moment the whole concourse rippled with commotion. Arms were
uplifted; one and all pointed towards the dais. They, too were looking
through the Spot. Then the multitude began to move.



It heaved and surged and rolled toward the centre. The guards were pressed
in upon the Bars, the Bars upon the Rhamda-lined stair. There was no
resisting that flood of humanity. On and up it came, sweeping everything
before it.



Directly in the foreground lay the snow-stone. On its centre stood the dog
Queen, crouching, waiting, bristling. By her side Harry Wendel crouched on
one knee, as if awaiting the signal. Behind him, the Nervina, supporting
the awakening Aradna. And in front of all, the powerful bulk of Hobart
Fenton, standing squarely at the head of the stair, ready to grapple the
first to reach the landing.



But most important of all, there stood the doctor himself. He was at the
Nervina's side; in his hand, the case of priceless data. He was gazing
through the Spot and making a signal of some kind to Watson, whereupon the
latter leaped to the edge of the unseen circle.



Something had gone wrong. The Spot was not fully open. Nothing but sight
could get through.



Yet there was no time for anything. Up the stairs came the Bars, leading
and being pressed forward by the horde. At their head dashed the Bar
Senestro, handsome as Alexander. Hobart stepped forward to meet him, but
the doctor stopped him with a word.



Only a few seconds elapsed between death and salvation. Again Dr. Holcomb
signed to Watson; not a sound came through. Watson hesitated.



The dog Queen shot to her feet. Then the Senestro, out-distancing all the
rest and dodging Hobart, had leaped upon the dais.



Upon the wall across the temple the great Leaf of the Jarados stood out
like sinister fire. It pulsed and vibrated—alive. The top petal—the
blue one—suddenly broke into a seething wave of flame.



Still Watson held back. He could not understand what Holcomb meant.



Queen waited only until the Senestro set foot on the dais. She crouched,
then leaped.



It was done.



With a lightning shift of his nimble feet, the high-tempered Bar kicked
the shepherd in the side. Caught at full leap, she was knocked completely
over and fell upon the snow-stone.



It was the Sacrilege!



Even the Bars beyond the Senestro stopped in horror. The Four-Footed One—sacred
to the Jarados—it was she who had been touched! Had the Senestro
undone all on the Spot of Judgment, What would be the end?



Fenton acted. He caught the Senestro before he could get his balance and
with a mighty heave hurled him over the side of the stair. A second, and
it was over.



Another second was the last. For the great Leaf of the Jarados had opened.



The green and red stood still; but out of the blue came a dazzling light,
a powerful beam; so brilliant, it seemed solid. It shot across the whole
sweep of the temple and touched the Prophecy. Over the golden scrolls it
traced its marvellous colour, until it came to the lines:



Beware ye of sacrilege! Lest I take from ye all that I
have given ye, and the day be postponed—beware ye of
sacrilege!


For a moment the strange light stood still, so that the checked millions
might read. Then it turned upon the dais.



There it spread, and hovered over the group, until it seemed to work them
together—the Nervina to Harry, the Aradna to Hobart. Not one of them
knew what it was; they obeyed by impulse—it was their destiny; the
Chosen, and the queens.



The light stopped at the foot of Dr. Holcomb. Then the strangest thing
happened.



Out of the light—or rather, from where it bathed the snowstone—came
a man; a man much like Holcomb, bearded and short and kindly.



He was the real Jarados!



Unhesitatingly the professor stepped up beside him. Then followed Hobart
and the Aradna, Harry and the Nervina, and lastly, from the crowd of Bars,
MacPherson. The whole concourse in the temple stopped in awe and terror.



Only for a second. Then the Jarados and all at his side—were gone.



And upon the snow-stone there stood a sword of living flame.



It stood there for just a breath, exactly where the group had been.



And it was gone.



That was all.



No; not quite all. For when the Blind Spot closed that night at 288
Chatterton Place, there came once more the deep, solemn peal of the Bell
of the Jarados.




















XLVIII. — THE UNACCOUNTABLE



Were this account merely a work of fiction, it would harmonise things so
as to have no unaccountables in it. As it is, the present writers will
have to make this quite clear:



It is not known why the Rhamda Avec failed to show himself at the crucial
moment. Perhaps he could have changed everything. We can only surmise; he
has not been seen or heard from since.



Which also is true of Mr. Chick Watson. He disappeared immediately after
the closing of the Spot, saying that he was going to Bertha Holcomb's
home. No trace has been found of either to date. Doubtless the reader has
noted advertisement in the papers, appealing to the authorities to report
any one of Watson's description applying for a marriage licence.



As for his two friends, Wendel and Fenton, together with the Aradna and
the Nervina, they and MacPherson and the doctor absolutely vanished from
all the knowledge, either of the Thomahlia or the earth. The Jarados alone
can tell of them.



Mme. Le Fabre, however, feels that she can explain the matter
satisfactorily. Abridged, her theory runs:



“There is but one way to explore the Occult. That way is to die.



“For all that we were so strongly impressed with the reality of Mr.
Watson, I am firmly convinced that he was simply a spirit; that everything
we saw was spirit manifestation.



“Dr. Holcomb and all the rest have simply gone on to another plane. We
shall never see them again. They are dead; no other explanation will hold.
They are spirits.”



Giving this version to the public strictly for what it is worth, the
present writers feel it only right to submit the conclusions reached by
Dr. Malloy and concurred in by Drs. Higgins and Hansen, also, with
reservations, by Professor Herold and by Miss Clarke.



“To a certain extent, and up to a certain point, it is possible to account
for the astonishing case of the Blind Spot by means of well-known
psychological principles. Hallucinations will cover a great deal of
ground.



“But we feel that our personal experiences, in witnessing the interior of
the Thomahlia cannot be thus explained away. Our accounts tally too
exactly; and we are not subject to group hypnosis.



“To explain this we believe a new hypothesis is called for. We submit that
what we saw was not unreal. Assuming that a thing is real or unreal, and
can never be in a third state which is neither one nor the other, then we
should have to insist that what we saw was REAL.



“We stand ready and prepared to accept any theory which will fit all
facts, not merely a portion.”



Again refraining from any comment we pass on to the more exhaustive
opinion of Sir Henry Hodges. Inasmuch as this seems to coincide very
closely with the hypothesis of Professor Holcomb, and as the reputation of
Sir Henry is a thing of weight, we are quoting him almost verbatim:



“There is a well-known experiment in chemistry, wherein equal quantities
of water and alcohol are mixed. Let us say, a pint of each. Now, the
resulting mixture ought to be a quart; but it is not. It is somewhat less
than a quart.



“Strange, indeed, to the novice, but a commonplace to every student of the
subject. It is strange only that, except for Dr. Holcomb and this man
Avec, science has overlooked the stupendous significance and suggestion of
this particular fact.



“Now, consider another well-known fact: No matter how you try you cannot
prevent gravity from acting. It will pull every object down, regardless of
how you try to screen it from the earth.



“Why? Because gravity penetrates all things. Again, why? Why should
gravity penetrate all things?



“The answer is, because gravity is a function of the ether. And the ether
is an imponderable substance, so impalpable that it passes right through
all solids as though they were not there.



“These are two highly suggestive points. They show us, first, that two
substances can exist within the space formerly thought to be completely
filled by one. Second, they show that ALL substances are porous to the
ether.



“Very well. Bear in mind that we know nothing whatever directly about the
ether; our knowledge is all indirect. Therefore—



“It may be that there is more than one ether!



“Conceive what this means. If there were another ether, how could we
become aware of it? Only through the medium of some such phenomenon as the
Blind Spot; not through ordinary channels. For the ordinary channels are
microscopes and test-tubes, every one of which, when traced to the
ultimate, is simply a concrete expression of THE ONE ETHER WE KNOW!



“In the nature of the case our five senses could never apprehend a second
ether.



“Yet, knowing what we do about the structure of the atom, of electronic
activity, of quantels, we must admit that there is a huge, unoccupied
space—that is, we can't see that it is occupied—in and between
the interstices of the atom.



“It is in the region, mingled and intertwined with the electrons which
make up the world we know so well, that—in my opinion—the
Thomahlian world exists. It is actually coexistent with our own. It is
here, and so are we. At this very instant, at any given spot, there can
be, and almost certainly is, more than one solid object—two systems
of materiality, two systems of life, two systems of death. And if two,
why, then, perhaps there are even more!



“Holcomb is right. We are Infinity. Only our five senses make us finite.”



Charlotte Fenton does not indulge in speculation. She seems to bear up
wonderfully well in the face of Harry Wendel's affinity for the Nervina,
and also in the face of her brother's disappearance. And she
philosophically states:



“When Columbus returned from his search for the East Indies, he
triumphantly announced that he had found what he sought.



“He was mistaken. He had found something else—America.



“It may be that we are all mistaken. It may be that something entirely
different from what any one has suspected has been found. Time will tell.
I am willing to wait.”



To make it complete, it is felt that the following statement of General
Hume is not only essential, but convincing to the last degree.



“My view regarding this mystery is simply this: I have eyes, and I have
seen. I don't know whether the actors were living or dead. I am no
scientist; I have no theory. I only know. And I will swear to what I saw.



“I am a soldier. The two men who are bringing this to press have shown me
their copy.



“It is correct.”











        

Comments on "The Blind Spot" :

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Join Our Literary Community

Subscribe to our newsletter for exclusive book recommendations, author interviews, and upcoming releases.